cfr 2009 title47 vol4 part74

7/29/2019 CFR 2009 Title47 Vol4 Part74

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/cfr-2009-title47-vol4-part74 1/114

425

Federal Communications Commission Pt. 74

RULES APPLY TO ALL SERVICES, AM, FM, AND TV, UNLESS INDICATED AS PERTAINING TO A SPECIFIC SERVICE—Continued

[Policies of FCC are indicated (*)]Telephone conversations, Broadcast of 73.1206Telephone conversation broadcasts

(network and like sources).73.4625 (*)

Television channels, Numerical des-ignation of.

73.603

Temporary authorizations, Special(STA’s).

73.1635

Tender offers and proxy statements .... 73.4266(*)Territorial exclusivily in non-network

program arrangements; Affiliationagreements and network programpractices (TV).

73.658

Territorial exclusivity, (Network)—

AM .......................................... 73.132FM .......................................... 73.232TV .......................................... 73.658

Test authorization, Special field ........... 73.1515Test stations, Portable ......................... 73.1530Testing antenna during daytime (AM) 73.157Tests and maintenance, Operation for 73.1520Tests of equipment .............................. 73.1610Tests, Program ..................................... 73.1620Time brokerage .................................... 73.4627 (*)Time of operation ................................. 73.1705Time, Limited ........................................ 73.1725Time, Reference to .............................. 73.1209Time, Share .......................................... 73.1715Time Sharing, Operating schedule

(NCE-FM).73.561

Time, Unlimited .................................... 73.1710Tolerances, Carrier frequency depar-

ture.73.1545

Tolerances, Directional antenna sys-tem (AM).

73.62

Tolerances, Operating power and

mode.

73.1560

Tone clusters: Audio attention-gettingdevices.

73.4275 (*)

Topographic data (FM) ........................ 73.3120Tower lighting and painting .................. 73.1213Transferring a station ........................... 73.1150Transmission standards, Changes in .. 73.1695Transmission standards (TV) ............... 73.682Transmission system, Automatic (ATS) 73.1500Transmission system emission limita-

tions, (AM).73.44

Transmission system inspections ........ 73.1580Transmission system installation and

safety requirements, AM.73.49

Transmission system performance re-quirements (AM).

73.40

Transmission system requirements—FM .......................................... 73.317TV .......................................... 73.687

Transmission systems, Modification of 73.1690Transmission systems, subscription TV 73.644Transmissions, Permissible (FM) ......... 73.277

Transmitter duty operators ................... 73.1860Transmitter, Location—FM .......................................... 73.315TV .......................................... 73.685

Transmitter location and antenna sys-tem (TV).

73.685

Transmitters, Auxiliary .......................... 73.1670Transmitters, broadcast, Acceptability

of.73.1660

Transmitters, Main ............................... 73.1665Transmitters, TV, aural and visual, Op-

eration of.73.653

TV Channel 6 protection (NCE-FM) .... 73.525TV colorburst during black/white pro-

gramming.73.4272 (*)

RULES APPLY TO ALL SERVICES, AM, FM, AND TV, UNLESS INDICATED AS PERTAINING TO A SPECIFIC SERVICE—Continued

[Policies of FCC are indicated (*)]TV/FM dual-language broadcasting in

Puerto Rico.73.1210

Type approval of modulation monitors,General requirements (TV).

73.692

U

Unauthorized operation ........................ 73.1745U.S./Mexican Agreement ..................... 73.3570USA-Mexico FM Broadcast Agree-

ment, Channel assignments under(NCE-FM).

73.504

Unlimited time ...................................... 73.1710Unreserved channels, Noncommercial

educational broadcast stations oper-ating on (NCE-FM).

73.513

Use of channels, Restrictions on (FM) 73.220Use of common antenna site—

FM .......................................... 73.239TV .......................................... 73.635

Use of multiplex subcarriers—FM .......................................... 73.293TV .......................................... 73.665

Use of multiplex transmissions (AM) ... 73.127

V

Vertical blanking interval, Tele-communication service on.

73.646

Vertical plane radiation characteristics 73.160Visual and aural TV transmitters, Op-

eration of.73.653

Visual modulation monitoring equip-ment.

73.691

W

Want ads .............................................. 73.1212

ZZone, Quiet .......................................... 73.1030Zones—

FM .......................................... 73.205NCE-FM ................................. 73.505TV .......................................... 73.609

[50 FR 38530, Sept. 23, 1985; 50 FR 40395, Oct.3, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 34621, 34622,Sept. 30, 1986; 52 FR 37316, Oct. 6, 1987; 52 FR47569, Dec. 15, 1987; 53 FR 2499, Jan. 28, 1988;58 FR 51250, Oct. 1, 1993; 59 FR 67103, Dec. 28,1994; 63 FR 33878, June 22, 1998]

PART 74—EXPERIMENTAL RADIO,AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCASTAND OTHER PROGRAM DISTRIBU-TIONAL SERVICES

Subpart—General; Rules Applicable to AllServices in Part 74

Sec.74.1 Scope.74.2 General definitions.74.3 FCC inspections of stations.74.5 Cross reference to rules in other parts.74.6 Licensing of broadcast auxiliary and

low power auxiliary stations.74.12 Notification of filing of applications.74.13 Equipment tests.

VerDate Nov<24>2008 08:33 Nov 16, 2009 Jkt 217203 PO 00000 Frm 00435 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\217203.XXX 217203



426

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)Pt. 74

74.14 Service or program tests.74.15 Station license period.74.16 Temporary extension of station li-

censes.74.18 Transmitter control and operation.74.19 Special technical records.74.21 Broadcasting emergency information.74.22 Use of common antenna structure.74.23 Interference jeopardizing safety of life

or protection of property.74.24 Short-term operation.74.25 Temporary conditional operating au-

thority.74.28 Additional orders.74.30 Antenna structure, marking and light-

ing.

74.32 Operation in the 17.7–17.8 GHz and 17.8– 19.7 GHz bands.

74.34 Period of construction; certification of completion of construction.

Subpart A—Experimental BroadcastStations

74.101 Experimental broadcast station.74.102 Uses of experimental broadcast sta-

tions.74.103 Frequency assignment.74.112 Supplementary statement with appli-

cation for construction permit.74.113 Supplementary reports with applica-

tion for renewal of license.74.131 Licensing requirements, necessary

showing.74.132 Power limitations.

74.133 Emission authorized.74.151 Equipment changes.

TECHNICAL OPERATION AND OPERATORS

74.161 Frequency tolerances.74.162 Frequency monitors and measure-

ments.74.163 Time of operation.74.165 Posting of station license.74.181 Station records.74.182 Program service and charges.74.183 Station identification.74.184 Rebroadcasts.

Subparts B–C [Reserved]

Subpart D—Remote Pickup BroadcastStations

74.401 Definitions.74.402 Frequency assignment.74.403 Frequency selection to avoid inter-

ference.74.431 Special rules applicable to remote

pickup stations.74.432 Licensing requirements and proce-

dures.74.433 Temporary authorizations.74.434 Remote control operation.74.436 Special requirements for automatic

relay stations.74.451 Certification of equipment.

74.452 Equipment changes.

74.461 Transmitter power.

74.462 Authorized bandwidth and emissions.

74.463 Modulation requirements.

74.464 Frequency tolerance.

74.465 Frequency monitors and measure-ments.

74.482 Station identification.

Subpart E—Aural Broadcast AuxiliaryStations

74.501 Classes of aural broadcast auxiliarystations.

74.502 Frequency assignment.

74.503 Frequency selection.74.531 Permissible service.

74.532 Licensing requirements.

74.533 Remote control and unattended oper-ation.

74.534 Power limitations.

74.535 Emission and bandwidth.

74.536 Directional antenna required.

74.537 Temporary authorizations.

74.550 Equipment authorization.

74.551 Equipment changes.



74.564 Posting of station license.


Subpart F—Television Broadcast AuxiliaryStations

74.600 Eligibility for license.

74.601 Classes of TV broadcast auxiliary sta-tions.

74.602 Frequency assignment.

74.603 Sound channels.

74.604 Interference avoidance.

74.631 Permissible service.

74.632 Licensing requirements.

74.633 Temporary authorizations.

74.634 Remote control operation.

74.635 Unattended operation.

74.636 Power limitations.

74.637 Emissions and emission limitations.

74.638 Frequency coordination.

74.641 Antenna systems.

74.643 Interference to geostationary-sat-ellites.

74.644 Minimum path lengths for fixed

links.74.651 Equipment changes.

74.655 Authorization of equipment.



74.663 Modulation limits.

74.664 Posting of station license.


74.690 Transition of the 1990–2025 MHz bandfrom the Broadcast Auxiliary Service toemerging technologies.




427

Federal Communications Commission § 74.1

Subpart G—Low Power TV, TV Translator,and TV Booster Stations

74.701 Definitions.74.702 Channel assignments.74.703 Interference.74.705 TV broadcast analog station protec-

tion.74.706 Digital TV (DTV) station protection.74.707 Low power TV and TV translator sta-

tion protection.74.708 Class A TV and digital Class A TV

station protection.74.709 Land mobile station protection.74.710 Digital low power TV and TV trans-

lator station protection.

74.731 Purpose and permissible service.74.732 Eligibility and licensing require-

ments.74.733 UHF translator signal boosters.74.734 Attended and unattended operation.74.735 Power limitations.74.736 Emissions and bandwidth.74.737 Antenna location.74.750 Transmission system facilities.74.751 Modification of transmission sys-

tems.74.761 Frequency tolerance.74.762 Frequency measurements.74.763 Time of operation.74.765 Posting of station and operator li-

censes.74.769 Copies of rules.74.780 Broadcast regulations applicable to

translators, low power, and booster sta-

tions.74.781 Station records.74.783 Station identification.74.784 Rebroadcasts.74.785 Low power TV digital data service

pilot project.74.786 Digital channel assignments.74.787 Digital licensing.74.788 Digital construction period.74.789 Broadcast regulations applicable to

digital low power television and tele-vision translator stations.

74.790 Permissible service of digital TVtranslator and LPTV stations.

74.791 Digital call signs.74.792 Digital low power TV and TV trans-

lator station protected contour.74.793 Digital low power TV and TV trans-

lator station protection of broadcast sta-

tions.74.794 Digital emissions.74.795 Digital low power TV and TV trans-

lator transmission system facilities.74.796 Modification of digital transmission

systems and analog transmission sys-tems for digital operation.

74.797 Biennial Ownership Reports.

Subpart H—Low Power Auxiliary Stations

74.801 Definitions.74.802 Frequency assignment.

74.803 Frequency selection to avoid inter-ference.

74.831 Scope of service and permissibletransmissions.

74.832 Licensing requirements and proce-dures.

74.833 Temporary authorizations.74.851 Certification of equipment.74.852 Equipment changes.74.861 Technical requirements.74.870 Wireless video assist devices.74.882 Station identification.

Subparts I–K [Reserved]

Subpart L—FM Broadcast Translator

Stations and FM Broadcast Booster Stations

74.1201 Definitions.74.1202 Frequency assignment.74.1203 Interference.74.1204 Protection of FM broadcast, FM

Translator and LP100 stations.74.1205 Protection of channel 6 TV broad-

cast stations.74.1231 Purpose and permissible service.74.1232 Eligibility and licensing require-

ments.74.1233 Processing FM translator and boost-

er station applications.74.1234 Unattended operation.74.1235 Power limitations and antenna sys-

tems.74.1236 Emission and bandwidth.74.1237 Antenna location.

74.1250 Transmitters and associated equip-ment.

74.1251 Technical and equipment modifica-tions.

74.1261 Frequency tolerance.74.1262 Frequency monitors and measure-

ments.74.1263 Time of operation.74.1265 Posting of station license.74.1269 Copies of rules.74.1281 Station records.74.1283 Station identification.74.1284 Rebroadcasts.74.1290 FM translator and booster station

information available on the Internet.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX —PART 74

AUTHORITY: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 307, 336(f),336(h) and 554.

EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes topart 74 appear at 64 FR 4055, Jan. 27, 1999.

Subpart—General; Rules Applica-ble to All Services in Part 74

§74.1 Scope.

(a) The rules in this subpart are ap-plicable to the Experimental, Auxiliaryand Special Broadcast, and Other Pro-gram Distributional Services.




428

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.2

(b) Rules in part 74 which apply ex-clusively to a particular service arecontained in that service subpart, asfollows: Experimental Broadcast Sta-tions, Subpart A; Remote PickupBroadcast Stations, Subpart D; AuralBroadcast STL and Intercity RelayStations, Subpart E; TV AuxiliaryBroadcast Stations, Subpart F; Low-power TV, TV Translator and TVBooster Stations, Subpart G; Low-power Auxiliary Stations, Subpart H;FM Broadcast Translator Stations andFM Broadcast Booster Stations, sub-

part L.

(Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032;47 U.S.C. 158, 303)

[47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982, and 49 FR 32583,Aug. 15, 1984, as amended at 52 FR 31402, Aug.20, 1987; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004]

§ 74.2 General definitions.

Broadcast network-entity. A broadcastnetwork-entity is an organizationwhich produces programs available forsimultaneous transmission by 10 ormore affiliated broadcast stations andhaving distribution facilities or cir-cuits available to such affiliated sta-tions at least 12 hours each day.

Cable network-entity. A cable net-work-entity is an organization whichproduces programs available for simul-taneous transmission by cable systemsserving a combined total of at least5,000,000 subscribers and having dis-tribution facilities or circuits availableto such affiliated stations or cable sys-tems.

[51 FR 4601, Feb. 6, 1986]

§ 74.3 FCC inspections of stations.

(a) The licensee of a station author-ized under this part must make thestation available for inspection by rep-resentatives of the FCC during the sta-tion’s business hours, or at any time it

is in operation.(b) In the course of an inspection or

investigation, an FCC representativemay require special equipment tests orprogram tests.

(c) The logs and records required bythis part for the particular class ortype of station must be made availableupon request to representatives of theFCC.

[47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982]

§ 74.5 Cross reference to rules in otherparts.

Certain rules applicable to Experi-mental, Auxiliary, Special Broadcastand other Program Distribution serv-ices, some of which are also applicableto other services, are set forth in thefollowing Parts of the FCC Rules andRegulations:

(a) Part 1, ‘‘Practice and procedure’’.(1) Subpart A, ‘‘General Rules of

Practice and Procedure’’. (§§ 1.1 to1.120).

(2) Subpart B, ‘‘Hearing Pro-

ceedings’’. (§§1.120 to 1.364).(3) Subpart C, ‘‘Rulemaking Pro-

ceedings’’. (§§1.399 to 1.430).(4) Subpart F, ‘‘Wireless Tele-

communications Services Applicationsand Proceedings’’. (§§1.901 to 1.981).

(5) Subpart G, ‘‘Schedule of Statu-tory Charges and Procedures for Pay-ment’’. (§§1.1101 to 1.1120).

(6) Subpart H, ‘‘Ex Parte Presen-tations’’. (§§1.1200 to 1.1216).

(7) Subpart I, ‘‘Procedures Imple-menting the National EnvironmentalPolicy Act of 1969’’. (§§1.1301 to 1.1319).

(8) Part 1, Subpart W of this chapter,‘‘FCC Registration Number’’. (§§ 1.8001– 1.8005.)

(b) Part 2, ‘‘Frequency Allocationsand Radio Treaty Matters, GeneralRules and Regulations’’, including sub-parts A, ‘‘Terminology’’; B, ‘‘Alloca-tion, Assignments and Use of RadioFrequencies’’; C, ‘‘Emissions’’; D, ‘‘CallSigns and Other Forms of IdentifyingRadio Transmissions’’; and J, ‘‘Equip-ment Authorization Proceedings’’.

(c) [Reserved](d) Part 17, ‘‘Construction, Marking

and Lighting of Antenna Structures’’.(e) Part 73, ‘‘Radio Broadcast Serv-

ices’’.(f) Part 101, ‘‘Fixed Microwave Serv-

ices’’.

[53 FR 2499, Jan. 28, 1988, as amended at 60FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995; 66 FR 47896, Sept. 14,2001; 68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.6 Licensing of broadcast auxiliaryand low power auxiliary stations.

Applicants for and licensees of re-mote pickup broadcast stations, auralbroadcast auxiliary stations, televisionbroadcast auxiliary stations, and lowpower auxiliary stations authorizedunder subparts D, E, F, and H of this




429


part are subject to the application andprocedural rules for wireless tele-communications services contained inpart 1, subpart F of this chapter. Appli-cants for these stations may file eithermanually or electronically as specifiedin §§ 1.913(b) and (d) of this chapter.

[68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.12 Notification of filing of applica-tions.

The provisions of §73.1030 ‘‘Notifica-tion concerning interference to RadioAstronomy, Research, and ReceivingInstallations’’ apply to all stations au-thorized under this part of the FCCRules except the following:

(a) Mobile remote pickup stations(subpart D).

(b) TV pickup stations (subpart F).(c) Low power auxiliary stations

(subpart H).

[44 FR 58735, Oct. 11, 1979, as amended at 44FR 77167, Dec. 31, 1979; 47 FR 28388, June 30,1982]

§ 74.13 Equipment tests.

(a) During the process of construc-tion of any class of radio station listedin this part, the permittee, without

further authority of the Commission,may conduct equipment tests for thepurpose of such adjustments and meas-urements as may be necessary to as-sure compliance with the terms of theconstruction permit, the technical pro-visions of the application therefor, thetechnical requirements of this chapter,and the applicable engineering stand-ards.

(b) Equipment tests may be contin-ued so long as the construction permitshall remain valid.

(c) The authorization for tests em-bodied in this section shall not be con-strued as constituting a license to op-erate.

[38 FR 18378, July 10, 1973]

§ 74.14 Service or program tests.

(a) Upon completion of constructionof a radio station in accordance withthe terms of the construction permit,the technical provisions of the applica-tion therefor, technical requirementsof this chapter, and applicable engi-neering standards, and when an appli-cation for station license has been filed

showing the station to be in satisfac-tory operating condition, the permitteeor any class of station listed in thispart may, without further authority of the Commission, conduct service orprogram tests.

(b) Program test authority for sta-tions authorized under this part willcontinue valid during Commission con-sideration of the application for licenseand during this period further exten-sion of the construction permit is notrequired. Program test authority shallbe automatically terminated with final

action on the application for station li-cense.

(c) The authorization for tests em-bodied in this section shall not be con-strued as approval by the Commissionof the application for station license.

[38 FR 18378, July 10, 1973]

§ 74.15 Station license period.

(a) Licenses for experimental broad-cast stations will be issued for a oneyear period.

(b) Licenses for stations or systemsin the Auxiliary Broadcast Service heldby a licensee of a broadcast station willbe issued for a period running concur-rently with the license of the associ-ated broadcast station with which it islicensed. Licenses held by eligible net-works for the purpose of providing pro-gram service to affiliated stationsunder subpart D of this part, and by el-igible networks, cable television opera-tors, motion picture producers and tel-evision program producers under sub-part H of this part will be issued for aperiod running concurrently with thenormal licensing period for broadcaststations located in the same area of op-eration.

(c) The license of an FM broadcastbooster station or a TV broadcastbooster station will be issued for a pe-riod running concurrently with the li-

cense of the FM radio broadcast sta-tion or TV broadcast station (primarystation) with which it is used.

(d) Initial licenses for low power TV,TV translator, and FM translator sta-tions will ordinarily be issued for a pe-riod running until the date specified in§ 73.1020 of this chapter for full servicestations operating in their State orTerritory, or if issued after such date,to the next renewal date determined in




430

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.15

accordance with §73.1020 of this chap-ter. Lower power TV and TV translatorstation and FM translator station li-censes will ordinarily be renewed for 8years. However, if the FCC finds thatthe public interest, convenience or ne-cessity will be served, it may issue ei-ther an initial license or a renewalthereof for a lesser term. The FCC mayalso issue a license renewal for a short-er term if requested by the applicant.The time of expiration of all licenseswill be 3 a.m. local time, on the fol-lowing dates, and thereafter to the

schedule for full service stations intheir states as reflected in §73.1020 of this chapter:

(1) Nevada:(i) FM translators, February 1, 1997.(ii) LPTV and TV translator, Feb-

ruary 1, 1998.(2) California:(i) FM translators, April 1, 1997.(ii) LPTV and TV translators, April

1, 1998(3) Maine, Vermont, New Hampshire,

Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhodes Is-land, New York, New Jersey, Pennsyl-vania, Maryland, Delaware, West Vir-ginia, Ohio and the District of Colbumia:

(i) FM translators, June 1, 1997(ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1,

1998(4) Virginia, North Carolina, South

Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama,Mississippi, Louisiana, Arkansas, Mis-souri, Kentucky, Tennessee, Indiana,Illinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, PuretoRico and the Virgin Islands:

(i) FM translators, August 1, 1997(ii) LPTV and TV translators, August

1, 1998(5) Oklahoma and Texas:(i) FM translators, October 1, 1997(ii) LPTV and TV translators, Octo-

ber 1, 1998(6) Kansas and Nebraska:

(i) FM translators, December 1, 1997(ii) LPTV and TV translators, De-

cember 1, 1998(7) Iowa and South Dakota:(i) FM translators, February 1, 1998(ii) LPTV and TV translators, Feb-

ruary 1, 1999(8) Minnesota and North Dakota:(i) FM translators, April 1, 1998(ii) LPTV and TV translators, April

1, 1999

(9) Wyoming:(i) FM translators, June 1, 1998(ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1,

1999(10) Montana:(i) FM translators, August 1, 1998(ii) LPTV and TV translators, August

1, 1999(11) Idaho:(i) FM translators, October 1, 1995(ii) LPTV and TV translators, Octo-

ber 1, 1996(12) Washington:(i) FM translators, December 1, 1995

(ii) LPTV and TV translators, De-cember 1, 1996

(13) Oregon:(i) FM translators, February 1, 1996(ii) LPTV and TV translators, Feb-

ruary 1, 1997(14) Alaska, American Samoa, Guam,

Mariana Islands and Hawaii:(i) FM translators, April 1, 1996(ii) LPTV and TV translators, April

1, 1997(15) Colorado:(i) FM translators, June 1, 1996(ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1,

1997(16) New Mexico:(i) FM translators, August 1, 1996

(ii) LPTV and TV translators, August1, 1997

(17) Utah:(i) FM translators, October 1, 1996(ii) LPTV and TV translators, Octo-

ber 1, 1997(18) Arizona:(i) FM translators, December 1, 1996(ii) LPTV and TV translators, De-

cember 1, 1997(e) Licenses held by broadcast net-

work-entities under Subpart F will or-dinarily be issued for a period of 8years running concurrently with thenormal licensing period for broadcaststations located in the same area of op-eration. An application for renewal of

license shall be filed in accordancewith the provisions of § 1.949.

(f) The license of an experimentalbroadcast station, FM translator orFM broadcast booster, TV translator orTV broadcast booster, or low power TVstation will expire as a matter of lawupon failure to transmit broadcast sig-nals for any consecutive 12-month pe-riod notwithstanding any provision,term, or condition of the license to the




431


contrary. Further, if the license of anyAM, FM, or TV broadcasting station li-censed under part 73 of this chapter ex-pires for failure to transmit signals forany consecutive 12-month period, thelicensee’s authorizations under part 74,subparts D, E, F, and H in connectionwith the operation of that AM, FM, orTV broadcasting station will also ex-pire notwithstanding any provision,term, or condition to the contrary.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066,1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))

[28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984; 50 FR 26758, June 28,1985; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 52 FR 25604,July 8, 1987; 52 FR 31402, Aug. 20, 1987; 59 FR63052, Dec. 7, 1994; 61 FR 28767, June 6, 1996; 62FR 5347, Feb. 5, 1997; 68 FR 12761, Mar. 17,2003; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004]

§ 74.16 Temporary extension of stationlicenses.

Where there is pending before theCommission any application, investiga-tion, or proceeding which, after hear-ing, might lead to or make necessarythe modification of, revocation of, orthe refusal to renew an existing auxil-iary or experimental broadcast stationlicense or a television broadcast trans-

lator station license, the Commissionin its discretion, may grant a temoraryextension of such license: Provided,however, That no such temporary ex-tension shall be construed as a findingby the Commission that the operationof any radio station thereunder willserve public interest, convenience, andnecessity beyond the express terms of such temporary extension of license:And provided further, That such tem-porary extension of license will in nowise affect or limit the action of theCommission with respect to any pend-ing application or proceeding.

[28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972]

§ 74.18 Transmitter control and oper-ation.

Except where unattended operationis specifically permitted, the licenseeof each station authorized under theprovisions of this part shall designate aperson or persons to activate and con-trol its transmitter. At the discretionof the station licensee, persons so des-ignated may be employed for other du-

ties and for operation of other trans-mitting stations if such other dutieswill not interfere with the proper oper-ation of the station transmission sys-tems.

[60 FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 74.19 Special technical records.

The FCC may require a broadcastauxiliary station licensee to keep oper-ating and maintenance records nec-essary to resolve conditions of actualor potential interference, rule viola-

tions, or deficient technical operation.

[48 FR 38482, Aug. 24, 1983]

§ 74.21 Broadcasting emergency infor-mation.

(a) In an emergency where normalcommunication facilities have beendisrupted or destroyed by storms,floods or other disasters, the stationslicensed under this part may be oper-ated for the purpose of transmitting es-sential communications intended to al-leviate distress, dispatch aid, assist inrescue operations, maintain order, orotherwise promote the safety of lifeand property. In the course of such op-

eration, a station of any class maycommunicate with stations of otherclasses and in other services. However,such operation shall be conducted onlyon the frequency or frequencies forwhich the station is licensed and theused power shall not exceed the max-imum authorized in the station license.When such operation involves the useof frequencies shared with other sta-tions, licensees are expected to cooper-ate fully to avoid unnecessary or dis-ruptive interference.

(b) Whenever such operation involvescommunications of a nature other thanthose for which the station is licensedto perform, the licensee shall, at the

earliest practicable time, notify theFCC in Washington, DC of the natureof the emergency and the use to whichthe station is being put and shall sub-sequently notify the same offices whenthe emergency operation has been ter-minated.

(c) Emergency operation undertakenpursuant to the provisions of this sec-tion shall be discontinued as soon assubstantially normal communications




432

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.22

facilities have been restored. The Com-mission may at any time order dis-continuance of such operation.


[28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15,1979; 47 FR 40175, Sept. 13, 1982]

§ 74.22 Use of common antenna struc-ture.

The simultaneous use of a commonantenna structure by more than one

station authorized under this part, orby one or more stations of any otherservice may be authorized. The ownerof each antenna structure is respon-sible for ensuring that the structure, if required, is painted and/or illuminatedin accordance with part 17 of this chap-ter. In the event of default by theowner, each licensee or permittee shallbe responsible for ensuring that thestructure complies with applicablepainting and lighting requirements.

[61 FR 4368, Feb. 6, 1996]

§ 74.23 Interference jeopardizing safe-ty of life or protection of property.

(a) The licensee of any station au-

thorized under this part that causesharmful interference, as defined in §2.1of the Commission’s rules, to radiocommunications involving the safetyof life or protection of property shallpromptly eliminate the interference.

(b) If harmful interference to radiocommunications involving the safetyof life or protection of property cannotbe promptly eliminated and the Com-mission finds that there exists an im-minent danger to safety of life or pro-tection of property, pursuant to 47U.S.C. 312 (b) and (e) and 5 U.S.C. 558,operation of the offending equipmentshall temporarily be suspended andshall not be resumed until the harmful

interference has been eliminated or thethreat to the safety of life or propertyhas passed. In situations where the pro-tection of property alone is jeopard-ized, before taking any action underthis paragraph, the Commission shallbalance the nature and extent of thepossible property damage against thepotential harm to a licensee or thepublic caused by suspending part 74 op-erations. When specifically authorized,

short test operations may be made dur-ing the period of suspended operationto check the efficacy of remedial meas-ures.

[47 FR 1395, Jan. 13, 1982]

§ 74.24 Short-term operation.

All classes of broadcast auxiliary sta-tions provided for in subparts D, E, Fand H of this part, except wirelessvideo assist devices, may be operatedon a short-term basis under the author-ity conveyed by a part 73 license or a

broadcast auxiliary license withoutprior authorization from the FCC, sub-ject to the following conditions:

(a) Licensees operating under thisprovision must be eligible to operatethe particular class of broadcast auxil-iary station.

(b) The short-term broadcast auxil-iary station shall be operated in con-formance with all normally applicableregulations to the extent they are notsuperceded by specific provisions of this section.

(c) Short-term operation is on a sec-ondary, non-interference basis to regu-larly authorized stations and shall bediscontinued immediately upon notifi-cation that perceptible interference isbeing caused to the operation of a regu-larly authorized station. Short-termstation operators shall, to the extentpracticable, use only the effective radi-ated power and antenna height nec-essary for satisfactory system perform-ance.

(d) Short-term operation under thissection shall not exceed 720 hours an-nually per frequency.

NO TE T O P AR AG RA PH (d): Certain fre-quencies shared with other services whichare normally available for permanent broad-cast auxiliary station assignment may notbe available for short-term operation. Referto any note(s) which may be applicable tothe use of a specific frequency prior to initi-

ating operation.

(e) The antenna height of a stationoperated pursuant to this section shallnot increase the height of any man-made antenna supporting structure, orincrease by more than 6.1 meters (20feet) the height of any other type of man-made structure or natural forma-tion. However, the facilities of an au-thorized broadcast auxiliary stationbelonging to another licensee may be




433


operated in accordance with the termsof its outstanding authorization.

(f) Stations operated pursuant to thissection shall be identified by the trans-mission of the call sign of the associ-ated part 73 broadcast station or broad-cast auxiliary station, or, in the case of stations operated by broadcast net-work and cable network entities, bythe network or cable entity’s name andbase of operations city.

(g) Prior to operating pursuant to theprovisions of this section, licenseesshall, for the intended location or area-of-operation, notify the appropriatefrequency coordination committee orany licensee(s) assigned the use of theproposed operating frequency, con-cerning the particulars of the intendedoperation and shall provide the nameand telephone number of a person whomay be contacted in the event of inter-ference. Except as provided herein, thisnotification provision shall not applywhere an unanticipated need for imme-diate short-term mobile station oper-ation would render compliance withthe provisions of this paragraph im-practical.

(1) A CARS licensee shall always be

given advance notification prior to thecommencement of short-term oper-ation on or adjacent to an assigned fre-quency.

(2) The Commission may designate afrequency coordinator as the singlepoint of contact under this section foradvance coordination of major nationaland international events. Once des-ignated, all short-term auxiliary broad-cast use under this section must be co-ordinated in advance through the des-ignated coordinator.

(i) Coordinators under this provisionwill not be designated unless the Com-mission receives an initial request, inwriting, to designate a coordinator.

(ii) The Commission will issue a Pub-lic Notice with information regardingthe designation of such a coordinator.

(iii) All coordination must be done ona non-discriminatory basis.

(iv) All licensees must abide by thedecision of the coordinator. The Com-mission will be the final arbiter of anydisputes.

(3) An unanticipated need will neverbe deemed to exist for a scheduled

event, such as a convention, sportingevent, etc.

(h) Short-term operation is limitedto areas south or west of the UnitedStates-Canada border as follows:

(1) Use of broadcast auxiliary servicefrequencies below 470 MHz is limited toareas of the United States south of Line A or west of Line C unless the ef-fective radiated power of the station is5 watts or less. See § 1.928(e) of thischapter for a definition of Line A andLine C.

(2) A broadcast auxiliary service sta-

tion operating on frequencies between470 MHz and 1 GHz must be at least 56.3kilometers (35 miles) south (or west, asappropriate of the United States-Can-ada border if the antenna looks withina 200° sector toward the border; or, thestation must be at least 8.1 kilometers(5 miles) south (or west, as appropriate)if the antenna looks within a 160° sec-tor away from the border. However, op-eration is not permitted in either of these two situations if the stationwould be within the coordination dis-tance of a receiving earth station inCanada which uses the same frequencyband. (The coordination distance is thedistance, calculated for any station,

according to Appendix 28 of the Inter-national Radio Regulations.)

(3) A broadcast auxiliary service sta-tion operating on frequencies above 1GHz shall not be located within the co-ordination distance of a receiving earthstation in Canada which uses the samefrequency band. (The coordination dis-tance is the distance, calculated forany station, according to Appendix 28of the international Radio Regula-tions.)

(i) Short-term operation of a remotepickup broadcast base station, a re-mote pickup automatic relay station,an aural broadcast STL station, anaural broadcast intercity relay station,

a TV STL station, a TV intercity relaystation or a TV translator relay sta-tion in the National Radio Quiet Zone,the Table Mountain Radio ReceivingZone, or near FCC monitoring stationsis subject to the same advance notifi-cation procedures applicable to regularapplications as provided for in §§ 73.1030and 74.12, except that inasmuch asshort-term operation does not involvean application process, the provisions




434

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.25

relating to agency objection proce-dures shall not apply. It shall simplybe necessary for the licensee to contactthe potentially affected agency and ob-tain advance approval for the proposedshort-term operation. Where protectionto FCC monitoring stations is con-cerned, approval for short-term oper-ation may be given by the District Di-rector of a Commission field facility.

(j)(1) This paragraph applies only tooperations which will transmit on fre-quencies under 15 GHz. Prior to com-mencing short-term operation of a re-

mote pickup broadcast station, a re-mote pickup automatic relay station,an aural broadcast STL station, anaural broadcast intercity relay station,a TV STL station, a TV intercity relaystation, a TV translator relay station,a TV pickup station, or a TV micro-wave booster station within the 4-mile(6.4 kilometer) radius Commonwealthof Puerto Rico Protection Zone (cen-tered on NAD–83 Geographical Coordi-nates North Latitude 18°20′38.28″ , WestLongitude 66°45′09.42″ ), an applicantmust notify the Arecibo Observatory,located near Arecibo, Puerto Rico. Op-erations within the Puerto Rico Co-ordination Zone (i.e., on the islands of

Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques,or Culebra), but outside the ProtectionZone, whether short term or long term,shall provide notification to the Are-cibo Observatory prior to commencingoperation. Notification should be di-rected to the following: InterferenceOffice, Arecibo Observatory, HC3 Box53995, Arecibo, Puerto Rico 00612, Tel.(809) 878–2612, Fax (809) 878–1861, E-mail

[email protected].(2) Notification of short-term oper-

ations may be provided by telephone,fax, or electronic mail. The notifica-tion for long-term operations shall bewritten or electronic, and shall setforth the technical parameters of the

proposed station, including the geo-graphical coordinates of the antenna(NAD–83 datum), antenna height aboveground, ground elevation at the an-tenna, antenna directivity and gain,proposed frequency and FCC Rule Part,type of emission, effective radiatedpower, and whether the proposed use isitinerant. Applicants may wish to con-sult interference guidelines, which willbe provided by Cornell University. In

addition, the applicant shall indicatein its application to the Commissionthe date notification was made to theObservatory. Generally, submission of the information in the technical por-tion of the FCC license application isadequate notification. After receipt of such applications in non-emergencysituations, the Commission will allowthe Arecibo Observatory a period of 20days for comments or objections in re-sponse to the notification indicated.The applicant will be required to makereasonable efforts in order to resolve or

mitigate any potential interferenceproblem with the Arecibo Observatoryand to file either an amendment to theapplication or a modification applica-tion, as appropriate. If the Commissiondetermines that an applicant has satis-fied its responsibility to make reason-able efforts to protect the Observatoryfrom interference, its application maybe granted. In emergency situations inwhich prior notification or approval isnot practicable, notification or ap-proval must be accomplished as soon aspossible after operations begin.


[47 FR 9219, Mar. 4, 1982, as amended at 49 FR34356, Aug. 30, 1984; 50 FR 23709, June 5, 1985;62 FR 55532, Oct. 27, 1997; 68 FR 12762, Mar. 17,2003; 70 FR 31373, June 1, 2005]

§ 74.25 Temporary conditional oper-ating authority.

An applicant for a new broadcastauxiliary radio service station or amodification of an existing stationunder subparts D, E, F, or H of thispart may operate the proposed stationduring the pendency of its applicationsupon the filing of a properly completedformal application that complies withthe rules for the particular class of sta-tion, provided that the conditions set

forth are satisfied.(a) Conditions applicable to all broad-

cast auxiliary stations. (1) Stations oper-ated pursuant to this section shall beidentified by the transmission of thecall sign of the associated part 73 of this chapter broadcast station, if oneexists, or the prefix ‘‘WT’’ followed bythe applicant’s local business tele-phone number for broadcast or cablenetwork entities.




435


(2) The antenna structure(s) has beenpreviously studied by the Federal Avia-tion Administration and determined topose no hazard to aviation safety as re-quired by subpart B of part 17 of thischapter; or the antenna or tower struc-ture does not exceed 6.1 meters aboveground level or above an existing man-made structure (other than an antennastructure), if the antenna or tower hasnot been previously studied by the Fed-eral Aviation Administration andcleared by the FCC;

(3) The grant of the application(s)

does not require a waiver of the Com-mission’s rules;

(4) The applicant has determined thatthe facility(ies) will not significantlyaffect the environment as defined in§ 1.1307 of this chapter;

(5) The station site does not lie with-in an area identified in §1.924 of thischapter.

(b) Conditions applicable to remote pickup broadcast auxiliary stations. (1)The auxiliary station must be locatedwithin 80 km (50 mi) of the broadcaststudio or broadcast transmitter.

(2) The applicant must coordinate theoperation with all affected co-channeland adjacent channel licensees in the

area of operation. This requirementcan be satisfied by coordination withthe local frequency committee if oneexists.

(3) Operation under this provision isnot permitted between 152.87 MHz and153.35 MHz.

(c) Conditions applicable to aural andtelevision broadcast auxiliary stations. (1)The applicable frequency coordinationprocedures have been successfully com-pleted and the filed application is con-sistent with that coordination.

(2) The station site does not lie with-in an area requiring international co-ordination.

(3) If operated on frequencies in the

17.8–19.7 GHz band for any services oron frequencies in the 17.7–17.8 GHz bandfor MVPD operations, the station sitedoes not lie within any of the areasidentified in §1.924 of this chapter.

(d) Operation under this section shallbe suspended immediately upon notifi-cation from the Commission or by theDistrict Director of a Commission fieldfacility, and shall not be resumed untilspecific authority is given by the Com-

mission or District Director. When au-thorized by the District Director, shorttest operations may be made.

(e) Conditional authority ceases im-mediately if the application(s) is re-turned by the Commission because it isnot acceptable for filing.

(f) Conditional authorization doesnot prejudice any action the Commis-sion may take on the subject applica-tion(s). Conditional authority is ac-cepted with the express understandingthat such authority may be modified orcancelled by the Commission at any

time without hearing if, in the Com-mission’s discretion, the need for suchaction arises. An applicant operatingpursuant to this conditional authorityassumes all risks associated with suchoperation, the termination or modi-fication of the conditional authority,or the subsequent dismissal or denial of its application(s).

[68 FR 12762, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 69FR 17958, Apr. 6, 2004; 71 FR 69048, Nov. 29,2006]

§ 74.28 Additional orders.

In case the rules contained in thispart do not cover all phases of oper-ation or experimentation with respectto external effects, the FCC may makesupplemental or additional orders ineach case as may be deemed necessary.

[47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982]

§ 74.30 Antenna structure, marking and lighting.

The provisions of part 17 of the FCCrules (Construction, Marking, andLighting of Antenna Structures) re-quire certain antenna structures to bepainted and/or lighted in accordancewith the provisions of §§ 17.47 through17.56 of the FCC rules.

[47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982]

§ 74.32 Operation in the 17.7–17.8 GHzand 17.8–19.7 GHz bands.

(a) To minimize or avoid harmful in-terference to Federal Government Sat-ellite Earth Stations located in theDenver, Colorado and Washington, DCareas, any application for a new sta-tion license to provide MVPD oper-ations in the 17.7–17.8 GHz band or tooperate in the 17.8–19.7 GHz band forany service, or for modification of an




436

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.34

existing station license in these bandswhich would change the frequency,power, emission, modulation, polariza-tion, antenna height or directivity, orlocation of such a station, must be co-ordinated with the Federal Govern-ment by the Commission before an au-thorization will be issued, if the sta-tion or proposed station is located inwhole or in part within any of theareas defined by the following rectan-gles or circles:

DENVER, CO AREA

Rectangle 1:41°30′00″ N. Lat. on the north103°10′00″ W. Long. on the east38°30′00″ N. Lat. on the south106°30′00″ W. Long. on the west



WASHINGTON, DC AREA

Rectangle:38°40′00″ N. Lat. on the north78°50′00″ W. Long. on the east38°10′00″ N. Lat. on the south79°20′00″ W. Long. on the west

or(b) Within a radius of 178 km of

38°48′00″ N. Lat./76°52′00″ W. Long.(c) In addition, no application seek-

ing authority for MVPD operations inthe 17.7–17.8 GHz band or to operate inthe 17.8–19.7 GHz band for any servicewill be accepted for filing if the pro-posed station is located within 20 km of the following coordinates:

Denver, CO area: 39°43′00″ N. Lat./

104°46

′00

″ W. Long.Washington, DC area: 38°48′00″ N. Lat./

76°52′00″ W. Long.

Note to §74.32: The coordinates citedin this section are specified in terms of the ‘‘North American Datum of 1983(NAD 83)’’ with an accuracy of ±30 me-ters with respect to the ‘‘NationalSpacial Reference System’’.

[71 FR 69048, Nov. 29, 2006; 71 FR 75614, Dec.15, 2006]

§ 74.34 Period of construction; certifi-cation of completion of construc-tion.

(a) Each aural and television broad-

cast auxiliary station authorized under

subparts E and F of this part must be

in operation within 18 months from the

initial date of grant.

(b) Each remote pickup broadcast

auxiliary station authorized under sub-

part D of this part must be in oper-

ation within 12 months from the initial

date of grant.

(c) Failure to timely begin operationmeans the authorization terminates

automatically.

(d) Requests for extension of time

may be granted upon a showing of good

cause pursuant to §1.946(e) of this chap-

ter.

(e) Construction of any authorized fa-

cility or frequency must be completed

by the date specified in the license and

the Commission must be notified pur-

suant to §1.946 of this chapter.

[68 FR 12763, Mar. 17, 2003]

Subpart A—Experimental

Broadcast Stations§ 74.101 Experimental broadcast sta-

tion.

The term experimental broadcast sta-

tion means a station licensed for exper-

imental or developmental transmission

of radio telephony, television, fac-

simile, or other types of telecommuni-

cation services intended for reception

and use by the general public.

(Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032;

47 U.S.C. 158, 303)

[49 FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984]

§ 74.102 Uses of experimental broad-

cast stations.A license for an experimental broad-

cast station will be issued for the pur-

poses of carrying on research and ex-

perimentation for the development and

advancement of new broadcast tech-

nology, equipment, systems or services

which are more extensive or require

other modes of transmission than can

be accomplished by using a licensed




437


broadcast station under an experi-mental authorization (see § 73.1510).


[49 FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984]

§ 74.103 Frequency assignment.

(a) Frequencies allocated to broad-casting and the various categories of auxiliary stations, in the FCC’s Tableof Frequency Allocations (Part 2 of this chapter), may be assigned respec-tively to experimental broadcast and

experimental auxiliary stations.(b) More than one frequency may be

assigned upon a satisfactory showing of the need therefor.

(c) Frequencies best suited to thepurpose of the experimentation and onwhich there appears to be the leastlikelihood of interference to estab-lished stations shall be selected.

(d) In a case of important experimen-tation which cannot be feasibly con-ducted on frequencies allocated tobroadcasting or the various categoriesof auxiliary stations, the FCC may au-thorize an experimental station of anyclass to operate on other frequenciesupon a satisfactory showing of the needtherefore and a showing that the pro-posed operation can be conducted with-out causing harmful interference to es-tablished services. However, experi-mental operation which looks towardthe development of radio transmittingapparatus or the rendition of any typeof regular service using such fre-quencies will not be authorized prior toa determination by the FCC that thedevelopment of such apparatus or therendition of such service would servethe public interest.


[28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49

FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984]

§ 74.112 Supplementary statementwith application for constructionpermit.

A supplementary statement shall befiled with, and made a part of, each ap-plication for construction permit forany experimental broadcast stationconfirming the applicant’s under-standing:

(a) That all operation upon the fre-quency requested is for experimentalpurposes only.

(b) That the frequency requested maynot be the best suited to the particularexperimental work to be carried on.

(c) That the frequency requested neednot be allocated for any service thatmay be developed as a result of the ex-perimental operation.

(d) That any frequency which may beassigned is subject to change withoutadvance notice or hearing.

(e) That any authorization issued

pursuant to the application may becancelled at any time without noticeor hearing, and will expire as a matterof law if the station fails to transmitbroadcast signals for any consecutive12-month period, notwithstanding anyprovision, term, or condition of the li-cense to the contrary.

(f) That if approval of the experi-mental broadcast station may have asignificant environmental impact, see§ 1.1307 of this chapter, submission of an environmental assessment, under§ 1.1311 of this chapter, and compliancewith the Commission’s environmentalrules contained in part 1 of this chap-ter is required.

(Sec. 319, 48 Stat. 1089, as amended; 47 U.S.C.319; secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066,1032; 47 U.S.C. 158, 303)

[28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984; 55 FR 20398, May 16,1990; 61 FR 28767, June 6, 1996]

§ 74.113 Supplementary reports withapplication for renewal of license.

(a) A report shall be filed with eachapplication for renewal of experimentalbroadcast station license which shallinclude a statement of each of the fol-lowing:

(1) Number of hours operated.(2) Full data on research and experi-

mentation conducted including the

types of transmitting and studio equip-ment used and their mode of operation.

(3) Data on expense of research andoperation during the period covered.

(4) Power employed, field intensitymeasurements and visual and aural ob-servations and the types of instru-ments and receivers utilized to deter-mine the station service area and theefficiency of the respective types of transmissions.




438

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.131

(5) Estimated degree of public par-ticipation in reception and the resultsof observations as to the effectivenessof types of transmission.

(6) Conclusions, tentative and final.(7) Program of further developments

in broadcasting.(8) All developments and major

changes in equipment.(9) Any other pertinent develop-

ments.(b) Special or progress reports shall

be submitted from time to time as theCommission shall direct.

(Sec. 308, 48 Stat. 1084, as amended; 47 U.S.C.308; secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066,1032; 47 U.S.C. 158, 303)

[28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984]

§ 74.131 Licensing requirements, nec-essary showing.

(a) An applicant for a new experi-mental broadcast station, change in fa-cilities of any existing station, ormodification of license is required tomake a satisfactory showing of compli-ance with the general requirements of the Communications Act of 1934, asamended, as well as the following:

(1) That the applicant has a definite

program of research and experimen-tation in the technical phases of broad-casting which indicates reasonablepromise of substantial contribution tothe developments of the broadcastingart.

(2) That upon the authorization of the proposed station the applicant canand will proceed immediately with itsprogram of research and experimen-tation.

(3) That the transmission of signalsby radio is essential to the proposedprogram of research and experimen-tation.

(4) That the program of research andexperimentation will be conducted by

qualified personnel.(b) A license of an experimental

broadcast station will not authorize ex-clusive use of any frequency. In caseinterference would be caused by simul-taneous operation of stations licensedexperimentally, such licensees shallendeavor to arrange satisfactory timedivision. If such agreement cannot bereached, the FCC will determine andspecify the time division.

(c) A license for an experimentalbroadcast station will be issued only onthe condition that no objectionable in-terference to the regular programtransmissions of broadcast stationswill result from the transmissions of the experimental stations.


47 U.S.C. 158, 303)


FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984]

§ 74.132 Power limitations.

The license for experimental broad-cast stations will specify the maximumauthorized power. The operating powershall not be greater than necessary tocarry on the service and in no eventmore than 5 percent above the max-imum power specified. Engineeringstandards have not been established forthese stations. The efficiency factor forthe last radio stage of transmitters em-ployed will be subject to individual de-termination but shall be in generalagreement with values normally em-ployed for similar equipment operatedwithin the frequency range authorized.


47 U.S.C. 158, 303)

[49 FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984]

§ 74.133 Emission authorized.

In case emission of a different typethan that specified in the license isnecessary or desirable in carrying onany phases of experimentation, appli-cation setting out fully the needs shallbe made by informal application.

[28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963]

§ 74.151 Equipment changes.

The licensee of an experimentalbroadcast station may make any

changes in the equipment that aredeemed desirable or necessary pro-vided:

(a) That the operating frequency isnot permitted to deviate more than theallowed tolerance;

(b) That the emissions are not per-mitted outside the authorized band;

(c) That the power output complieswith the license and the regulationsgoverning the same; and




439


(d) That the transmitter as a wholeor output power rating of the trans-mitter is not changed.



TECHNICAL OPERATION AND OPERATORS

§ 74.161 Frequency tolerances.

The departure of the carrier fre-quency or frequencies of an experi-

mental broadcast station must not ex-ceed the tolerance specified in the in-strument of authorization. For modesof transmission that do not have aresting or center carrier frequency, theoccupied bandwidth of the stationtransmissions may not exceed thatspecified in the instrument of author-ization.


[49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984]

§ 74.162 Frequency monitors andmeasurements.

The licensee of an experimental

broadcast station shall provide the nec-essary means for determining that thefrequency of the station is within theallowed tolerance. The date and timeof each frequency check, the frequencyas measured, and a description or iden-tification of the method employedshall be entered in the station log. Suf-ficient observations shall be made toinsure that the assigned carrier fre-quency is maintained within the pre-scribed tolerance.


[49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984]

§ 74.163 Time of operation.(a) Unless specified or restricted

hours of operation are shown in thestation authorization, experimentalbroadcast stations may be operated atany time and are not required to ad-here to a regular schedule of operation.

(b) The FCC may limit or restrict theperiods of station operation in theevent interference is caused to otherbroadcast or nonbroadcast stations.

(c) The FCC may require that an ex-perimental broadcast station conductsuch experiments as are deemed desir-able and reasonable for development of the type of service for which the sta-tion was authorized.


[49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984]

§ 74.165 Posting of station license.

The instrument of authorization or aclearly legible photocopy thereof shall

be available at the transmitter site.

[60 FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 74.181 Station records.

(a) The licensee of each experimentalbroadcast station must maintain ade-quate records of the operation, includ-ing:

(1) Information concerning the na-ture of the experimental operation andthe periods in which it is being con-ducted.

(2) Information concerning any spe-cific data requested by the FCC.

(b) Station records must be retainedfor a period of two years.


[49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984]

§ 74.182 Program service and charges.

(a) The licensee of an experimentalbroadcast station may transmit pro-gram material only when necessary tothe experiments being conducted, andno regular program service may bebroadcast unless specifically author-ized.

(b) The licensee of an experimentalbroadcast station may make nocharges nor ask for any payment, di-rectly or indirectly, for the productionor transmission of any programming orinformation used for experimentalbroadcast purposes.


[49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984]

§ 74.183 Station identification.

Each experimental broadcast stationshall make aural or visual announce-ments of its call letters and location at




440

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.184

the beginning and end of each period of operation, and at least once every hourduring operation.


[49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984]

§ 74.184 Rebroadcasts.

(a) The term rebroadcast means recep-tion by radio of the programs or othertransmissions of a broadcast station,and the simultaneous or subsequent re-transmission of such programs or

transmissions by a broadcast station.(1) As used in this section, the word

‘‘program’’ includes any complete pro-gram or part thereof.

(2) The transmission of a programfrom its point of origin to a broadcaststation entirely by common carrier fa-cilities, whether by wire line or radio,is not considered a rebroadcast.

(3) The broadcasting of a program re-layed by a remote broadcast pickupstation is not considered a rebroadcast.

(b) No licensee of an experimentalbroadcast station may retransmit theprogram of another U.S. broadcast sta-tion without the express authority of the originating station. A copy of thewritten consent of the licensee origi-nating the program must be kept bythe licensee of the experimental broad-cast station retransmitting such pro-gram and made available to the FCCupon request.


[49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984]

Subparts B–C [Reserved]

Subpart D—Remote PickupBroadcast Stations

§ 74.401 Definitions.Associated broadcasting station(s). The

broadcasting station or stations withwhich a remote pickup broadcast sta-tion or system is licensed as an auxil-iary and with which it is principallyused.

Authorized bandwidth. The occupiedor necessary bandwidth, whichever isgreater, authorized to be used by a sta-tion.

Automatic relay station. A remotepickup broadcast base station which isactuated by automatic means and isused to relay transmissions between re-mote pickup broadcast base and mobilestations, between remote pickup broad-cast mobile stations and from remotepickup broadcast mobile stations tobroadcasting stations. (Automatic op-eration is not operation by remote con-trol.)

Carrier power. The average power atthe output terminals of a transmitter(other than a transmitter having a sup-pressed, reduced or controlled carrier)during one radio frequency cycle underconditions of no modulation.

Mean power. The power at the outputterminals of a transmitter during nor-mal operation, averaged over a timesufficiently long compared with the pe-riod of the lowest frequency encoun-tered in the modulation. A time of 1/10second during which the mean power isgreatest will be selected normally.

Necessary bandwidth. For a givenclass of emission, the minimum valueof the occupied bandwidth sufficient toensure the transmission of informationat the rate and with the quality re-

quired for the system employed, underspecified conditions. Emissions usefulfor the good functioning of the receiv-ing equipment, as for example, theemission corresponding to the carrierof reduced carrier systems, shall be in-cluded in the necessary bandwidth.

Occupied bandwidth. The frequencybandwidth such that, below its lowerand above its upper frequency limits,the mean powers radiated are eachequal to 0.5 percent of the total meanpower radiated by a given emission.

Operational communications. Commu-nications concerning the technical andprogramming operation of a broadcaststation and its auxiliaries.

Remote control operation. Operation of a base station by a properly designatedperson on duty at a control positionfrom which the transmitter is not visi-ble but that position is equipped withsuitable controls so that essentialfunctions can be performed therefrom.

Remote pickup broadcast base station.A remote pickup broadcast station au-thorized for operation at a specified lo-cation.




441


Remote pickup broadcast mobile station.A remote pickup broadcast station au-thorized for use while in motion or dur-ing halts at unspecified locations. (Asused in this subpart, mobile stationsinclude hand-carried, pack-carried andother portable transmitters.)

Remote pickup broadcast stations. Aterm used in this subpart to includeboth remote pickup broadcast base sta-tions and remote pickup broadcast mo-bile stations.

Remote pickup mobile repeater unit. Avehicular receiver-transmitter repeater

used to provide extended communica-tions range for a low-power hand-car-ried or pack-carried transmitter.

Station. As used in this subpart, eachremote pickup broadcast transmitter,and its associated accessory equipmentnecessary to the radio communicationfunction, constitutes a separate sta-tion.

Studio. Any room or series of roomsequipped for the regular production of broadcast programs of various kinds. Abroadcasting booth at a stadium, con-vention hall, church, or other similarplace is not considered to be a studio.

Systems. A complete remote pickupbroadcast facility consisting of one or

more mobile stations and/or one ormore base stations authorized pursuantto a single license.

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42FR 14728, Mar. 16, 1977; 47 FR 28388, June 30,1982; 47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982; 51 FR 4601, Feb.6, 1986]


Operation on all channels listed inthis section (except: frequencies 26.07MHz, 26.11 MHz, and 26.45 MHz, and fre-quencies listed in paragraphs (a)(4) and(c)(1) of this section shall be in accord-ance with the ‘‘priority of use’’ provi-sions in § 74.403(b)). The channel will beassigned by its center frequency, chan-

nel bandwidth, and emission desig-nator. In general, the frequencies listedin this section represent the center of the channel or channel segment. Whenan even number of channels arestacked in those sections stacking ispermitted, channel assignments maybe made for the frequency halfway be-tween those listed.

(a) The following channels may be as-signed for use by broadcast remote

pickup stations using any emission(other than single sideband or pulse)that will be in accordance with the pro-visions of §74.462.

(1) [Reserved](2) HF Channels: 25.87, 25.91, 25.95,

25.99, 26.03, 26.07, 26.09, 26.11, 26.13, 26.15,26.17, 26.19, 26.21, 26.23, 26.25, 26.27, 26.29,26.31, 26.33, 26.35, 26.37, 26.39, 26.41, 26.43,26.45, and 26.47 MHz. The channels25.87–26.09 MHz are subject to the con-dition listed in paragraph (e)(2) of thissection.

(3) VHF Channels: 166.25 and 170.15

MHz. These channels are subject to thecondition listed in paragraph (e)(8) of this section.

(4) UHF Channels: Up to two of thefollowing 6.25 kHz segments may bestacked to form a channel which maybe assigned for use by broadcast re-mote pickup stations using any emis-sion contained within the resultantchannel in accordance with the provi-sions of § 74.462: 450.00625 MHz, 450.0125MHz, 450.01875 MHz, 450.025 MHz,450.98125 MHz, 450.9875 MHz, 450.99375MHz, 455.00625 MHz, 455.0125 MHz,455.01875 MHz, 455.025 MHz, 455.98125MHz, 455.9875 MHz, and 455.99375 MHz.These channels are subject to the con-

dition listed in paragraph (e)(9) of thissection.

(b) Up to four of the following 7.5 kHzVHF segments and up to eight of thefollowing 6.25 kHz UHF segments maybe stacked to form a channel whichmay be assigned for use by broadcastremote pickup stations using any emis-sion contained within the resultantchannel in accordance with the provi-sions of § 74.462.

(1) VHF segments: 152.8625, 152.870,152.8775, 152.885, 152.8925, 152.900,152.9075, 152.915, 152.9225, 152.930,152.9375, 152.945, 152.9525, 152.960,152.9675, 152.975, 152.9825, 152.990,152.9975, 153.005, 153.0125, 153.020,

153.0275, 153.035, 153.0425, 153.050,153.0575, 153.065, 153.0725, 153.080,153.0875, 153.095, 153.1025, 153.110,153.1175, 153.125, 153.1325, 153.140,153.1475, 153.155, 153.1625, 153.170,153.1775, 153.185, 153.1925, 153.200,153.2075, 153.215, 153.2225, 153.230,153.2375, 153.245, 153.2525, 153.260,153.2675, 153.275, 153.2825, 153.290,153.2975, 153.305, 153.3125, 153.320,153.3275, 153.335, 153.3425, 153.350, and




442

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.402

153.3575. These channels are subject tothe conditions listed in paragraphs(e)(3), (4), (5), and (10) of this section.

(2) VHF segments: 160.860, 160.8675,160.875, 160.8825, 160.890, 160.8975, 160.905,160.9125, 160.920, 160.9275, 160.935,160.9425, 160.950, 160.9575, 160.965,160.9725, 160.980, 160.9875, 160.995,161.0025, 161.010, 161.0175, 161.025,161.0325, 161.040, 161.0475, 161.055,161.0625, 161.070, 161.0775, 161.085,161.0925, 161.100, 161.1075, 161.115,161.1225, 161.130, 161.1375, 161.145,161.1525, 161.160, 161.1675, 161.175,

161.1825, 161.190, 161.1975, 161.205,161.2125, 161.220, 161.2275, 161.235,161.2425, 161.250, 161.2575, 161.265,161.2725, 161.280, 161.2875, 161.295,161.3025, 161.310, 161.3175, 161.325,161.3325, 161.340, 161.3475, 161.355,161.3625, 161.370, 161.3775, 161.385,161.3925, 161.400. These channels aresubject to the condition listed in para-graph (e)(6) and (10) of this section.

(3) VHF segments: 161.625, 161.6325,161.640, 161.6475, 161.655, 161.6625, 161.670,161.6775, 161.685, 161.6925, 161.700,161.7075, 161.715, 161.7225, 161.730,161.7375, 161.745, 161.7525, 161.760,161.7675, 161.775. These channels aresubject to the conditions listed in para-

graphs (e)(4), (7), and (10) of this sec-tion.

(4) UHF segments: 450.03125, 450.0375,450.04375, 450.050, 450.05625, 450.0625,450.06875, 450.075, 450.08125, 450.0875,450.09375, 450.100, 450.10625, 450.1125,450.11875, 450.125, 450.13125, 450.1375,450.14375, 450.150, 450.15625, 450.1625,450.16875, 450.175, 450.18125, 450.1875,450.19375, 450.200, 450.20625, 450.2125,450.21875, 450.225, 450.23125, 450.2375,450.24375, 450.250, 450.25625, 450.2625,450.26875, 450.275, 450.28125, 450.2875,450.29375, 450.300, 450.30625, 450.3125,450.31875, 450.325, 450.33125, 450.3375,450.34375, 450.350, 450.35625, 450.3625,450.36875, 450.375, 450.38125, 450.3875,

450.39375, 450.400, 450.40625, 450.4125,450.41875, 450.425, 450.43125, 450.4375,450.44375, 450.450, 450.45625, 450.4625,450.46875, 450.475, 450.48125, 450.4875,450.49375, 450.500, 450.50625, 450.5125,450.51875, 450.525, 450.53125, 450.5375,450.54375, 450.550, 450.55625, 450.5625,450.56875, 450.575, 450.58125, 450.5875,450.59375, 450.600, 450.60625, 450.6125,450.61875, 455.03125, 455.0375, 455.04375,455.050, 455.05625, 455.0625, 455.06875,

455.075, 455.08125, 455.0875, 455.09375,455.100, 455.10625, 455.1125, 455.11875,455.125, 455.13125, 455.1375, 455.14375,455.150, 455.15625, 455.1625, 455.16875,455.175, 455.18125, 455.1875, 455.19375,455.200, 455.20625, 455.2125, 455.21875,455.225, 455.23125, 455.2375, 455.24375,455.250, 455.25625, 455.2625, 455.26875,455.275, 455.28125, 455.2875, 455.29375,455.300, 455.30625, 455.3125, 455.31875,455.325, 455.33125, 455.3375, 455.34375,455.350, 455.35625, 455.3625, 455.36875,455.375, 455.38125, 455.3875, 455.39375,455.400, 455.40625, 455.4125, 455.41875,

455.425, 455.43125, 455.4375, 455.44375,455.450, 455.45625, 455.4625, 455.46875,455.475, 455.48125, 455.4875, 455.49375,455.500, 455.50625, 455.5125, 455.51875,455.525, 455.53125, 455.5375, 455.54375,455.550, 455.55625, 455.5625, 455.56875,455.575, 455.58125, 455.5875, 455.59375,455.600, 455.60625, 455.6125, 455.61875.

(c) Up to two of the following 25 kHzsegments may be stacked to form achannel which may be assigned for useby broadcast remote pickup stationsusing any emission contained withinthe resultant channel in accordancewith the provisions of §74.462. Userscommitted to 50 kHz bandwidths andtransmitting program material will

have primary use of these channels.(1) UHF segments: 450.6375, 450.6625,

450.6875, 450.7125, 450.7375, 450.7625,450.7875, 450.8125, 450.8375, 450.8625,455.6375, 455.6625, 455.6875, 455.7125,455.7375, 455.7625, 455.7875, 455.8125,455.8375, 455.8625 MHz.

(2) [Reserved](d) Up to two of the following 50 kHz

segments may be stacked to form achannel which may be assigned for useby broadcast remote pickup stationsusing any emission contained withinthe resultant channel in accordancewith the provisions of §74.462. Userscommitted to 100 kHz bandwidths andtransmitting program material will

have primary use of these channels.(1) UHF segments: 450.900, 450.950,

455.900, and 455.950 MHz.(2) [Reserved](e) Conditions on Broadcast Remote

Pickup Service channel usage as re-ferred to in paragraphs (a) through (d)of this section:

(1) [Reserved](2) Operation is subject to the condi-

tion that no harmful interference is




443


caused to stations in the broadcastservice.

(3) Operation is subject to the condi-tion that no harmful interference iscaused to stations operating in accord-ance with the Table of Frequency Allo-cations set forth in part 2 of this chap-ter. Applications for licenses to use fre-quencies in this band must includestatements showing what procedureswill be taken to ensure that inter-ference will not be caused to stationsin the Industrial/Business Pool (Part90).

(4) These frequencies will not be li-censed to network entities.

(5) These frequencies will not be au-thorized to new stations for use onboard aircraft.

(6) These frequencies are allocatedfor assignment to broadcast remotepickup stations in Puerto Rico or theVirgin Islands only.

NO TE T O P AR AG RA PH (e)(6): These fre-quencies are shared with Public Safety andIndustrial/Business Pools (Part 90).

(7) These frequencies may not be usedby broadcast remote pickup stations inPuerto Rico or the Virgin Islands. Inother areas, certain existing stations

in the Public Safety and Industrial/Business Pools (Part 90) have been per-mitted to continue operation on thesefrequencies on the condition that noharmful interference is caused tobroadcast remote pickup stations.

(8) Operation on frequencies 166.25MHz and 170.15 MHz is subject to thecondition that harmful interferenceshall not be caused to present or futureGovernment stations in the band 162– 174 MHz and is also subject to the band-width and tolerance limitations andcompliance deadlines listed in § 74.462of this part. Authorization on thesefrequencies shall be in the lower 48 con-tiguous States only, except within the

area bounded on the west by the Mis-sissippi River, on the north by the par-allel of latitude 37°30′ N., and on theeast and south by that arc of the circlewith center at Springfield, Illinois, andradius equal to the airline distance be-tween Springfield, Illinois, and Mont-gomery, Alabama, subtended betweenthe foregoing west and north bound-aries, or within 150 miles (241.4 km) of New York City.

(9) The use of these frequencies islimited to operational communica-tions, including tones for signaling andfor remote control and automatictransmission system control and te-lemetry. Stations licensed or appliedfor before April 16, 2003, must complywith the channel plan by March 17,2006, or may continue to operate on asecondary, non-interference basis.

(10) Stations licensed or applied forbefore April 16, 2003, must comply withthe channel plan by March 17, 2006, ormay continue to operate on a sec-

ondary, non-interference basis.(f) License applicants shall request

assignment of only those channels,both in number and bandwidth, nec-essary for satisfactory operation andfor which the system is equipped to op-erate. However, it is not necessary thateach transmitter within a system beequipped to operate on all frequenciesauthorized to that licensee.

(g) Remote pickup stations or sys-tems will not be granted exclusivechannel assignments. The same chan-nel or channels may be assigned toother licensees in the same area. Whensuch sharing is necessary, the provi-sions of §74.403 shall apply.

[68 FR 12763, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 68FR 25540, May 13, 2003]

§ 74.403 Frequency selection to avoidinterference.

(a) Where two or more remote pickupbroadcast station licensees are author-ized to operate on the same frequencyor group of frequencies in the samearea and when simultaneous operationis contemplated, the licensees shall en-deavor to select frequencies or sched-ule operation in such manner as toavoid mutual interference. If mutualagreement to this effect cannot bereached the Commission shall be noti-

fied and it will specify the frequency orfrequencies on which each station is tobe operated.

(b) The following order of priority of transmissions shall be observed on allfrequencies except frequencies 26.07MHz, 26.11 MHz, and 26.45 MHz, and fre-quencies listed in §74.402(a)(4) and(c)(1):

(1) Communications during an emer-gency or pending emergency directly




444

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.431

related to the safety of life and prop-erty.

(2) Program material to be broadcast.(3) Cues, orders, and other related

communications immediately nec-essary to the accomplishment of abroadcast.

(4) Operational communications.(5) Tests or drills to check the per-

formance of stand-by or emergency cir-cuits.

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 68FR 12764, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.431 Special rules applicable to re-mote pickup stations.

(a) Remote pickup mobile stationsmay be used for the transmission of material from the scene of eventswhich occur outside the studio back tostudio or production center. The trans-mitted material shall be intended forthe licensee’s own use and may bemade available for use by any otherbroadcast station or cable system.

(b) Remote pickup mobile or basestations may be used for communica-tions related to production and tech-nical support of the remote program.This includes cues, orders, dispatch in-structions, frequency coordination, es-

tablishing microwave links, and oper-ational communications. Operationalcommunications are alerting tones andspecial signals of short duration usedfor telemetry or control.

(c) Remote pickup mobile or basestations may communicate with anyother station licensed under this sub-part.

(d) Remote pickup mobile stationsmay be operated as a vehicular re-peater to relay program material andcommunications between stations li-censed under this subpart. Precautionsshall be taken to avoid interference toother stations and the vehicular re-peater shall only be activated by hand-

carried or pack-carried units.(e) The output of hand-carried or

pack-carried transmitter units usedwith a vehicular repeater is limited to2.5 watts. The output of a vehicular re-peater transmitter used as a talkbackunit on an additional frequency is lim-ited to 2.5 watts.

(f) Remote pickup base and mobilestations in Alaska, Guam, Hawaii,Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands

may be used for any purpose related tothe programming or technical oper-ation of a broadcasting station, exceptfor transmission intended for direct re-ception by the general public.

(g) [Reserved]

(h) In the event that normal auralstudio to transmitter circuits are dam-aged, stations licensed under SubpartD may be used to provide temporarycircuits for a period not exceeding 30days without further authority fromthe Commission necessary to continuebroadcasting.

(i) Remote pickup mobile or base sta-tions may be used for activities associ-ated with the Emergency Alert System(EAS) and similar emergency survivalcommunications systems. Drills andtest are also permitted on these sta-tions, but the priority requirements of § 74.403(b) must be observed in suchcases.

[51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 68 FR12764, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.432 Licensing requirements andprocedures.

(a) A license for a remote pickup sta-tion will be issued to: the licensee of an

AM, FM, noncommercial FM, lowpower FM, TV, Class A TV, inter-national broadcast or low power TVstation; broadcast network-entity; orcable network-entity.

(b) Base stations may operate asautomatic relay stations on the fre-quencies listed in § 74.402(b)(4) and (c)(1)under the provisions of § 74.436, how-ever, one licensee may not operatesuch stations on more than two fre-quency pairs in a single area.

(c) Base stations may use voice com-munications between the studio andtransmitter or points of any intercityrelay system on frequencies in GroupsI and J.

(d) Base stations may be authorizedto establish standby circuits fromplaces where official broadcasts may bemade during times of emergency andcircuits to interconnect an emergencysurvival communications system.

(e) In Alaska, Guam, Hawaii, PuertoRico, and the Virgin Islands, base sta-tions may provide program circuits be-tween the studio and transmitter or torelay programs between broadcasting




445


stations. A base station may be oper-ated unattended in accordance with thefollowing:

(1) The station must be designed, in-stalled, and protected so that thetransmitter can only be activated orcontrolled by persons authorized by thelicensee.

(2) The station must be equipped withcircuits to prevent transmitter oper-ation when no signal is received fromthe station which it is relaying.

(f) Remote pickup stations may useonly those frequencies and bandwidths

which are necessary for operation.(g) An application for a remote pick-

up broadcast station or system shallspecify the broadcasting station withwhich the remote pickup broadcast fa-cility is to be principally used and thelicensed area of operation for a systemwhich includes mobile stations shall bethe area considered to be served by theassociated broadcasting station. Mo-bile stations may be operated outsidethe licensed area of operation pursuantto § 74.24 of this part. Where the appli-cant for remote pickup broadcast fa-cilities is the licensee of more than oneclass of broadcasting station (AM, FM,TV), all licensed to the same commu-

nity, designation of one such station asthe associated broadcasting stationwill not preclude use of the remotepickup broadcast facilities with thosebroadcasting stations not included inthe designation and such additional useshall be at the discretion of the li-censee.

(h) In cases where a series of broad-casts are to be made from the same lo-cation, portable or mobile transmittersmay be left at such location for the du-ration of the series of broadcasts: Pro-vided, The transmitting apparatus isproperly secured so that it may not beoperated by unauthorized persons whenunattended. Prior Commission author-

ity shall be obtained for the installa-tion of any transmitting antennawhich requires notification to theFAA, pursuant to §17.7 of the Commis-sion’s rules and regulations, and whichwill be in existence for more than 2days.

(i) The location of each remote pick-up broadcast base station will be speci-fied in the station or system licenseand such stations may not be operated

at any other location without prior au-thority of the Commission.

(j) The license shall be retained inthe licensee’s files at the addressshown on the authorization, posted atthe transmitter, or posted at the con-trol point of the station.

(k) In case of permanent discontinu-ance of operations of a station licensedunder this subpart, the licensee shallcancel the station license using FCCForm 601. For purposes of this section,a station which is not operated for aperiod of one year is considered to have

been permanently discontinued.

NOTE: Licensees of remote pickup broad-cast stations licensed prior to August 31,1976, should not file applications to consoli-date individually licensed transmittersunder a single system license until the re-newal application of the associated broad-cast station is filed. Applications filed be-tween August 31, 1976, and the date of filingof the renewal applications to obtain author-ization to use additional transmitters ormodification of existing stations shall be re-stricted to a single system application nec-essary to accomplish the desired change, butmay include consolidation of previously-li-censed transmitters within the system li-cense. Applications submitted for system li-censing prior to the time when renewal ap-

plications would normally be filed which areunnecessary for either administrative oroperational purposes will be returned as un-acceptable for filing.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42FR 2071, Jan. 10, 1977; 47 FR 21496, May 18,1982; 49 FR 14509, Apr. 12, 1984; 51 FR 4602,Feb. 6, 1986; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 60 FR55482, Nov. 1, 1995; 65 FR 30011, May 10, 2000;68 FR 12764, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.433 Temporary authorizations.

(a) Special temporary authority maybe granted for remote pickup stationoperation which cannot be conductedin accordance with §74.24. Such author-

ity will normally be granted only foroperations of a temporary nature.Where operation is seen as likely on acontinuing annual basis, an applicationfor a regular authorization should besubmitted.

(b) A request for special temporaryauthority for the operation of a remotepickup broadcast station must be madein accordance with the procedures of § 1.931(b) of this chapter.




446

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.434

(c) All requests for special temporaryauthority of a remote pickup broadcast

station must include full particularsincluding: licensee’s name and address,facility identification number of theassociated broadcast station or sta-tions, call letters of remote pickup sta-tion (if assigned), type and manufac-turer of equipment, power output,emission, frequency or frequencies pro-posed to be used, commencement andtermination date, location of operationand purpose for which request is madeincluding any particular justification.

(d) A request for special temporaryauthority shall specify a frequency orfrequencies consistent with the provi-sions of § 74.402: Provided, That, in thecase of events of wide-spread interestand importance which cannot be trans-mitted successfully on these fre-quencies, frequencies assigned to otherservices may be requested upon a show-ing that operation thereon will notcause interference to established sta-tions: And provided further, In no casewill operation of a remote pickupbroadcast station be authorized on fre-quencies employed for the safety of lifeand property.

(e) The user shall have full controlover the transmitting equipment dur-ing the period it is operated.

(f) Special temporary authority topermit operation of remote pickupbroadcast stations or systems pendingCommission action on an applicationfor regular authority will not normallybe granted.

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47

FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55936, Dec. 14,

1982; 50 FR 23709, June 5, 1985; 58 FR 19775,

Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.434 Remote control operation.

(a) A remote control system must

provide adequate monitoring and con-trol functions to permit proper oper-ation of the station.

(b) A remote control system must bedesigned, installed, and protected sothat the transmitter can only be acti-vated or controlled by persons author-ized by the licensee.

(c) A remote control system mustprevent inadvertent transmitter oper-ation caused by malfunctions in the

circuits between the control point andtransmitter.

[51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 60 FR55482, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 74.436 Special requirements for auto-matic relay stations.

(a) An automatic relay station mustbe designed, installed, and protected sothat the transmitter can only be acti-vated or controlled by persons author-ized by the licensee.

(b) An automatic relay station may

accomplish retransmission of the in-coming signals by either heterodynefrequency conversion or by modulatingthe transmitter with the demodulatedincoming signals.

(c) An automatic relay station trans-mitter may relay the demodulated in-coming signals from one or more re-ceivers.

[51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 60 FR55483, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 74.451 Certification of equipment.

(a) Applications for new remote pick-up broadcast stations or systems or forchanging transmitting equipment of anexisting station will not be accepted

unless the transmitters to be used havebeen certificated by the FCC pursuantto the provisions of this subpart, orhave been certificated for licensingunder part 90 of this chapter and do notexceed the output power limits speci-fied in §74.461(b).

(b) Any manufacturer of a trans-mitter to be used in this service mayapply for certification for such trans-mitter following the certification pro-cedure set forth in part 2 of the Com-mission’s rules and regulations. Atten-tion is also directed to part 1 of theCommission’s rules and regulationswhich specifies the fees required whenfiling an application for certification.

(c) An applicant for a remote pickupbroadcast station or system may alsoapply for certification for an individualtransmitter by following the certifi-cation procedure set forth in part 2 of the Commission’s rules and regula-tions.

(d) All transmitters marketed for useunder this subpart shall be certificatedby the Federal Communications Com-mission. (Refer to subpart J of part 2 of




447


the Commission’s Rules and Regula-tions.)

(e) Remote pickup broadcast stationequipment authorized to be used pursu-ant to an application accepted for fil-ing prior to December 1, 1977, may con-tinue to be used by the licensee or itssuccessors or assignees: Provided, how-ever, If operation of such equipmentcauses harmful interference due to itsfailure to comply with the technicalstandards set forth in this subpart, theCommission may, at its discretion, re-quire the licensee to take such correc-

tive action as is necessary to eliminatethe interference.

(f) Each instrument of authoritywhich permits operation of a remotepickup broadcast station or systemusing equipment which has not beencertificated will specify the particulartransmitting equipment which the li-censee is authorized to use.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42FR 14728, Mar. 16, 1977; 42 FR 43636, Aug. 30,1977; 43 FR 14661, Apr. 7, 1978; 45 FR 28142,Apr. 28, 1980; 63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998; 68 FR12765, Mar. 17, 2003]


(a) Modifications may be made to anexisting authorization in accordancewith §§1.929 and 1.947 of this chapter.

(b) All transmitters initially in-stalled after November 30, 1977, must becertificated for use in this service orother service as specified in §74.451(a).

[68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.461 Transmitter power.

(a) Transmitter power is the power atthe transmitter output terminals and

delivered to the antenna, antennatransmission line, or any other imped-ance-matched, radio frequency load.For the purpose of this Subpart, thetransmitter power is the carrier power.

(b) The authorized transmitter powerfor a remote pickup broadcast stationshall be limited to that necessary forsatisfactory service and, in any event,shall not be greater than 100 watts, ex-cept that a station to be operatedaboard an aircraft shall normally belimited to a maximum authorizedpower of 15 watts. Specific authoriza-

tion to operate stations on board air-craft with an output power exceeding15 watts will be issued only upon anadequate engineering showing of need,and of the procedures that will betaken to avoid harmful interference toother licensees.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 43FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978]

§ 74.462 Authorized bandwidth andemissions.

(a) Each authorization for a new re-mote pickup broadcast station or sys-tem shall require the use of certifi-

cated equipment and such equipmentshall be operated in accordance withemission specifications included in thegrant of certification and as prescribedin paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of thissection.

(b) The maximum authorized band-width of emissions corresponding tothe types of emissions specified below,and the maximum authorized fre-quency deviation in the case of fre-quency or phase modulated emission,shall be as follows:

FrequenciesAuthorized bandwidth

(kHz)

Maximumfrequencydeviation1

(kHz)

Type of emission 2

MHz:

25.87 to 26.03 .........................................26.07 to 26.47 .........................................152.8625 to 153.3575 3 ...........................

40 .....................................20 .....................................30/60 ................................

105

5/10

Frequencies 25.87 to 153.3575MHz: A3E, F1E, F3E, F9E.

160.860 to 161.400 ................................. 60 ..................................... 10

161.625 to 161.775 ................................. 30 ..................................... 5

166.25 and 170.15 4 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 12.5 /25. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 5




448

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.463

FrequenciesAuthorized bandwidth

(kHz)

Maximumfrequencydeviation1

(kHz)

Type of emission 2

450.00625 to 450.025450.98125 to 450.99375455.00625 to 455.025455.98125 to 455.99375 .........................

.............................................................

.............................................................Up to 12.5 ................................................

.............................................................

.............................................................1.5 ............................................................

Frequencies 160.860 to455.950 MHz: A1A,A1B, A1D, A1E, A2A,A2B, A2D, A2E, A3E,F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E,F2A, F2B, F2D, F2E,F3E, F9E.

450.03125 to 450.61875455.03125 to 455.61875 ......................... Up to 25 ........................... 5450.6375 to 450.8625

455.6375 to 455.8625 ............................. 25–50 ............................... 10450.900, 450.950455.900, 455.950 ..................................... 50–100 ............................. 35

1Applies where F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E, F2A, F2B, F2D, F2E, F3E, or F9E emissions are used.2Stations operating above 450 MHz shall show a need for employing A1A, A1B, A1D, A1E, A2A, A2B, A2D, A2E, F1A, F1B,

F1D, F1E, F2A, F2B, F2D, or F2E emission.3New or modified licenses for use of the frequencies will not be granted to utilize transmitters on board aircraft, or to use a

bandwidth in excess of 30 kHz and maximum deviation exceeding 5 kHz4For stations licensed or applied for before April 16, 2003, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on frequencies

166.25 MHz or 170.15 MHz shall not exceed 25 kHz, and such operation may continue until January 1, 2005. For new stationslicensed or applied for on or after April 16, 2003, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on these frequencies shallnot exceed 12.5 kHz. For all remote pickup broadcast stations, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on these fre-quencies shall not exceed 12.5 kHz on or after January 1, 2005.

(c) For emissions on frequenciesabove 25 MHz with authorizedbandwidths up to 30 kHz, the emissionsshall comply with the emission maskand transient frequency behavior re-

quirements of §§90.210 and 90.214 of thischapter. For all other emissions, themean power of emissions shall be at-tenuated below the mean output powerof the transmitter in accordance withthe following schedule:

(1) On any frequency removed fromthe assignment frequency by morethan 50 percent up to and including 100percent of the authorized bandwidth: atleast 25 dB:

(2) On any frequency removed fromthe assigned frequency by more than100 percent up to and including 250 per-cent of the authorized bandwidth: atleast 35 dB;

(3) On any frequency removed from

the assigned frequency by more than250 percent on the authorized band-width; at least 43 plus 10 log10 (meanoutput power, in watts) dB.

(d) In the event a station’s emissionsoutside its authorized channel causeharmful interference, the Commissionmay, at its discretion, require the li-censee to take such further steps asmay be necessary to eliminate the in-terference.

NOTE: The measurements of emissionpower can be expressed in peak or mean val-ues provided they are expressed in the sameparameters as the unmodulated transmittercarrier power.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 41FR 32429, Aug. 3, 1976; 41 FR 35068, Aug. 19,1976; 43 FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978; 43 FR 38391,Aug. 28, 1978; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979; 56 FR28498, June 21, 1991; 63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998;68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 25540, May 13,2003]

§ 74.463 Modulation requirements.

(a) Each new remote pickup broad-cast station authorized to operate witha power output in excess of 3 wattsshall be equipped with a device whichwill automatically prevent modulationin excess of the limits set forth in thissubpart.

(b) If amplitude modulation is em-

ployed, modulation shall not exceed 100percent on negative peaks.

(c) If frequency modulation is em-ployed, emission shall conform to therequirements specified in § 74.462.

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982]

§ 74.464 Frequency tolerance.

For operations on frequencies above25 MHz using authorized bandwidths up




449


to 30 kHz, the licensee of a remotepickup broadcast station or systemshall maintain the operating frequencyof each station in compliance with thefrequency tolerance requirements of § 90.213 of this chapter. For all other op-erations, the licensee of a remote pick-up broadcast station or system shallmaintain the operating frequency of each station in accordance with thefollowing:

Frequency range

Tolerance (percent)

Base sta-

tion

Mobile sta-

tion

25 to 30 MHz:3 W or less . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .002 .005Over 3 W ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .002 .002

30 to 300 MHz:3 W or less ............................. .0005 .005Over 3 W ................................ .0005 .0005

300 to 500 MHz, all powers .......... .00025 .0005


[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42FR 2071, Jan. 10, 1977; 43 FR 38391, Aug. 28,1978; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979; 68 FR 12766,Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 25540, May 13, 2003]


The licensee of a remote pickup sta-tion or system shall provide the nec-essary means to assure that all oper-ating frequencies are maintained with-in the allowed tolerances.

[51 FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986]


(a) Each remote pickup broadcaststation shall be identified by the trans-mission of the assigned station or sys-tem call sign, or by the call sign of theassociated broadcast station. For sys-tems, the licensee (including those op-erating pursuant to § 74.24 of this part)shall assign a unit designator to eachstation in the system. The call sign

(and unit designator, where appro-priate) shall be transmitted at the be-ginning and end of each period of oper-ation. A period of operation may con-sist of a single continuous trans-mission, or a series of intermittenttransmissions pertaining to a singleevent.

(b) In cases where a period of oper-ation is of more than one hour dura-tion identification of remote pickup

broadcast stations participating in the

operation shall be made at approxi-

mately one-hour intervals. Identifica-

tion transmissions during operation

need not be made when to make such

transmissions would interrupt a single

consecutive speech, play, religious

service, symphony, concert, or any

type of production. In such cases, the

identification transmissions shall be

made at the first interruption in the

program continuity and at the conclu-

sion thereof. Hourly identification may

be accomplished either by transmissionof the station or system call sign and

unit designator assigned to the indi-

vidual station or identification of an

associated broadcasting station or net-

work with which the remote pickup

broadcast station is being used.

(c) In cases where an automatic relay

station is a part of the circuit, the call

sign of the relay transmitter may be

transmitted automatically by the relay

transmitter or by the remote pickup

broadcast base or mobile station that

actuates the automatic relay station.

(d) Automatically activated equip-

ment may be used to transmit station

identification in International MorseCode, provided that the modulation

tone is 1200 Hz±800 Hz, the level of mod-

ulation of the identification signal is

maintained at 40%±10%, and that the

code transmission rate is maintained

between 20 and 25 words per minute.

(e) For stations using F1E or G1E

emissions, identification shall be

transmitted in the unscrambled analog

(F3E) mode or in International Morse

Code pursuant to the provisions of

paragraph (d) of this section at inter-

vals not to exceed 15 minutes. For pur-

poses of rule enforcement, all licensees

using F1E or G1E emissions shall pro-

vide, upon request by the Commission,

a full and complete description of the

encoding methodology they currently

use.

NOTE: Stations are encouraged to identify

using their associated part 73 station call

sign.

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47

FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982; 52 FR 47569, Dec. 15,

1987; 56 FR 28499, June 21, 1991; 68 FR 12766,

Mar. 17, 2003]




450

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.501

1NOTE: In addition to this band, stations inPuerto Rico may continue to be authorizedon 942.5, 943.0, 943.5, 944.0 MHz in the band942–944 MHz on a primary basis to stationsand services operating in accordance withthe Table of Frequency Allocations.

Subpart E—Aural BroadcastAuxiliary Stations

§ 74.501 Classes of aural broadcastauxiliary stations.

(a) Aural broadcast STL station. Afixed station for the transmission of

aural program material between thestudio and the transmitter of a broad-

casting station other than an inter-

national broadcasting station.

(b) Aural broadcast intercity relay

(ICR) station. A fixed station for the

transmission of aural program mate-rial between radio broadcast stations,

other than international broadcast sta-tions, between FM radio broadcast sta-

tions and their co-owned FM booster

stations, between noncommercial edu-cational FM radio stations and theirco-owned noncommercial educationalFM translator stations assigned to re-served channels (Channels 201 to 220),between FM radio stations and FMtranslator stations operating withinthe coverage contour of their primarystations, or for such other purposes asauthorized in § 74.531.

(c) Aural broadcast microwave booster

station. A fixed station in the broadcastauxiliary service that receives and am-plifies signals of an aural broadcastSTL or intercity relay station and re-transmits them on the same frequency.


FR 7129, Feb. 27, 1984; 53 FR 4169, Feb. 12,

1988; 55 FR 50692, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111,

Sept. 9, 1992]


(a) Except as provided in NG30,broadcast auxiliary stations licensed asof November 21, 1984, to operate in theband 942–944 MHz 1 may continue to op-erate on a co-equal, primary basis toother stations and services operatingin the band in accordance with theTable of Frequency Allocations. Thesestations will be protected from possibleinterference caused by new users of the

band by the technical standards speci-fied in §101.105(c)(2).

(b) The frequency band 944–952 MHz isavailable for assignment to aural STLand ICR stations. One or more of thefollowing 25 kHz segments may bestacked to form a channel which maybe assigned with a maximum author-ized bandwidth of 300 kHz except asnoted in the following Table. The chan-nel, will be assigned by its center fre-quency, channel bandwidth, and emis-sion designator. The following fre-quencies are the centers of individual

segments. When stacking an even num-ber of segments, the center frequencyspecified will deviate from the fol-lowing frequencies in that it shouldcorrespond to the actual center of stacked channels. When stacking anodd number of channels, the center fre-quency specified will correspond to oneof the following frequencies.

944.0125, 944.0375, 944.0625, 944.0875, 944.1125,944.1375, 944.1625, 944.1875, 944.2125, 944.2375,944.2625, 944.2875, 944.3125, 944.3375, 944.3625,944.3875, 944.4125, 944.4375, 944.4625, 944.4875,944.5125, 944.5375, 944.5625, 944.5875, 944.6125,944.6375, 944.6625, 944.6875, 944.7125, 944.7375,944.7625, 944.7875, 944.8125, 944.8375, 944.8625,944.8875, 944.9125, 944.9375, 944.9625, 944.9875,

945.0125, 945.0375, 945.0625, 945.0875, 945.1125,945.1375, 945.1625, 945.1875, 945.2125, 945.2375,945.2625, 945.2875, 945.3125, 945.3375, 945.3625,945.3875, 945.4125, 945.4375, 945.4625, 945.4875,945.5125, 945.5375, 945.5625, 945.5875, 945.6125,945.6375, 945.6625, 945.6875, 945.7125, 945.7375,945.7625, 945.7875, 945.8125, 945.8375, 945.8625,945.8875, 945.9125, 945.9375, 945.9625, 945.9875,946.0125, 946.0375, 946.0625, 946.0875, 946.1125,946.1375, 946.1625, 946.1875, 946.2125, 946.2375,946.2625, 946.2875, 946.3125, 946.3375, 946.3625,946.3875, 946.4125, 946.4375, 946.4625, 946.4875,946.5125, 946.5375, 946.5625, 946.5875, 946.6125,946.6375, 946.6625, 946.6875, 946.7125, 946.7375,946.7625, 946.7875, 946.8125, 946.8375, 946.8625,946.8875, 946.9125, 946.9375, 946.9625, 946.9875,947.0125, 947.0375, 947.0625, 947.0875, 947.1125,947.1375, 947.1625, 947.1875, 947.2125, 947.2375,947.2625, 947.2875, 947.3125, 947.3375, 947.3625,947.3875, 947.4125, 947.4375, 947.4625, 947.4875,947.5125, 947.5375, 947.5625, 947.5875, 947.6125,947.6375, 947.6625, 947.6875, 947.7125, 947.7375,947.7625, 947.7875, 947.8125, 947.8375, 947.8625,947.8875, 947.9125, 947.9375, 947.9625, 947.9875,948.0125, 948.0375, 948.0625, 948.0875, 948.1125,948.1375, 948.1625, 948.1875, 948.2125, 948.2375,948.2625, 948.2875, 948.3125, 948.3375, 948.3625,948.3875, 948.4125, 948.4375, 948.4625, 948.4875,948.5125, 948.5375, 948.5625, 948.5875, 948.6125,948.6375, 948.6625, 948.6875, 948.7125, 948.7375,948.7625, 948.7875, 948.8125, 948.8375, 948.8625,948.8875, 948.9125, 948.9375, 948.9625, 948.9875,




451


949.0125, 949.0375, 949.0625, 949.0875, 949.1125,

949.1375, 949.1625, 949.1875, 949.2125, 949.2375,

949.2625, 949.2875, 949.3125, 949.3375, 949.3625,949.3875, 949.4125, 949.4375, 949.4625, 949.4875,

949.5125, 949.5375, 949.5625, 949.5875, 949.6125,

949.6375, 949.6625, 949.6875, 949.7125, 949.7375,949.7625, 949.7875, 949.8125, 949.8375, 949.8625,

949.8875, 949.9125, 949.9375, 949.9625, 949.9875,

950.0125, 950.0375, 950.0625, 950.0875, 950.1125,950.1375, 950.1625, 950.1875, 950.2125, 950.2375,

950.2625, 950.2875, 950.3125, 950.3375, 950.3625,

950.3875, 950.4125, 950.4375, 950.4625, 950.4875,950.5125, 950.5375, 950.5625, 950.5875, 950.6125,

950.6375, 950.6625, 950.6875, 950.7125, 950.7375,

950.7625, 950.7875, 950.8125, 950.8375, 950.8625,950.8875, 950.9125, 950.9375, 950.9625, 950.9875,

951.0125, 951.0375, 951.0625, 951.0875, 951.1125,

951.1375, 951.1625, 951.1875, 951.2125, 951.2375,

951.2625, 951.2875, 951.3125, 951.3375, 951.3625,951.3875, 951.4125, 951.4375, 951.4625, 951.4875,

951.5125, 951.5375, 951.5625, 951.5875, 951.6125,

951.6375, 951.6625, 951.6875, 951.7125, 951.7375,951.7625, 951.7875, 951.8125, 951.8375, 951.8625,

951.8875, 951.9125, 951.9375, 951.9625, 951.9875.

(1) A single broadcast station may beauthorized up to a maximum of twentysegments (500 kHz total bandwidth) fortransmission of program material be-tween a single origin and one or moredesignations. The station may lease ex-cess capacity for broadcast and otheruses on a secondary basis, subject toavailability of spectrum for broadcastuse. However, an FM station licensedfor twelve or fewer segments (300 kHztotal bandwidth) or an AM station li-censed for eight or fewer segments (200kHz total bandwidth) may lease excesscapacity for broadcast and other useson a primary basis.

(2) An applicant (new or modificationof existing license) may assume thecost of replacement of one or more ex-isting licensees equipment withnarrowband equipment of comparablecapabilities and quality in order tomake available spectrum for its facili-ties. Existing licensees must acceptsuch replacement without cost to them

except upon a showing that the re-placement equipment does not meetthe capability or quality requirements.

(c) Aural broadcast STL and inter-city relay stations that were licensedor had applications pending before theCommission as of September 18, 1998may continue those operations in the

band 18,760–18,820 and 19,100–19,160 MHzon a shared co-primary basis withother services under parts 21, 25, and101 of this chapter until June 8, 2010.Prior to June 8, 2010, such stations aresubject to relocation by licensees inthe fixed-satellite service. Such reloca-tion is subject to the provisions of §§ 101.85 through 101.97 of this chapter.After June 8, 2010, such operations arenot entitled to protection from fixed-satellite service operations and mustnot cause unacceptable interference tofixed-satellite service station oper-ations. No applications for new licenseswill be accepted in these bands afterJune 8, 2000.

(1)(i) 5 MHz maximum authorizedbandwidth channels:

Transmit (receive) (MHz)Receive

(transmit)(MHz)

340 MHz Separation

18762.5 .......................................................... 19102.5

18767.5 .......................................................... 19107.5

18772.5 .......................................................... 19112.5

18777.5 .......................................................... 19117.5

18782.5 .......................................................... 19122.5

18787.5 .......................................................... 19127.5

18792.5 .......................................................... 19132.5

18797.5 .......................................................... 19137.518802.5 .......................................................... 19142.5

18807.5 .......................................................... 19147.5

18812.5 .......................................................... 19152.5

18817.5 .......................................................... 19157.5

(ii) Licensees may use either a two-way link or one frequency of a fre-quency pair for a one-way link.

(2) [Reserved]

(d) For the coordination of all fre-quency assignments for fixed stationsabove 944 MHz, for each frequency au-thorized under this part, the inter-ference protection criteria in§ 101.105(a), (b), and (c) of this chapterand the frequency usage coordinationprocedures of §101.103(d) of this chapterwill apply.

(e) The use of the frequencies listedin paragraph (b) of this section byaural broadcast intercity relay sta-tions is subject to the condition thatno harmful interference is caused toother classes of stations operating in




452

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.503

accordance with the Table of Fre-quency Allocations contained in §2.106of this chapter.

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48FR 50332, Nov. 1, 1983; 49 FR 37777, Sept. 26,1984; 50 FR 4658, Feb. 1, 1985; 50 FR 7341, Feb.22, 1985; 50 FR 34150, Aug. 23, 1985; 50 FR 48600,Nov. 26, 1985; 54 FR 10329, Mar. 13, 1989; 54 FR24905, June 12, 1989; 54 FR 30043, July 18, 1989;65 FR 38325, June 20, 2000; 65 FR 54172, Sept.7, 2000; 68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 16967,Apr. 8, 2003; 73 FR 25496, May 6, 2008]

§ 74.503 Frequency selection.

(a) Each application for a new stationor change in an existing station shallbe specific with regard to frequency. Ingeneral, the lowest suitable frequencywill be assigned which, on an engineer-ing basis, will not cause harmful inter-ference to other stations operating inaccordance with existing frequency al-locations.

(b) Where it appears that interferencemay result from the operation of a newstation or a change in the facilities of an existing station, the Commissionmay require a showing that harmful in-terference will not be caused to exist-ing stations or that if interference willbe caused the need for the proposed

service outweighs the loss of servicedue to the interference.

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963]

§ 74.531 Permissible service.

(a) An aural broadcast STL station isauthorized to transmit aural programmaterial between the studio and trans-mitter location of a broadcasting sta-tion, except an international broad-casting station, for simultaneous or de-layed broadcast.

(b) An aural broadcast intercity relaystation is authorized to transmit auralprogram material between broad-casting stations, except internationalbroadcasting stations, for simulta-

neous or delayed broadcast.(c) An aural broadcast intercity relay

station is authorized to transmit auralprogram material between noncommer-cial educational FM radio stations andtheir co-owned noncommercial edu-cational FM translator stations as-signed to reserved channels (Channels201 to 220) and between FM radio sta-tions and FM translator stations oper-ating within the coverage contour of

their primary stations. This use shall

not interfere with or otherwise pre-

clude use of these broadcast auxiliary

facilities by broadcast auxiliary sta-

tions transmitting aural programming

between broadcast stations as provided

in paragraph (b) of this section.

(d) An aural broadcast STL or inter-

city relay may be used to transmit ma-

terial between an FM broadcast radio

station and an FM booster station

owned, operated, and controlled by the

licensee of the originating FM radio

station. This use shall not interferewith or otherwise preclude use of these

broadcast auxiliary facilities by broad-

cast auxiliary stations transmitting

aural programming between the studio

and transmitter location of a broadcast

station or between broadcast stations

as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of

this section.

(e) An aural broadcast microwave

booster station is authorized to re-

transmit the signals of an aural broad-

cast STL or intercity relay station.

(f) Multiplexing of the STL or inter-

city relay transmitter may be em-

ployed to provide additional commu-

nication channels for the transmissionof aural program material, news-wire

teleprinter signals relaying news to be

associated with main channel program-

ming, operational communications,

and material authorized to be trans-

mitted over an FM station under a

valid Subsidiary Communications Au-

thorization (SCA). An aural broadcast

STL or intercity relay station may not

be operated solely for the transmission

of operational, teleprinter or sub-

sidiary communications. Operational

communications include cues, orders,

and other communications directly re-

lated to the operation of the broadcast

station as well as special signals used

for telemetry or the control of appa-

ratus used in conjunction with the

broadcasting operations.

(g) All program material, including

subsidiary communications, trans-

mitted over an aural broadcast STL or

intercity relay station shall be in-

tended for use by broadcast stations

owned or under common control of the

licensee or licensees of the STL or




453


intercity relay station. Other broad-cast stations may simultaneously uti-lize such program material with per-mission of the STL or intercity relaystation licensee.

(h) In any case where multiplexing, isemployed on an aural broadcast STLstation for the simultaneous trans-mission of more than one aural chan-nel, the STL transmitter must be capa-ble of transmitting the multiple chan-nels within the channel on which theSTL station is authorized to operateand with adequate technical quality so

that each broadcast station utilizingthe circuit can meet the technical per-formance standards stipulated in therules governing that class of broad-casting station. If multiplex operationis employed during the regular oper-ation of the STL station, the addi-tional circuits shall be in operation atthe time that the required periodic per-formance measurements are made of the overall broadcasting system fromthe studio microphone input circuit tothe broadcast transmitter output cir-cuit.

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 45FR 51564, Aug. 4, 1980; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20,1987; 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111,

Sept. 9, 1992]

§ 74.532 Licensing requirements.

(a) An aural broadcast STL or anaural broadcast intercity relay stationwill be licensed only to the licensee orlicensees of broadcast stations, includ-ing low power FM stations, other thaninternational broadcast stations, andfor use with broadcast stations ownedentirely by or under common control of the licensee or licensees. An auralbroadcast intercity relay station alsowill be licensed for use by low powerFM stations, noncommercial edu-cational FM translator stations as-signed to reserved channels (Channels

201–220) and owned and operated bytheir primary station, by FM trans-lator stations operating within thecoverage contour of their primary sta-tions, and by FM booster stations.Aural auxiliary stations licensed tolow power FM stations will be assignedon a secondary basis; i.e., subject to thecondition that no harmful interferenceis caused to other aural auxiliary sta-tions assigned to radio broadcast sta-

tions. Auxiliary stations licensed tolow power FM stations must acceptany interference caused by stationshaving primary use of aural auxiliaryfrequencies.

(b) More than one aural broadcastSTL or intercity relay station may belicensed to a single licensee upon a sat-isfactory showing that the additionalstations are needed to provide differentprogram circuits to more than onebroadcast station, to provide programcircuits from other studios, or to pro-vide one or more intermediate relay

stations over a path which cannot becovered with a single station due toterrain or distance.

(c) If more than one broadcast sta-tion or class of broadcast station is tobe served by a single aural broadcastauxiliary station, this informationmust be stated in the application forconstruction permit or license.

(d) Licensees of aural broadcast STLand intercity relay stations may be au-thorized to operate one or more auralbroadcast microwave booster stationsfor the purpose of relaying signals overa path that cannot be covered with asingle station.

(e) Each aural broadcast auxiliary

station will be licensed at a specifiedtransmitter location to communicatewith a specified receiving location, andthe direction of the main radiationlobe of the transmitting antenna willbe a term of the station authorization.

(f) In case of permanent discontinu-ance of operations of a station licensedunder this subpart, the licensee shallcancel the station license using FCCForm 601. For purposes of this section,a station which is not operated for aperiod of one year is considered to havebeen permanently discontinued.

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49FR 7129, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 10930, Mar. 23,1984; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50693,Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, Sept. 9, 1992; 58 FR19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 65 FR 7649, Feb. 15, 2000;68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.533 Remote control and unat-tended operation.

(a) Aural broadcast STL and inter-city relay stations may be operated byremote control provided that such op-eration is conducted in accordancewith the conditions listed below:




454

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.534

(1) The remote control system mustprovide adequate monitoring and con-trol functions to permit proper oper-ation of the station.

(2) The remote control system mustbe designed, installed, and protected sothat the transmitter can only be acti-vated or controlled by persons author-ized by the licensee.

(3) The remote control system mustprevent inadvertent transmitter oper-ation due to malfunctions in circuitsbetween the control point and trans-mitter.

(b) Aural broadcast auxiliary sta-tions may be operated unattended sub-ject to the following provisions:

(1) The transmitter shall be providedwith adequate safeguards to preventimproper operation of the equipment.

(2) The transmitter installation shallbe adequately protected against tam-pering by unauthorized persons.

(3) Whenever an unattended auralbroadcast auxiliary station is used, ap-propriate observations must be madeat the receiving end of the circuit asoften as necessary to ensure proper sta-tion operation. However, an auralbroadcast STL (and any aural broad-cast microwave booster station) associ-ated with a radio or TV broadcast sta-tion operated by remote control maybe observed by monitoring the broad-cast station’s transmitted signal at theremote control or ATS monitoringpoint.

(c) The FCC may notify the licenseeto cease or modify operation in thecase of frequency usage disputes, inter-ference or similar situations wheresuch action appears to be in the publicinterest, convenience and necessity.

(Sec. 318, 48 Stat. 1089, as amended by sec. 1,74 Stat. 363; 47 U.S.C. 318)

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47FR 55936, Dec. 14, 1982; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27,

1984; 50 FR 32417, Aug. 12, 1985; 50 FR 48599,Nov. 26, 1985; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995]


(a) Transmitter output power. (1)Transmitter output power shall be lim-ited to that necessary to accomplishthe function of the system.

(2) In the 17,700 to 19,700 MHz band,transmitter output power shall not ex-ceed 10 watts.

(b) In no event shall the averageequivalent isotropically radiated power(EIRP), as referenced to an isotropicradiator, exceed the values specified inthe following table. In cases of harmfulinterference, the Commission may,after notice and opportunity for hear-ing, order a change in the equivalentisotropically radiated power of thisstation.

Frequency band (MHz)Maximum Al-

lowable1 EIRP (dBW)

944 to 952 ........................................................ +4017,700 to 18,600 .............................................. +55

18,600 to 19,700 .............................................. +35

1Stations licensed based on an application filed before April16, 2003, for EIRP values exceeding those specified above,may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with theterms of their current authorizations, subject to periodicrenewal.

(c) The EIRP of transmitters that useAutomatic Transmitter Power Control(ATPC) shall not exceed the EIRP spec-ified on the station authorization. TheEIRP of non-ATPC transmitters shallbe maintained as near as practicable tothe EIRP specified on the station au-thorization.

[68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.535 Emission and bandwidth.

(a) The mean power of emissionsshall be attenuated below the meantransmitter power (PMEAN) in accord-ance with the following schedule:

(1) When using frequency modulation:

(i) On any frequency removed fromthe assigned (center) frequency bymore than 50% up to and including100% of the authorized bandwidth: Atleast 25 dB in any 100 kHz referencebandwidth (BREF);

(ii) On any frequency removed fromthe assigned (center) frequency bymore than 100% up to and including250% of the authorized bandwidth: At

least 35 dB in any 100 kHz referencebandwidth;

(iii) On any frequency removed fromthe assigned (center) frequency bymore than 250% of the authorized band-width: At least 43+10 log10 (PMEAN inwatts) dB, or 80 dB, whichever is thelesser attenuation, in any 100 kHz ref-erence bandwidth.

(2) When using transmissions employ-ing digital modulation techniques:




455


(i) For operating frequencies below 15GHz, in any 4 kHz reference bandwidth(BREF), the center frequency of which isremoved from the assigned frequencyby more than 50 percent up to and in-cluding 250 percent of the authorizedbandwidth: As specified by the fol-lowing equation but in no event lessthan 50 decibels:

A = 35 + 0.8(G ¥ 50) + 10 Log10 B.

(Attenuation greater than 80 decibels isnot required.)

Where:A = Attenuation (in decibels) below the mean

output power level.

G = Percent removed from the carrier fre-quency.

B = Authorized bandwidth in megahertz.

(ii) For operating frequencies above15 GHz, in any 1 MHz reference band-width (BREF), the center frequency of which is removed from the assignedfrequency by more than 50 percent upto and including 250 percent of the au-thorized bandwidth: As specified by thefollowing equation but in no event lessthan 11 decibels:

A = 11 + 0.4(G ¥ 50) + 10 Log10 B.


(iii) In any 4 kHz reference bandwidth(BREF), the center frequency of which isremoved from the assigned frequencyby more than 250 percent of the author-ized bandwidth: At least 43 +10 Log10 (PMEAN in watts) decibels, or 80 deci-bels, whichever is the lesser attenu-ation.

(b) For all emissions not covered inparagraph (a) of this section, the peakpower of emissions shall be attenuatedbelow the peak envelope transmitterpower (PPEAK) in accordance with thefollowing schedule:

(1) On any frequency 500 Hz inside the

channel edge up to and including 2500Hz outside the same edge, the followingformula will apply:

A = 29 Log10 [(25/11)[(D + 2.5 ¥ (W/2)]2]dB


Where:

A = Attenuation (in dB) below the peak enve-lope transmitter power.

D = the displacement frequency (kHz) fromthe center of the authorized bandwidth.

W = the channel bandwidth (kHz).

(2) On any frequency removed fromthe channel edge by more than 2500 Hz:At least 43+10 Log10 (PPEAK in watts)dB.

(c) In the event a station’s emissionsoutside its authorized channel causeharmful interference, the Commissionmay require the licensee to take suchfurther steps as may be necessary toeliminate the interference.

(d) For purposes of compliance with

the emission limitation requirementsof this section:

(1) If the transmitter modulates asingle carrier, digital modulation tech-niques are considered as being em-ployed when digital modulation occu-pies 50 percent or more of the totalpeak frequency deviation of a trans-mitted radio frequency carrier. Thetotal peak frequency deviation will bedetermined by adding the deviationproduced by the digital modulation sig-nal and the deviation produced by anyfrequency division multiplex (FDM)modulation used. The deviation (D)produced by the FDM signal must bedetermined in accordance with § 2.202(f)

of this chapter.(2) If the transmitter modulates two

or more carriers, with at least oneusing digital modulation and one usingfrequency or other analog modulation,digital modulation techniques are con-sidered as being employed when thenecessary bandwidth of the digital sig-nal(s) is 50 percent or more of the ag-gregate bandwidth of the system, com-prising the digital necessary band-width(s), the analog necessary band-width(s), and any bandwidth(s) betweenthe digital and analog necessarybandwidths. In this case, the aggregatebandwidth shall be used for the author-ized bandwidth (B) in paragraph (a) of

this section, and for purposes of com-pliance with the bandwidth limitationsin § 74.502 of this subpart; and the sumof the powers of the analog and digitalsignals shall be used for mean trans-mitter power (PMEAN) in paragraph (a)or the peak envelope transmitter power(PPEAK) in paragraph (b) of this section,and for purposes of compliance withthe power limitations in § 74.534 of thissubpart.




456

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.536

(3) For demonstrating compliancewith the attenuation requirements forfrequency modulation and digital mod-ulation in paragraph (a) of this section,the resolution bandwidth (BRES) of themeasuring equipment used for meas-urements removed from the center fre-quency by more than 250 percent of theauthorized bandwidth shall be 100 kHzfor operating frequencies below 1 GHz,and 1 MHz for operating frequenciesabove 1 GHz. The resolution bandwidthfor frequencies removed from the cen-ter frequency by less than 250 percentof the authorized bandwidth shall bethe reference bandwidth (BREF) speci-fied in the individual emission limita-tions, but may be reduced to not lessthan one percent of the authorizedbandwidth (B), adjusted upward to thenearest greater resolution bandwidthavailable on the measuring equipment.In all cases, if BRES and BREF are notequal, then the attenuation require-ment must be increased (or decreased)as determined by a factor of 10 log10 [(BREF in megahertz)/(BRES in mega-hertz)] decibels, where a positive factorindicates an increase in the attenu-ation requirement and a negative fac-

tor indicates a decrease in the attenu-ation requirement.

(4) Stations licensed pursuant to anapplication filed before March 17, 2005,using equipment not conforming withthe emission limitations specifiedabove, may continue to operate indefi-nitely in accordance with the terms of their current authorizations, subject toperiodic renewal. Existing equipmentand equipment of product lines in pro-duction before April 16, 2003, authorizedvia certification or verification beforeMarch 17, 2005, for equipment not con-forming to the emission limitations re-quirements specified above, may con-tinue to be manufactured and/or mar-

keted, but may not be authorized foruse under a station license except atstations licensed pursuant to an appli-cation filed before March 17, 2005. Anynon-conforming equipment authorizedunder a station license, and replaced onor after March 17, 2005, must be re-placed by conforming equipment.

(e) The following limitations apply tothe operation of aural broadcast micro-wave booster stations:

(1) The booster station must receiveand amplify the signals of the origi-nating station and retransmit them onthe same frequency without signifi-cantly altering them in any way. Thecharacteristics of the booster trans-mitter output signal shall meet the re-quirements applicable to the signal of the originating station.

(2) The licensee is responsible for cor-recting any condition of interferencethat results from the radiation of radiofrequency energy outside the assignedchannel. Upon notice by the FCC to thestation licensee that interference isbeing caused, operation of the appa-ratus must be immediately suspendedand may not be resumed until the in-terference has been eliminated or itcan be demonstrated that the inter-ference is not due to spurious emis-sions. However, short term test trans-missions may be made during the pe-riod of suspended operation to deter-mine the efficacy of remedial meas-ures.

(3) In each instance where suspensionof operation is required, the licenseemust submit a full report to the FCCafter operation is resumed. The report

must contain details of the nature of the interference, the source of inter-fering signals, and the remedial stepstaken to eliminate the interference.

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48FR 50332, Nov. 1, 1983; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27,1984; 49 FR 37777, Sept. 26, 1984; 50 FR 48599,Nov. 26, 1985; 68 FR 12766, March 17, 2003.]

§ 74.536 Directional antenna required.

(a) Aural broadcast STL and ICR sta-tions are required to use a directionalantenna with the minimum beamwidthnecessary, consistent with good engi-neering practice, to establish the link.

(b) An aural broadcast STL or inter-city relay station operating in the 17.7–

19.7 GHz band shall employ an antennathat meets the performance standardsfor Category A, except that in areasnot subject to frequency congestion,antennas meeting standards for Cat-egory B may be employed. However,the Commission may require the re-placement, at the licensee’s expense, of any antenna or periscope antenna sys-tem of a permanent fixed station thatdoes not meet performance Standard A,




457


which is specified in the table in para-graph (c) of this section, upon a show-ing that said antenna causes or is like-ly to cause interference to (or receiveinterference from) any other author-ized or proposed station; provided thatan antenna meeting performanceStandard A is unlikely to involve suchinterference.

(c) Licensees shall comply with theantenna standards table shown in thisparagraph in the following manner:

(1) With either the maximum beam-width to 3 dB points requirement orwith the minimum antenna gain re-quirement; and

(2) With the minimum radiation sup-pression to angle requirement.

ANTENNA STANDARDS

Frequency (GHz) Category

Maximumbeam-

width to 3dB

points1 (includedangle indegrees)

Minimum

antennagain (dbi)

Minimum radiation suppression to angle in de-grees from centerline of main beam in decibels

5° to10°

10°to

15°

15°to

20°

20°to

30°

30°to

100°

100°to

140°

140°to

180°

17.7 to 19.7 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. AB

2.22.2

3838

2520

2924

3328

3632

4235

5536

5536

1 If a licensee chooses to show compliance using maximum beamwidth to 3 dB points, the beamwidth limit shall apply in boththe azimuth and the elevation planes.

[48 FR 50333, Nov. 1, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985;51 FR 19840, June 3, 1986; 62 FR 4922, Feb. 3, 1997; 68 FR 12767, Mar. 17, 2003]


(a) Special temporary authority maybe granted for aural broadcast STL orintercity relay station operation whichcannot be conducted in accordance

with §74.24. Such authority will nor-mally be granted only for operations of a temporary nature. Where operation isseen as likely on a continuing annualbasis, an application for a regular au-thorization should be submitted.

(b) A request for special temporaryauthority for the operation of an auralbroadcast STL or an intercity relaystation must be made in accordancewith the procedures of § 1.931(b) of thischapter.

(c) All requests for special temporaryauthority of an aural broadcast auxil-iary stations must include full particu-lars including: licensee’s name and ad-dress, facility identification number of

the associated broadcast station(s),call letters of the aural broadcast STLor intercity relay station, if assigned,type and manufacturer of equipment,effective isotropic radiated power,emission, frequency or frequencies pro-posed for use, commencement and ter-mination date and location of the pro-posed operation, and purpose for whichrequest is made including any par-ticular justification.

(d) A request for special temporary

authorization shall specify a frequency

or frequencies consistent with the pro-

visions of §74.502. However, in the case

of events of widespread interest and

importance which cannot be trans-mitted successfully on these fre-

quencies, frequencies assigned to other

services may be requested upon a show-

ing that operation thereon will not

cause interference to established sta-

tions. In no case will operation of an

aural broadcast STL or intercity relay

station be authorized on frequencies

employed for the safety of life or prop-

erty.

(e) When the transmitting equipment

utilized is not licensed to the user, the

user shall nevertheless have full con-

trol over the use of the equipment dur-

ing the period it is operated.

(f) Special temporary authorizationto permit operation of aural broadcast

STL or intercity relay stations or sys-

tems pending FCC action on an appli-

cation for regular authority will nor-

mally not be granted.

[47 FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982, as amended at 50 FR

23709, June 5, 1985; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993;

68 FR 12767, Mar. 17, 2003]




458

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.550

§ 74.550 Equipment authorization.

Each authorization for aural broad-

cast STL, ICR, and booster stations

shall require the use of equipment

which has been certificated or verified.

Equipment which has not been ap-

proved under the equipment authoriza-

tion program and which was in service

prior to July 1, 1993, may be retained

solely for temporary uses necessary to

restore or maintain regular service

provided by approved equipment, be-

cause the main or primary unit has

failed or requires servicing. Such tem-porary uses may not interfere with or

impede the establishment of other

aural broadcast auxiliary links and

may not occur during more than 720

cumulative hours per year. Should in-

terference occur, the licensee must

take all steps necessary to eliminate

it, up to and including cessation of op-

eration of the auxiliary transmitter.

All unapproved equipment retained for

temporary use must have been in the

possession of the licensee prior to July

1, 1993, and may not be obtained from

other sources. Equipment designed ex-

clusively for fixed operation shall be

authorized under the verification pro-cedure. The equipment authorization

procedures are contained in subpart J

of part 2 of the rules.

NOTE TO § 74.550: Consistent with the note

to § 74.502(a), grandfathered equipment in the

942–944 MHz band and STL/ICR users of these

frequencies in Puerto Rico are also required

to come into compliance by July 1, 1993. The

backup provisions described above apply to

these stations also.

[63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998]


(a) Modifications may be made to an

existing authorization in accordance

with §§1.929 and 1.947 of this chapter.(b) Permissible changes in equipment

operating in the bands 18.3–18.58, 18.76–

18.82 GHz and 19.1–19.16 GHz. Notwith-

standing other provisions of this sec-

tion, licensees of stations that remain

co-primary under the provisions of

§ 74.502(c) may not make modifications

to their systems that increase inter-

ference to satellite earth stations, or

result in a facility that would be morecostly to relocate.

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 47 FR 54448, Dec. 3,1982; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 48599,Nov. 26, 1985; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 61 FR4368, Feb. 6, 1996; 65 FR 54172, Sept. 7, 2000; 68FR 12768, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 16967, Apr. 8,2003; 68 FR 20225, Apr. 24, 2003; 69 FR 43772,July 22, 2004]


In the bands above 944 MHz, the oper-ating frequency of the transmitter

shall be maintained in accordance withthe following table:

Frequency band (MHz)

Tolerance aspercentage ofassigned fre-

quency

944 to 952 ....................................................... 0.00517,700 to 19,700 ............................................. 0.003



The licensee shall ensure that theSTL, ICR, TVP, or booster transmitterdoes not exceed the emission limita-

tions of §74.535. This may be accom-plished by appropriate frequency meas-urement techniques and considerationof the transmitter emissions.

[50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985]


(a) The station license and any otherinstrument of authorization or indi-vidual order concerning the construc-tion of the equipment or manner of op-eration of the station shall be posted inthe room in which the transmitter islocated, provided that if the station isoperated by remote control pursuant to§ 74.533, the station license shall be

posted at the operating position.(b) Posting of the station license and

any other instruments of authorizationshall be done by affixing the licenses tothe wall at the posting location, or byenclosing them in a binder or folderwhich is retained at the posting loca-tion so that the documents will bereadily available and easily accessible.

[48 FR 24385, June 1, 1983, as amended at 60FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995]




459



(a) Each aural broadcast STL or

intercity relay station, when transmit-

ting program material or information

shall transmit station identification at

the beginning and end of each period of

operation, and hourly, as close to the

hour as feasible, at a natural break in

program offerings by one of the fol-

lowing means:

(1) Transmission of its own call sign

by aural means or by automatic trans-

mission of international Morse teleg-

raphy.(2) Aural transmission of the call

sign of the radio broadcast station withwhich it is licensed as an STL or inter-

city relay station.

(3) Aural transmission of the call

sign of the radio broadcast stationwhose signals are being relayed, or,

when programs are obtained directlyfrom network lines and relayed, the

network identification.

(b) Station identification trans-

missions during operation need not bemade when to make such transmission

would interrupt a single consecutivespeech, play, religious service, sym-

phony concert, or other such produc-tions. In such cases, the identification

transmission shall be made at the firstinterruption of the entertainment con-

tinuity and at the conclusion thereof.

(c) Where more than one aural broad-

cast STL or intercity relay station isemployed in an integrated relay sys-

tem, the station at the point of origi-nation may originate the transmission

of the call signs of all of the stations inthe relay system.

(d) Aural broadcast microwave boost-

er stations will be assigned individual

call signs. However, station identifica-tion will be accomplished by the re-

transmission of identification as pro-vided in paragraph (a) of this section.

(e) Voice transmissions shall nor-

mally be employed for station identi-fication. However, other methods of

station identification may be per-

mitted or required by the Commission.


FR 36830, July 18, 1977; 42 FR 38178, July 27,

1977; 45 FR 26067, Apr. 17, 1980; 49 FR 7130,

Feb. 27, 1984]

Subpart F—Television BroadcastAuxiliary Stations

§ 74.600 Eligibility for license.

A license for a station in this subpartwill be issued only to a televisionbroadcast station, a Class A TV sta-tion, a television broadcast network-entity, a low power TV station, or a TVtranslator station.

[ 65 FR 30011, May 10, 2000]

§ 74.601 Classes of TV broadcast auxil-iary stations.

(a) TV pickup stations. A land mobilestation used for the transmission of TVprogram material and related commu-nications from scenes of events occur-ring at points removed from TV stationstudios to a TV broadcast, Class A TVor low power TV station or other pur-poses as authorized in § 74.631.

(b) TV STL station (studio-transmitterlink). A fixed station used for the trans-mission of TV program material andrelated communications from the stu-dio to the transmitter of a TV broad-cast, Class A TV or low power TV sta-tion or other purposes as authorized in

§ 74.631.(c) TV relay station. A fixed station

used for transmission of TV programmaterial and related communicationsfor use by TV broadcast, Class A TVand low power TV stations or otherpurposes as authorized in § 74.631.

(d) TV translator relay station. A fixedstation used for relaying programs andsignals of TV broadcast or Class A TVstations to Class A TV, LPTV, TVtranslator, and to other communica-tions facilities that the Commissionmay authorize or for other purposes aspermitted by § 74.631.

(e) TV broadcast licensee. Licenseesand permittees of TV broadcast, ClassA TV and low power TV stations, un-less specifically otherwise indicated.

(f) TV microwave booster station. Afixed station in the TV broadcast auxil-iary service that receives and amplifiessignals of a TV pickup, TV STL, TVrelay, or TV translator relay stationand retransmits them on the same fre-quency.

[65 FR 30012, May 10, 2000]




460

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.602


(a) The following frequencies areavailable for assignment to televisionpickup, television STL, televisionrelay and television translator relaystations. The band segments 17,700– 18,580 and 19,260–19,700 MHz are avail-able for broadcast auxiliary stations as

described in paragraph (g) of this sec-

tion. The band segment 6425–6525 MHz

is available for broadcast auxiliary sta-

tions as described in paragraph (i) of

this section. Broadcast network-enti-

ties may also use the 1990–2110, 6425–

6525 and 6875–7125 MHz bands for mobile

television pickup only.

Band A MHz Band B MHz

Band D 1 GHz

Group A channels Group B channels

DesignationChannel bound-

ariesDesignation

Channel bound-aries

1990–2008 ................ ................................. A01 .......................... 12.700–12.725 B01 .......................... 12.7125–12.7375

2008–2025 ................ ................................. A02 .......................... 12.725–12.750 B02 .......................... 12.7375–12.7625

2025–2042 ................ ................................. A03 .......................... 12.750–12.775 B03 .......................... 12.7625–12.7875

2042–2059 ................ ................................. A04 .......................... 12.775–12.800 B04 .......................... 12.7875–12.8125

2059–2076 ................ 6875–6900 .............. A05 .......................... 12.800–12.825 B05 .......................... 12.8125–12.8375

2076–2093 ................ 6900–6925 .............. A06 .......................... 12.825–12.850 B06 .......................... 12.8375–12.8625

2093–2110 ................ 6925–6950 .............. A07 .......................... 12.850–12.875 B07 .......................... 12.8625–12.8875

2450–2467 ................ 6950–6975 .............. A08 .......................... 12.875–12.900 B08 .......................... 12.8875–12.9125

2467–2483.5 ............. 6975–7000 .............. A09 .......................... 12.900–12.925 B09 .......................... 12.9125–12.9375

7000–7025 .............. A10 .......................... 12.925–12.950 B10 .......................... 12.9375–12.9625

7025–7050 .............. A11 .......................... 12.950–12.975 B11 .......................... 12.9625–

12.98757050–7075 .............. A12 .......................... 12.975–13.000 B12 .......................... 12.9875–

12.0125

7075–7100 .............. A13 .......................... 13.000–13.025 B13 .......................... 13.0125–13.0375

7100–7125 .............. A14 .......................... 13.025–13.050 B14 .......................... 13.0375–13.0625

A15 .......................... 13.050–13.075 B15 .......................... 13.0625–13.0875

A16 .......................... 13.075–13.100 B16 .......................... 13.0875–13.1125

A17 .......................... 13.100–13.125 B17 .......................... 13.1125–13.1375

A18 .......................... 13.125–13.150 B182 .... ... .... ... .... ... ... 13.1375–13.1625

A19 2 ........................ 13.150–13.175 B19 2 .... ... .... ... .... ... ... 13.1625–13.1875

A20 2 ........................ 13.175–13.200 B20 2 .... ... .... ... .... ... ... 13.1875–13.2125

A21 .......................... 13.200–13.225 B21 .......................... 13.2125–13.2375

A22 .......................... 13.225–13.250

1For fixed stations using Band D Channels, applicants are encouraged to use alternate A and B channels such that adjacentR.F. carriers are spaced 12.5 MHz. As example, a fixed station, relaying several channels, would use A01, B01, A02, B02, A03,etc.

2The band 13.15–13.20 GHz is reserved for television pickup and CARS pickup stations inside a 50 km radius of the 100 tele-vision markets delineated in §76.51 of this chapter. Outside a 50 km radius of the 100 television markets delineated in §76.51 ofthis chapter, television pickup stations, CARS stations and NGSO FSS gateway earth stations shall operate on a primary co-equal basis. The band 13.20–13.2125 GHz is reserved for television pickup stations on a primary basis and CARS pickup sta-tions on a secondary basis inside a 50 km radius of the 100 television markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter. Outside a50 km radius of the 100 markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter, television pickup stations and NGSO FSS gateway earthstations shall operate on a co-primary basis, CARS stations shall operate on a secondary basis. Fixed television auxiliary sta-tions licensed pursuant to applications accepted for filing before September 1, 1979, may continue operation on channels in the13.15–13.25 GHz band, subject to periodic license renewals. NGSO FSS gateway uplink transmissions in the 13.15–13.2125GHz segment shall be limited to a maximum EIRP of 3.2 dBW towards 0 degrees on the radio horizon. These provisions shallnot apply to GSO FSS operations in the 12.75–13.25 GHz band.




461


(1) Frequencies shown above between2450 and 2500 MHz in Band A are allo-cated to accommodate the incidentalradiations of industrial, scientific, andmedical (ISM) equipment, and stationsoperating therein must accept any in-terference that may be caused by theoperation of such equipment. Fre-quencies between 2450 and 2500 MHz arealso shared with other communicationservices and exclusive channel assign-ments will not be made, nor is thechanneling shown above necessarilythat which will be employed by such

other services.(2) In the band 2483.5–2500 MHz, no ap-

plications for new stations or modifica-tion to existing stations to increasethe number of transmitters will be ac-cepted. Existing licensees as of July 25,1985, and licensees whose initial appli-cations were filed on or before July 25,1985, are grandfathered and their oper-ations are on a co-primary basis withthe mobile-satellite and radiodetermin-ation-satellite services, and in the seg-ment 2495–2500 MHz, their operationsare also on a co-primary basis withpart 27 fixed and mobile except aero-nautical mobile service operations.

(3)(i) After January 7, 2004, stations

may adhere to the channel plan speci-fied in paragraph (a) of this section, orthe following channel plan in Band A:

Channel A1r—2025.5–2037.5 MHzChannel A2r—2037.5–2049.5 MHzChannel A3r—2049.5–2061.5 MHzChannel A4—2061.5–2073.5 MHzChannel A5r—2073.5–2085.5 MHzChannel A6r—2085.5–2097.5 MHzChannel A7r—2097.5–2109.5 MHz

(ii) Stations adhering to the channelplan specified in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section may also use the following40 data return link (DRL) channels tofacilitate their operations in the 2025.5– 2109.5 MHz band:

Lower band DRL channels

2025.000–2025.025 MHz2025.025–2025.050 MHz2025.050–2025.075 MHz2025.075–2025.100 MHz2025.100–2025.125 MHz2025.125–2025.150 MHz2025.150–2025.175 MHz2025.175–2025.200 MHz2025.200–2025.225 MHz2025.225–2025.250 MHz2025.250–2025.275 MHz

2025.275–2025.300 MHz2025.300–2025.325 MHz2025.325–2025.350 MHz2025.350–2025.375 MHz2025.375–2025.400 MHz2025.400–2025.425 MHz2025.425–2025.450 MHz2025.450–2025.475 MHz2025.475–2025.500 MHz

Upper band DRL channels

2109.500–2109.525 MHz2109.525–2109.550 MHz2109.550–2109.575 MHz2109.575–2109.600 MHz2109.600–2109.625 MHz2109.625–2109.650 MHz2109.650–2109.675 MHz2109.675–2109.700 MHz2109.700–2109.725 MHz2109.725–2109.750 MHz2109.750–2109.775 MHz2109.775–2109.800 MHz2109.800–2109.825 MHz2109.825–2109.850 MHz2109.850–2109.875 MHz2109.875–2109.900 MHz2109.900–2109.925 MHz2109.925–2109.950 MHz2109.950–2109.975 MHz2109.975–2110.000 MHz

(iii) Broadcast Auxiliary Service,Cable Television Remote Pickup Serv-ice, and Local Television Transmission

Service licensees will be required touse the Band A channel plan in para-graph (a)(3)(i) of this section after com-pletion of relocation by an EmergingTechnologies licensee in accordancewith §74.690 or § 78.40. Licensees declin-ing relocation may continue to usetheir existing channel plan but mustdiscontinue use of the 1990–2025 MHzband when they indicate to an Emerg-ing Technologies licensee, acting pur-suant to §74.690 or § 78.40 of this chap-ter, that they decline to be relocated.

(4) [Reserved](b) Subject to the conditions of para-

graph (a) of this section, frequency as-signments will normally be made as re-

quested, provided that the frequencyselection provisions of § 74.604 havebeen followed and that the frequencyrequested will cause no interference toexisting users in the area. The Com-mission reserves the right to assignfrequencies other than those requestedif, in its opinion, such action is war-ranted.

(c) Fixed link stations will be author-ized to operate on one channel only.




462

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.602

(d) Cable Television Relay Servicestations may be assigned channels inBand D between 12,700 and 13,200 MHzsubject to the condition that no harm-ful interference is caused to TV STLand TV relay stations authorized atthe time of such grants. Similarly, newTV STL and TV relay stations mustnot cause harmful interference to cabletelevision relay stations authorized atthe time of such grants. The use of channels between 12,700 and 13,200 MHzby TV pickup stations is subject to thecondition that no harmful interference

is caused to Cable Television RelayService stations, TV STL and TV relaystations, except as provided for in§ 74.602(a) Note 2. Band D channels arealso shared with certain Private Oper-ational Fixed Stations, see § 74.638.

(e) Communication common carriersin the Local Television TransmissionService (Part 101) may be assigned fre-quencies available to television broad-cast station licensees and broadcastnetwork entities for the purpose of pro-viding service to television broadcaststations and broadcast network enti-ties, respectively.

(f) TV auxiliary stations licensed tolow power TV stations and translator

relay stations will be assigned on a sec-ondary basis, i.e., subject to the condi-tion that no harmful interference iscaused to other TV auxiliary stationsassigned to TV broadcast stations, orto cable television relay service sta-tions (CARS) operating between 12,700and 13,200 MHz. Auxiliary stations li-censed to low power TV stations andtranslator relay stations must acceptany interference caused by stationshaving primary use of TV auxiliary fre-quencies.

(g) The following frequencies areavailable for assignment to televisionSTL, television relay stations and tele-vision translator relay stations. Sta-

tions operating on frequencies in thesub-bands 18.3–18.58 GHz and 19.26–19.3GHz that were licensed or had applica-tions pending before the Commission asof September 18, 1998 may continuethose operations on a shared co-pri-mary basis with other services underparts 21, 25, 78, and 101 of this chapter.Such stations, however, are subject torelocation by licensees in the fixed-sat-ellite service. Such relocation is sub-

ject to the provisions of §§101.85through 101.97 of this chapter. No newapplications for new licenses will be ac-cepted in the 19.26–19.3 GHz band afterJune 8, 2000, and no new applicationsfor new licenses will be accepted in the18.3–18.58 GHz band after November 19,2002. The provisions of §74.604 do notapply to the use of these frequencies.Licensees may use either a two-waylink or one or both frequencies of a fre-quency pair for a one-way link andshall coordinate proposed operationspursuant to procedures required in

§ 101.103(d) of this chapter.(1) 2 MHz maximum authorized band-

width channel:


(transmit)(MHz)

18141.0 .............................................................. n/a

(2) 6 MHz maximum authorized band-width channels:


(transmit)(MHz)

216 MHz Separation

18145.0 .............................................................. n/a18151.0 .............................................................. 18367.0

18157.0 .............................................................. 18373.018163.0 .............................................................. 18379.018169.0 .............................................................. 18385.018175.0 .............................................................. 18391.018181.0 .............................................................. 18397.018187.0 .............................................................. 18403.018193.0 .............................................................. 18409.018199.0 .............................................................. 18415.018205.0 .............................................................. 18421.018211.0 .............................................................. 18427.018217.0 .............................................................. 18433.018223.0 .............................................................. 18439.018229.0 .............................................................. 18445.018235.0 .............................................................. 18451.018241.0 .............................................................. 18457.018247.0 .............................................................. 18463.018253.0 .............................................................. 18469.018259.0 .............................................................. 18475.018265.0 .............................................................. 18481.018271.0 .............................................................. 18487.018277.0 .............................................................. 18493.0

18283.0 .............................................................. 18499.018289.0 .............................................................. 18505.018295.0 .............................................................. 18511.018301.0 .............................................................. 18517.018307.0 .............................................................. 18523.018313.0 .............................................................. 18529.018319.0 .............................................................. 18535.018325.0 .............................................................. 18541.018331.0 .............................................................. 18547.018337.0 .............................................................. 18553.018343.0 .............................................................. 18559.018349.0 .............................................................. 18565.018355.0 .............................................................. 18571.018361.0 .............................................................. 18577.0




463


(3) 10 MHz maximum authorizedbandwidth channels:


(transmit)(MHz)

1560 MHz Separation

17705.0 .............................................................. 19265.017715.0 .............................................................. 19275.017725.0 .............................................................. 19285.017735.0 .............................................................. 19295.017745.0 .............................................................. 19305.017755.0 .............................................................. 19315.017765.0 .............................................................. 19325.017775.0 .............................................................. 19335.017785.0 .............................................................. 19345.0

17795.0 .............................................................. 19355.017805.0 .............................................................. 19365.017815.0 .............................................................. 19375.017825.0 .............................................................. 19385.017835.0 .............................................................. 19395.017845.0 .............................................................. 19405.017855.0 .............................................................. 19415.017865.0 .............................................................. 19425.017875.0 .............................................................. 19435.017885.0 .............................................................. 19445.017895.0 .............................................................. 19455.017905.0 .............................................................. 19465.017915.0 .............................................................. 19475.017925.0 .............................................................. 19485.017935.0 .............................................................. 19495.017945.0 .............................................................. 19505.017955.0 .............................................................. 19515.017965.0 .............................................................. 19525.017975.0 .............................................................. 19535.017985.0 .............................................................. 19545.017995.0 .............................................................. 19555.018005.0 .............................................................. 19565.0

18015.0 .............................................................. 19575.018025.0 .............................................................. 19585.018035.0 .............................................................. 19595.018045.0 .............................................................. 19605.018055.0 .............................................................. 19615.018065.0 .............................................................. 19625.018075.0 .............................................................. 19635.018085.0 .............................................................. 19645.018095.0 .............................................................. 19655.018105.0 .............................................................. 19665.018115.0 .............................................................. 19675.018125.0 .............................................................. 19685.018135.0 .............................................................. 19695.0



(transmit)(MHz)

1560 MHz Separation

17710.0 .............................................................. 19270.017730.0 .............................................................. 19290.017750.0 .............................................................. 19310.017770.0 .............................................................. 19330.017790.0 .............................................................. 19350.017810.0 .............................................................. 19370.017830.0 .............................................................. 19390.017850.0 .............................................................. 19410.017870.0 .............................................................. 19430.017890.0 .............................................................. 19450.017910.0 .............................................................. 19470.017930.0 .............................................................. 19490.017950.0 .............................................................. 19510.0


(transmit)(MHz)

17970.0 .............................................................. 19530.017990.0 .............................................................. 19550.018010.0 .............................................................. 19570.018030.0 .............................................................. 19590.018050.0 .............................................................. 19610.018070.0 .............................................................. 19630.018090.0 .............................................................. 19650.018110.0 .............................................................. 19670.018130.0 .............................................................. 19690.0



(transmit)(MHz)

1560 MHz Separation

17720.0 .............................................................. 19280.017760.0 .............................................................. 19320.017800.0 .............................................................. 19360.017840.0 .............................................................. 19400.017880.0 .............................................................. 19440.017920.0 .............................................................. 19480.017960.0 .............................................................. 19520.018000.0 .............................................................. 19560.018040.0 .............................................................. 19600.018080.0 .............................................................. 19640.018120.0 .............................................................. 19680.0


Transmit (receive) (MHz) Receive(transmit)(MHz)

1560 MHz Separation

17740.0 .............................................................. 19300.017820.0 .............................................................. 19380.017900.0 .............................................................. 19460.017980.0 .............................................................. 19540.018060.0 .............................................................. 19620.0

(h) TV STL, TV relay stations, andTV translator relay stations may beauthorized to operate fixed point-to-point service on the UHF TV channels14–69 on a secondary basis and subjectto the provisions of subpart G of thispart:

(1) Applications for authorization in

accordance with this paragraph mustcomply with the following technicallimits or be accompanied by an engi-neering analysis demonstrating whythese limits must be exceeded:

(i) Maximum EIRP is limited to 35dBW;

(ii) Transmitting antenna beamwidthis limited to 25 degrees (measured atthe 3 dB points); and

(iii) Vertical polarization is used.




464

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.603

(2) These stations must not interferewith and must accept interference from

current and future full-power UHF-TV

stations, LPTV stations, and trans-lator stations. They will also be sec-

ondary to land mobile stations in areaswhere land mobile sharing is currently

permitted.

(3) TV STL and TV relay stations li-censed for operation on UHF TV chan-

nels 52–69 based on applications filedbefore April 16, 2003, may continue to

operate under the terms of their cur-

rent authorizations until the end of transition to digital television in their

market (DTV Transition), as set forthin §§ 73.622 through 73.625 of this chap-

ter. Applications for TV STL and TVrelay stations operating on UHF TV

channels 52–69 will not be accepted forfiling on or after April 16, 2003.

(4) TV translator relay stations li-censed for operation on UHF TV chan-

nels 52–59 based on applications filedbefore the end of DTV transition may

continue to operate under the terms of their current authorizations indefi-

nitely. TV translator relay stations li-censed for operation on UHF TV chan-

nels 60–69 based on applications filed

before the end of DTV transition maycontinue to operate under the terms of their current authorizations until the

end of DTV Transition. Applicationsfor TV translator relay stations oper-

ating on UHF TV channels 52–69 will

not be accepted for filing on or afterthe end of DTV Transition.

(i) 6425 to 6525 MHz—Mobile Only.

Paired and un-paired operations per-mitted. Use of this spectrum for direct

delivery of video programs to the gen-eral public or multi-channel cable dis-

tribution is not permitted. This band is

co-equally shared with mobile stationslicensed pursuant to parts 78 and 101 of

this chapter. The following channelplans apply.

(1) 1 MHz maximum authorized band-width channels.

Transmit (or receive MHz) Receive (or transmit) (MHz)

6425.5 6475.5

6450.5 6500.5

(2) 8 MHz maximum authorized band-width channels.

Transmit (or receive MHz) Receive (or transmit) (MHz)

6430.0 6480.0

6438.0 6488.0

6446.0 6596.0

6455.0 6505.0

6463.0 6513.0

6471.0 6521.0

(3) 25 MHz maximum authorizedbandwidth channels.

Transmit (or receive MHz) Receive (or transmit (MHz)

6437.5 6487.5

6462.5 6512.5

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066,1068, 1082; 47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)

[28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963]

EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci-tations affecting §74.602, see the List of CFRSections Affected, which appears in theFinding Aids section of the printed volumeand on GPO Access.

§ 74.603 Sound channels.

(a) The frequencies listed in § 74.602(a)may be used for the simultaneoustransmission of the picture and soundportions of TV broadcast programs andfor cue and order circuits, either by

means of multiplexing or by the use of a separate transmitter within the samechannel. When multiplexing of a TVSTL station is contemplated, consider-ation should be given to the require-ments of § 73.687 of this Chapter regard-ing the overall system performance re-quirements. Applications for new TVpickup, TV STL, TV relay and TVtranslator relay stations shall clearlyindicate the nature of any mutliplexingproposed. Multiplexing equipment maybe installed on licensed equipmentwithout authority of the FCC, providedthe installation of such apparatus on aTV STL station shall not result in deg-radation of the overall system perform-

ance of the TV broadcast station belowthat permitted by §73.687 of this chap-ter.

(b) [Reserved]

(c) Aural STL or intercity relay sta-tions licensed as of July 10, 1970, to op-erate in the frequency band 942–947MHz, may continue to so operate pend-ing a decision as to their dispositionthrough a future rule making pro-ceeding.




465


(d) Remote pickup broadcast stationsmay be used in conjunction with tele-vision pickup stations for the trans-mission of the aural portion of tele-vision programs or events that occuroutside a television studio and for thetransmission of cues, orders, and otherrelated communications necessarythereto. The rules governing remotepickup broadcast stations are con-tained in Subpart D of this part.

[28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47FR 55936, Dec. 14, 1982; 48 FR 24385, June 1,1983; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.604 Interference avoidance.

(a) [Reserved](b) Where two or more licensees are

assigned a common channel for TVpickup, TV STL, or TV relay purposesin the same area and simultaneous op-eration is contemplated, they shalltake such steps as may be necessary toavoid mutual interference, includingconsultation with the local coordina-tion committee, if one exists. If a mu-tual agreement to this effect cannot bereached, the Commission must be noti-fied and it will take such action as maybe necessary, including time sharingarrangements, to assure an equitable

distribution of available frequencies.(c) For those interference disputes

brought to the Commission for resolu-tion, TV broadcast auxiliary channelswill have the following priority for pur-poses of interference protection:

(1) All fixed links for full servicebroadcast stations and cable systems.

(2) TV and CARS pickup stations.(3) Fixed or mobile stations serving

translator or low power TV stations.(4) Backup facilities; TV pickup sta-

tions used outside a licensee’s localservice area.

(5) Any transmission, pursuant to§ 74.631(f), that does not involve the de-livery of program material to a licens-

ee’s associated TV broadcast station.(d) Interference between two stations

having the same priority shall be re-solved in favor of the station licensedfirst on a particular path.

[48 FR 17091, Apr. 21, 1983, as amended at 68FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.631 Permissible service.

(a) The licensee of a television pick-up station authorizes the transmission

of program material, orders concerningsuch program material, and relatedcommunications necessary to the ac-complishment of such transmissions,from the scenes of events occurring inplaces other than a television studio,to its associated television broadcaststation, to an associated televisionrelay station, to such other stations asare broadcasting the same programmaterial, or to the network or net-works with which the television broad-cast station is affiliated. Televisionpickup stations may be operated in

conjunction with other televisionbroadcast stations not aformentionedin this paragraph: Provided, That thetransmissions by the television pickupstation are under the control of the li-censee of the television pickup stationand that such operation shall not ex-ceed a total of 10 days in any 30-day pe-riod. Television pickup stations may beused to provide temporary studio-transmitter links or intercity relaycircuits consistent with §74.632 withoutfurther authority of the Commission:Provided, however, That prior Commis-sion authority shall be obtained if thetransmitting antenna to be installedwill increase the height of any natural

formation or man-made structure bymore than 6.1 meters (20 feet) and willbe in existence for a period of morethan 2 consecutive days.

NOTE: As used in this subpart, ‘‘associatedtelevision broadcast station’’ means a tele-vision broadcast station licensed to the li-censee of the television auxiliary broadcaststation and with which the television auxil-iary station is licensed as an auxiliary facil-ity.

(b) A television broadcast STL sta-tion is authorized to transmit visualprogram material between the studioand the transmitter of a televisionbroadcast station for simultaneous ordelayed broadcast.

(c) A TV relay station is authorizedto transmit visual program materialbetween TV broadcast stations for si-multaneous or delayed broadcast, ormay be used to transmit visual pro-gram material from a remote pickupreceiver site of a single station.

(d) The transmitter of an STL, TVrelay station or TV translator relaystation may be multiplexed to provideadditional communication channels. A




466

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.631

TV broadcast STL or TV relay stationwill be authorized only in those caseswhere the principal use is the trans-mission of television broadcast pro-gram material for use by its associatedTV broadcast station. However, STL orTV relay stations so licensed may beoperated at any time for the trans-mission of multiplexed communica-tions whether or not visual programmaterial is being transmitted, providedthat such operation does not causeharmful interference to TV broadcastpickup, STL or TV relay stations

transmitting television broadcast pro-gram material.

(e) Except as provided in paragraphs(a), (d), (f) and (j) of this section, allprogram material transmitted over aTV pickup, STL, or TV relay stationshall be used by or intended for use bya TV broadcast station owned by orunder the common control of the li-censee of the TV pickup, STL, or TVrelay station. Program material trans-mitted over a TV pickup, STL or TVrelay station and so used by the li-censee of such facility may, with thepermission of the licensee of the broad-cast auxiliary facility, be used by otherTV broadcast stations and by non-

broadcast closed circuit educationalTV systems operated by educationalinstitutions.

(f) A TV broadcast pickup, STL, orTV relay station may be used for thetransmission of material to be used byothers, including but not limited toother broadcast stations, cable tele-vision systems, and educational insti-tutions. This use shall not interferewith the use of these broadcast auxil-iary facilities for the transmission of programs and associated material in-tended to be used by the television sta-tion or stations licensed to or undercommon control of the licensee of theTV pickup, STL, or TV relay station.

This use of the broadcast auxiliary fa-cilities must not cause harmful inter-ference to broadcast auxiliary stationsoperating in accordance with the basicfrequency allocation, and the licenseeof the TV pickup, STL, or TV relaystation must retain exclusive controlover the operation of the facilities.Prior to operating pursuant to the pro-visions of this section, the licenseeshall, for the intended location or area-

of-operation, notify the appropriate

frequency coordinatioin committee or

any licensee(s) assigned the use of the

proposed operating frequency, con-

cerning the particulars of the intended

operation and must provide the name

and telephone number of a person who

may be contacted in the event of inter-

ference.

(g) Except as provided in paragraph

(d) of this section, a television trans-

lator relay station is authorized for the

purpose of relaying the programs and

signals of a television broadcast sta-tion to television broadcast translator

stations for simultaneous retrans-

mission.

(h) A TV microwave booster station

is authorized to retransmit the signals

of a TV pickup, TV STL, TV relay, or

TV translator relay station.

(i) TV broadcast auxiliary stations

authorized pursuant to this subpart

may additionally be authorized to sup-

ply programs and signals of TV broad-

cast stations to cable television sys-

tems or CARS stations. Where the li-

censee of a TV broadcast auxiliary sta-

tion supplies programs and signals to

cable television systems or CARS sta-tions, the TV auxiliary licensee must

have exclusive control over the oper-

ation of the TV auxiliary stations li-

censed to it. Contributions to capital

and operating expenses may be accept-

ed only on a cost-sharing, non-profit

basis, prorated on an equitable basis

among all parties being supplied with

program material.

(j) A broadcast network-entity may

use television auxiliary service sta-

tions to transmit their own television

program materials to broadcast sta-

tions, other broadcast network-enti-

ties, cable systems and cable network-

entities: Provided, however, that the

bands 1990–2110 MHz, 6425–6525 MHz and

6875–7125 MHz may be used by broad-

cast network-entities only for tele-

vision pick-up stations.


FR 15524, Nov. 19, 1964; 43 FR 1950, Jan. 13,

1978; 44 FR 32381, June 6, 1979; 47 FR 55937,

Dec. 14, 1982; 48 FR 17092, Apr. 21, 1983; 49 FR

7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 68

FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003]




467


§ 74.632 Licensing requirements.

(a) Licenses for television pickup,television STL, television microwavebooster, or television relay stationswill be issued only to licensees of tele-vision broadcast stations, and broad-cast network-entities and, further, on asecondary basis, to licensees of lowpower television stations. A separateapplication is required for each fixedstation and the application shall bespecific with regard to the frequencyrequested. A mobile station license

may be issued for any number of mo-bile transmitters to operate in a spe-cific area or frequency band and the ap-plicant shall be specific with regard tothe frequencies requested.

(b) A license for a TV relay stationmay be issued in any case where thecircuit will operate between TV broad-cast stations either by means of ‘‘off-the-air’’ pickup and relay or location of the initial relay station at the studioor transmitter of a TV broadcast sta-tion.

(c) An application for a new TV pick-up station shall designate the TVbroadcast station with which it is to beoperated and specify the area in which

the proposed operation is intended. Themaximum permissible area of oper-ation will generally be that of a stand-ard metropolitan area, unless a specialshowing is made that a larger area isnecessary.

(d) Licensees who have two or moreTV broadcast stations located in dif-ferent cities shall, in applying for anew TV pickup station, designate theTV broadcast station in conjunctionwith which it is to be operated prin-cipally. Operation in a city which isnot the city of license of the associatedTV broadcast station is on a secondary,non-interference basis to home-cityusers.

(e) A license for a TV translatorrelay station will be issued only to li-censees of low power TV and TV trans-lator stations. However, a televisiontranslator relay station license may beissued to a cooperative enterprisewholly owned by licensees of televisionbroadcast translators or licensees of television broadcast translators andcable television owners or operatorsupon a showing that the applicant is

qualified under the CommunicationAct of 1934, as amended.

(f) Licensees of TV pickup, TV STL,TV relay, and TV translator relay sta-tions may be authorized to operate oneor more TV microwave booster stationsfor the purpose of relaying signals overa path that cannot be covered with asingle station.

(g) In case of permanent discontinu-ance of operations of a station licensedunder this subpart, the licensee shallcancel the station license using FCCForm 601. For purposes of this section,a station which is not operated for aperiod of one year is considered to havebeen permanently discontinued.


FR 32382, June 6, 1979; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14,

1982; 48 FR 9012, Mar. 3, 1983; 48 FR 17092, Apr.21, 1983; 48 FR 21486, May 12, 1983; 49 FR 7130,

Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 10930, Mar. 23, 1984; 52 FR

7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 63FR 36605, July 7, 1998; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17,

2003]


(a) Special temporary authority maybe granted for TV broadcast auxiliarystation operation which cannot be con-

ducted in accordance with §74.24. Suchauthority will normally be grantedonly for operations of a temporary na-ture. Where operation is seen as likelyon a continuing annual basis, an appli-cation for a regular authorizationshould be submitted.

(b) A request for special temporaryauthority for the operation of a tele-vision broadcast auxiliary station mustbe made in accordance with the proce-dures of § 1.931(b) of this chapter.

(c) All requests for special temporaryauthority of a television broadcastauxiliary station must include full par-ticulars including: licensee’s name andaddress, facility identification number

of the associated broadcast station(s)(if any), call letters of the televisionbroadcast STL or intercity relay sta-tion (if assigned), type and manufac-turer of equipment, effective isotropicradiated power, emission, frequency orfrequencies proposed for use, com-mencement and termination date andlocation of the proposed operation, andpurpose for which request is made in-cluding any particular justification.




468

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.634

(d) A request for special temporaryauthority shall specify a channel orchannels consistent with the provisionsof § 74.602: Provided, That in the case of events of wide-spread interest and im-portance which cannot be transmittedsuccessfully on these frequencies, fre-quencies assigned to other servicesmay be requested upon a showing thatoperation thereon will not cause inter-ference to established stations: And

provided further, That in no case will atelevision auxiliary broadcast oper-ation be authorized on frequencies em-ployed for the safety of life and prop-erty.

(e) When the transmitting equipmentutilized is not licensed to the user, theuser shall nevertheless have full con-trol over the use of the equipment dur-ing the period it is operated.

(f) Special temporary authority topermit operation of a TV auxiliarybroadcast station of any class pendingFCC action on an application for reg-ular authority will not normally begranted.

(Sec. 318, 48 Stat. 1089, as amended; 47 U.S.C.

318)

[28 FR 13720, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14,

1982; 50 FR 23710, June 5, 1985; 52 FR 10570,

Apr. 2, 1987; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR12769, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.634 Remote control operation.

(a) A TV auxiliary station may be op-erated by remote control provided thatsuch operation is conducted in accord-ance with the conditions listed below:

(1) The remote control system mustbe designed, installed, and protected sothat the transmitter can only be acti-vated or controlled by persons author-ized by the licensee.

(2) The remote control equipment

must be maintained to ensure properoperation.

(3) The remote control system mustbe designed to prevent inadvertenttransmitter operation caused by mal-functions in the circuits between thecontrol point and transmitter.

(b) The FCC may notify the licenseeto cease or modify operation in thecase of frequency usage disputes. inter-ference or similar situations where

such action appears to be in the publicinterest, convenience and necessity.

[28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at, 47FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 50 FR 48600, Nov. 26,1985; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 74.635 Unattended operation.

(a) TV relay stations, TV translatorrelay stations, TV STL stations, andTV microwave booster stations may beoperated unattended under the fol-lowing conditions:

(1) The transmitter must be providedwith adequate safeguards to prevent

improper operation.(2) The transmitter shall be so in-

stalled and protected that it is not ac-cessible to other than duly authorizedpersons;

(3) TV relay stations, TV STL sta-tions, TV translator relay stations, andTV microwave booster stations usedwith these stations, shall be observedat the receiving end of the microwavecircuit as often as necessary to ensureproper station operation by a persondesignated by the licensee, who mustinstitute measures sufficient to ensureprompt correction of any condition of improper operation. However, an STLstation (and any TV microwave booster

station) associated with a TV broad-cast station operated by remote con-trol may be observed by monitoringthe TV station’s transmitted signal atthe remote control point. Additionally,a TV translator relay station (and anyassociated TV microwave booster sta-tion) may be observed by monitoringthe associated TV translator station’stransmitted signal.

(b) The FCC may notify the licenseeto cease or modify operation in thecase of frequency usage disputes, inter-ference or similar situations wheresuch action appears to be in the publicinterest, convenience and necessity.

[28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 31FR 15314, Dec. 7, 1966; 43 FR 1950, Jan. 13,1978; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 49 FR 7131,Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 32417, Aug. 12, 1985]


(a) On any authorized frequency,transmitter peak output power and theaverage power delivered to an antennain this service must be the minimumamount of power necessary to carryout the communications desired and




469


shall not exceed the values listed in thefollowing table. Application of thisprinciple includes, but is not to be lim-ited to, requiring a licensee who re-places one or more of its antennas withlarger antennas to reduce its antennainput power by an amount appropriateto compensate for the increased pri-mary lobe gain of the replacement an-tenna(s). In no event shall the averageequivalent isotropically radiated power(EIRP), as referenced to an isotropicradiator, exceed the values specified inthe following table. In cases of harmful

interference, the Commission may,after notice and opportunity for hear-ing, order a change in the effective ra-diated power of this station. The tablefollows:

Frequency band (MHz)

Max-imumallow-able

trans-mitterpower

Maximum al-lowableEIRP 2

Mobile(W)

Fixed(dBW)

Mo-bile

(dBW)

2,025 to 2,110 ............................... 12.0 +45 +352,450 to 2,483.5 ............................ 12.0 +45 +356,425 to 6,525 ............................... 12.0 .......... +356,875 to 7,125 ............................... 12.0 +55 +3512,700 to 13,250 ........................... 1.5 +55 +45

17,700 to 18,600 ........................... ............ +55 ..........18,600 to 18,800 1 ......................... ............ +35 ..........18,800 to 19,700 ........................... ............ +55 ..........

1The power delivered to the antenna is limited to ¥3 dBW.2Stations licensed based on an application filed before April

16, 2003, for EIRP values exceeding those specified above,may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with theterms of their current authorizations, subject to periodicrenewal.

(b) The EIRP of transmitters thatuse Automatic Transmitter Power Con-trol (ATPC) shall not exceed the EIRPspecified on the station authorization.The EIRP of non-ATPC transmittersshall be maintained as near as prac-ticable to the EIRP specified on thestation authorization.

[68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.637 Emissions and emission limi-tations.

(a) The mean power of emissionsshall be attenuated below the meantransmitter power (PMEAN) in accord-ance with the following schedule:

(1) When using frequency modulation:(i) On any frequency removed from

the assigned (center) frequency bymore than 50% up to and including

100% of the authorized bandwidth: Atleast 25 dB in any 100 kHz referencebandwidth (BREF);

(ii) On any frequency removed fromthe assigned (center) frequency bymore than 100% up to and including250% of the authorized bandwidth: Atleast 35 dB in any 100 kHz referencebandwidth;

(iii) On any frequency removed fromthe assigned (center) frequency bymore than 250% of the authorized band-width: At least 43+10 log10 (PMEAN inwatts) dB, or 80 dB, whichever is the

lesser attenuation, in any 100 kHz ref-erence bandwidth.

(2) When using transmissions employ-ing digital modulation techniques:

(i) For operating frequencies below 15GHz, in any 4 kHz reference bandwidth(BREF), the center frequency of which isremoved from the assigned frequencyby more than 50 percent up to and in-cluding 250 percent of the authorizedbandwidth: As specified by the fol-lowing equation but in no event lessthan 50 decibels:

A = 35 + 0.8 (G ¥ 50) + 10 Log10 B.


Where:

A = Attenuation (in decibels) below the meanoutput power level.

G = Percent removed from the carrier fre-quency.

B = Authorized bandwidth in megahertz.

(ii) For operating frequencies above15 GHz, in any 1 MHz reference band-width (BREF), the center frequency of which is removed from the assignedfrequency by more than 50 percent upto and including 250 percent of the au-thorized bandwidth: As specified by thefollowing equation but in no event lessthan 11 decibels:

A = 11 + 0.4 (G¥50) + 10 Log10 B.


(iii) In any 4 kHz reference bandwidth(BREF), the center frequency of which isremoved from the assigned frequencyby more than 250 percent of the author-ized bandwidth: At least 43 +10 Log10 (PMEAN in watts) decibels, or 80 deci-bels, whichever is the lesser attenu-ation.




470

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.637

(3) Amplitude Modulation. For ves-tigial sideband AM video: On any fre-quency removed from the center fre-quency of the authorized band by morethan 50%: at least 50 dB below peakpower of the emission.

(b) For all emissions not covered inparagraph (a) of this section, the peakpower of emissions shall be attenuatedbelow the peak envelope transmitterpower (PPEAK) in accordance with thefollowing schedule:

(1) On any frequency 500 Hz inside thechannel edge up to and including 2500

Hz outside the same edge, the followingformula will apply:

A = 29 Log10 [(25/11)[(D + 2.5 ¥ (W/2)]2]dB


Where:

A = Attenuation (in dB) below the peak enve-lope transmitter power.

D = The displacement frequency (kHz) fromthe center of the authorized bandwidth.

W = the channel bandwidth (kHz).

(2) On any frequency removed fromthe channel edge by more than 2500 Hz:At least 43 + 10 Log10 (PPEAK in watts)dB.

(c) For purposes of compliance withthe emission limitation requirementsof this section:

(1) If the transmitter modulates asingle carrier, digital modulation tech-niques are considered as being em-ployed when digital modulation occu-pies 50 percent or more of the totalpeak frequency deviation of a trans-mitted radio frequency carrier. Thetotal peak frequency deviation will bedetermined by adding the deviationproduced by the digital modulation sig-nal and the deviation produced by anyfrequency division multiplex (FDM)modulation used. The deviation (D)produced by the FDM signal must be

determined in accordance with §2.202(f)of this chapter.

(2) If the transmitter modulates twoor more carriers, with at least oneusing digital modulation and one usingfrequency or other analog modulation,digital modulation techniques are con-sidered as being employed when thenecessary bandwidth of the digital sig-nal(s) is 50 percent or more of the ag-gregate bandwidth of the system, com-

prising the digital necessary band-width(s), the analog necessary band-width(s), and any bandwidth(s) betweenthe digital and analog necessarybandwidths. In this case, the aggregatebandwidth shall be used for the author-ized bandwidth (B) in paragraph (a) of this section, and for purposes of com-pliance with the bandwidth limitationsin paragraph (g) of this section and in§ 74.602 of this subpart; and the sum of the powers of the analog and digitalsignals shall be used for mean trans-mitter power (PMEAN) in paragraph (a)

or the peak envelope transmitter power(PPEAK) in paragraph (b) of this section,and for purposes of compliance withthe power limitations in § 74.636 of thissubpart.

(3) For demonstrating compliancewith the attenuation requirements forfrequency modulation and digital mod-ulation in paragraph (a) of this section,the resolution bandwidth (BRES) of themeasuring equipment used for meas-urements removed from the center fre-quency by more than 250 percent of theauthorized bandwidth shall be 100 kHzfor operating frequencies below 1 GHz,and 1 MHz for operating frequenciesabove 1 GHz. The resolution bandwidth

for frequencies removed from the cen-ter frequency by less than 250 percentof the authorized bandwidth shall bethe reference bandwidth (BREF) speci-fied in the individual emission limita-tions, but may be reduced to not lessthan one percent of the authorizedbandwidth (B), adjusted upward to thenearest greater resolution bandwidthavailable on the measuring equipment.In all cases, if BRES and BREF are notequal, then the attenuation require-ment must be increased (or decreased)as determined by a factor of 10 log10 [(BREF in megahertz)/(BRES in mega-hertz)] decibels, where a positive factorindicates an increase in the attenu-

ation requirement and a negative fac-tor indicates a decrease in the attenu-ation requirement.

(4) Stations licensed pursuant to anapplication filed before March 17, 2005,using equipment not conforming withthe emission limitations specifiedabove, may continue to operate indefi-nitely in accordance with the terms of their current authorizations, subject toperiodic renewal. Existing equipment




471


and equipment of product lines in pro-duction before April 16, 2003, authorizedvia certification or verification beforeMarch 17, 2005, for equipment not con-forming to the emission limitations re-quirements specified above, may con-tinue to be manufactured and/or mar-keted, but may not be authorized foruse under a station license except atstations licensed pursuant to an appli-cation filed before March 17, 2005. Anynon-conforming equipment authorizedunder a station license, and replaced onor after March 17, 2005, must be re-

placed by conforming equipment.

(d) In the event that interference toother stations is caused by emissionsoutside the authorized channel, theFCC may require greater attenuationthan that specified in paragraph (b) of this section.

(e) The following limitations alsoapply to the operation of TV micro-wave booster stations:

(1) The booster station must receiveand amplify the signals of the origi-nating station and retransmit them onthe same frequency without signifi-cantly altering them in any way. Thecharacteristics of the booster trans-

mitter output signal shall meet the re-quirements applicable to the signal of the originating station.

(2) The licensee is responsible for cor-recting any condition of interferencethat results from the radiation of radiofrequency energy outside the assignedchannel. Upon notice by the FCC to thestation licensee that interference isbeing caused, operation of the appa-ratus must be immediately suspendedand may not be resumed until the in-terference has been eliminated or itcan be demonstrated that the inter-ference is not due to spurious emis-sions. However, short term test trans-missions may be made during the pe-

riod of suspended operation to deter-mine the efficacy of remedial meas-ures.

(3) In each instance where suspensionof operation is required, the licenseemust submit a full report to the FCCafter operation is resumed. The reportmust contain details of the nature of the interference, the source of inter-fering signals, and the remedial stepstaken to eliminate the interference.

(f) In the event a station’s emissionsoutside its authorized channel causeharmful interference, the Commissionmay require the licensee to take suchfurther steps as may be necessary toeliminate the interference.

(g) The maximum bandwidth whichwill be authorized per frequency as-signment is set out in the table whichfollows. Regardless of the maximumauthorized bandwidth specified foreach frequency band, the Commissionreserves the right to issue a license forless than the maximum bandwidth if it

appears that less bandwidth would besufficient to support an applicant’s in-tended communications.

Frequency Band (MHz)

Maximum au-thorized

bandwidth(MHz)

1,990 to 2,110 ................................................. 186,425 to 6,525 ................................................. 256,875 to 7,125 ................................................. 2512,700 to 13,250 ............................................. 2517,700 to 19,700 ............................................. 80

[45 FR 78692, Nov. 26, 1980, as amended at 48FR 50734, Nov. 3, 1983; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27,1984; 49 FR 37778, Sept. 26, 1984; 50 FR 7342,Feb. 22, 1985; 50 FR 34150, Aug. 23, 1985; 50 FR48600, Nov. 26, 1985; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 58

FR 51251, Oct. 1, 1993; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17,2003.]

§ 74.638 Frequency coordination.

(a) Coordination of all frequency as-signments for fixed stations in allbands above 2110 MHz, and for mobile(temporary fixed) stations in the bands6425–6525 MHz and 17.7–19.7 GHz, will bein accordance with the procedure es-tablished in paragraph (b) of this sec-tion, except that the prior coordinationprocess for mobile (temporary fixed)assignments may be completed orallyand the period allowed for response toa coordination notification may be lessthan 30 days if the parties agree. Co-

ordination of all frequency assign-ments for all mobile (temporary fixed)stations in all bands above 2110 MHz,except the bands 6425–6525 MHz and17.7–19.7 GHz, will be conducted in ac-cordance with the procedure estab-lished in paragraph (b) of this sectionor with the procedure in paragraph (d)of this section. Coordination of all fre-quency assignments for all fixed sta-tions in the band 1990–2110 MHz will be




472

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.641

in accordance with the procedure es-tablished in paragraph (c) of this sec-tion. Coordination of all frequency as-signments for all mobile (temporaryfixed) stations in the band 1990–2110MHz will be conducted in accordancewith the procedure in paragraph (d) of this section.

(b) Frequency coordination for allfixed stations in all bands above 2110MHz, and for all mobile (temporaryfixed) stations in the bands 6425–6525MHz and 17.7–19.7 GHz. For each fre-quency authorized under this part, the

interference protection criteria in§ 101.105(a), (b), and (c) of this chapterand the frequency usage coordinationprocedures in §101.103(d) of this chapterwill apply, except that only stations inthe bands 6425–6525 MHz and 17.7–19.7GHz are subject to the provision in§ 101.103(d) requiring compliance with§ 101.21(f) of this chapter in coordi-nating frequency usage with stationsin the fixed satellite service.

(c) Frequency coordination for allfixed stations in the band 1990–2110MHz. For each frequency authorizedunder this part, the following fre-quency usage coordination procedureswill apply:

(1) General requirements. Applicantsare responsible for selecting the fre-quency assignments that are least like-ly to result in mutual interferencewith other licensees in the same area.Applicants may consult local fre-quency coordination committees,where they exist, for information onfrequencies available in the area. Pro-posed frequency usage must be coordi-nated with existing licensees and appli-cants in the area whose facilities couldaffect or be affected by the new pro-posal in terms of frequency inter-ference on active channels, applied-forchannels, or channels coordinated forfuture growth. Coordination must be

completed prior to filing an applicationfor regular authorization, for majoramendment to a pending application,or for major modification to a license.

(2) To be acceptable for filing, all ap-plications for regular authorization, ormajor amendment to a pending appli-cation, or major modification to a li-cense, must include a certification at-testing that all co-channel and adja-cent-channel licensees and applicants

potentially affected by the proposedfixed use of the frequency(ies) havebeen notified and are in agreementthat the proposed facilities can be in-stalled without causing harmful inter-ference to those other licensees and ap-plicants.

(d) Frequency coordination for allmobile (temporary fixed) stations in allbands above 1990 MHz, except the bands6425–6525 MHz and 17.7–19.7 GHz. Foreach frequency authorized under thispart, applicants are responsible for se-lecting the frequency assignments that

are least likely to result in mutual in-terference with other licensees in thesame area. Applicants may consultlocal frequency coordination commit-tees, where they exist, for informationon frequencies available in the area. Inselecting frequencies, considerationshould be given to the relative locationof receive points, normal transmissionpaths, and the nature of the con-templated operation.

[68 FR 12770, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.641 Antenna systems.

(a) For fixed stations operating above2025 MHz, the following standards

apply:(1) Fixed TV broadcast auxiliary sta-

tions shall use directional antennasthat meet the performance standardsindicated in the following table. Uponadequate showing of need to serve alarger sector, or more than a singlesector, greater beamwidth or multipleantennas may be authorized. Appli-cants shall request, and authorizationfor stations in this service will specify,the polarization of each transmittedsignal. Booster station antennas hav-ing narrower beamwidths and reducedsidelobe radiation may be required incongested areas, or to resolve inter-ference problems.

(i) Stations must employ an antennathat meets the performance standardsfor Category B. In areas subject to fre-quency congestion, where proposed fa-cilities would be precluded by contin-ued use of a Category B antenna, a Cat-egory A antenna must be employed.The Commission may require the use of a high performance antenna where in-terference problems can be resolved bythe use of such antennas.




473


(ii) Licensees shall comply with theantenna standards table shown in thisparagraph in the following manner:

(A) With either the maximumbeamwith to 3 dB points requirement

or with the minimum antenna gain re-

quirement; and

(B) With the minimum radiation sup-

pression to angle requirement.

ANTENNA STANDARDS

Frequency (MHz) Category

Maximumbeam-

width to 3dB

points1 (includedangle indegrees)

Minimumantenna

gain (dbi)

Minimum radiation suppression to angle in de-grees from centerline of main beam in decibels

5° to10°

10°to

15°

15°to

20°

20°to

30°

30°to

100°

100°to

140°

140°to

180°

1,990 to 2,110.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . AB

5.08.0

n/an/a

125

1818

2220

2520

2925

3328

3936

6,875 to 7,125.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . AB

1.52.0

n/an/a

2621

2925

3229

3432

3835

4139

4945

12,700 to 13,250.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . AB

1.02.0

n/an/a

2320

2825

3528

3930

4132

4237

5047

17,700 to 19,700.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . AB

2.22.2

3838

2520

2924

3328

3632

4235

5536

5536

1 If a licensee chooses to show compliance using maximum beamwith to 3 dB points, the beamwidth limit shall apply in boththe azimuth and the elevation planes.

(2) New periscope antenna systems

will be authorized upon a certification

that the radiation, in a horizontal

plane, from an illuminating antenna

and reflector combination meets or ex-

ceeds the antenna standards of this

section. This provision similarly ap-

plies to passive repeaters employed toredirect or repeat the signal from astation’s directional antenna system.

(3) The choice of receiving antennasis left to the discretion of the licensee.

However, licensees will not be pro-tected from interference which results

from the use of antennas with poorerperformance than identified in the

table of this section.

(4) [Reserved]

(5) Pickup stations are not subject to

the performance standards herein stat-ed.

(b) All fixed stations are to use an-tenna systems in conformance with the

standards of this section. TV auxiliarybroadcast stations are considered to be

located in an area subject to frequencycongestion and must employ a Cat-

egory A antenna when:

(1) A showing by an applicant of a

new TV auxiliary broadcast station orCable Television Relay Service (CARS)

station, which shares the 12.7–13.20 GHzband with TV auxiliary broadcast, indi-

cates that use of a category B antenna

limits a proposed project because of in-

terference, and

(2) That use of a category A antenna

will remedy the interference thus al-

lowing the project to be realized.

(c) As an exception to the provisions

of this section, the FCC may approve

requests for use of periscope antennasystems where a persuasive showing is

made that no frequency conflicts exist

in the area of proposed use. Such ap-

provals shall be conditioned to a stand-

ard antenna as required in paragraph

(a) of this section when an applicant of

a new TV auxiliary broadcast or Cable

Television Relay station indicates that

the use of the existing antenna system

will cause interference and the use of a

category A or B antenna will remedy

the interference.

(d) As a further exception to the pro-

vision of paragraph (a) of this section,

the Commission may approve antenna

systems not conforming to the tech-nical standards where a persuasive

showing is made that:

(1) Indicates in detail why an an-

tenna system complying with the re-

quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec-

tion cannot be installed, and




474

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.643

(2) Includes a statement indicatingthat frequency coordination as re-quired in § 74.604 (a) was accomplished.

[45 FR 78693, Nov. 26, 1980, as amended at 49FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 37778, Sept. 26,1984; 50 FR 7342, Feb. 22, 1985; 51 FR 19840,June 3, 1986; 52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987; 55 FR11587, Mar. 29, 1990; 56 FR 50663, Oct. 8, 1991;62 FR 4922, Feb. 3, 1997; 68 FR 12771, Mar. 17,2003]

§ 74.643 Interference to geostationary-satellites.

Applicants and licensees must com-

ply with §101.145 of this chapter tominimize the potential of interferenceto geostationary-satellites.

[68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.644 Minimum path lengths forfixed links.

(a) The distance between end pointsof a fixed link must equal or exceed thevalue set forth in the table below orthe EIRP must be reduced in accord-ance with the equation set forth below.

Frequency band(MHz)

Minimumpath

length(km)

Below 1,990 ........................................................... n/a1,990–7,125 ........................................................... 1712,200–13,250 ....................................................... 5Above 17,700 ........................................................ n/a

(b) For paths shorter than those spec-ified in the Table, the EIRP shall notexceed the value derived from the fol-lowing equation.

EIRP = MAXEIRP¥40 log(A/B) dBW

Where:

EIRP = The new maximum EIRP (equivalentisotropically radiated power) in dBW.

MAXEIRP = Maximum EIRP as set forth inthe Table in §74.636 of this part.

A = Minimum path length from the Tableabove for the frequency band in kilo-meters.

B = The actual path length in kilometers.

NOTE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (b): For transmittersusing Automatic Transmitter Power Con-trol, EIRP corresponds to the maximumtransmitter power available, not the coordi-nated transmit power or the nominal trans-mit power.

NOTE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (b): Stations licensedbased on an application filed before April 16,2003, in the 2450–2483.5 MHz band, for EIRPvalues exceeding those specified above, maycontinue to operate indefinitely in accord-

ance with the terms of their current author-izations, subject to periodic renewal.

(c) Upon an appropriate technicalshowing, applicants and licensees un-able to meet the minimum path lengthrequirement may be granted an excep-tion to these requirements.

NOTE: Links authorized prior to April 1,1987, are excluded from this requirement, ex-cept that, effective April 1, 1992, the Commis-sion will require compliance with the cri-teria where an existing link would otherwisepreclude establishment of a new link.

[52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987, as amended at 68 FR12771, Mar. 17, 2003]


(a) Modifications may be made to anexisting authorization in accordancewith §§1.929 and 1.947 of this chapter.

(b) Multiplexing equipment may beinstalled on any licensed TV broadcastSTL, TV relay or translator relay sta-tion without authority from the Com-mission.

(c) Permissible changes in equipmentoperating in the bands 18.3–18.58 GHzand 19.26–19.3 GHz. Notwithstandingother provisions of this section, licens-ees of stations that remain co-primaryunder the provisions of § 74.602(g) maynot make modifications to their sys-tems that increase interference to sat-ellite earth stations, or result in a fa-cility that would be more costly to re-locate.

[28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 47 FR 55938, Dec. 14,1982; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984; 58 FR 19776,Apr. 16, 1993; 61 FR 4368, Feb. 6, 1996; 63 FR36605, July 7, 1998; 65 FR 54173, Sept. 7, 2000;68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 16967, Apr. 8,2003]

§ 74.655 Authorization of equipment.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph(b) of this section, all transmittingequipment first marketed for use under

this subpart or placed into service afterOctober 1, 1981, must be authorizedunder the certification or verificationprocedure, as detailed in paragraph (f)of this section. Equipment which isused at a station licensed prior to Oc-tober 1, 1985, which has not been au-thorized as detailed in paragraph (f) of this section, may continue to be usedby the licensee or its successors or as-signees, provided that if operation of




475


such equipment causes harmful inter-ference due to its failure to complywith the technical standards set forthin this subpart, the FCC may, at itsdiscretion, require the licensee to takesuch corrective action as is necessaryto eliminate the interference. However,such equipment may not be furthermarketed or reused under part 74 afterOctober 1, 1985.

(b) Certification or verification is notrequired for transmitters used in con-junction with TV pickup stations oper-ating with a peak output power not

greater than 250 mW. Pickup stationsoperating in excess of 250 mW licensedpursuant to applications accepted forfiling prior to October 1, 1980 may con-tinue operation subject to periodic re-newal. If operation of such equipmentcauses harmful interference the FCCmay, at its discretion, require the li-censee to take such corrective actionas is necessary to eliminate the inter-ference.

(c) The license of a TV auxiliary sta-tion may replace transmitting equip-ment with authorized equipment, asdetailed under paragraph (f) of this sec-tion, without prior FCC approval, pro-vided the proposed changes will not de-

part from any of the terms of the sta-tion or system authorization or theCommission’s technical rules gov-erning this service, and also providedthat any changes made to authorizedtransmitting equipment is in compli-ance with the provisions of part 2 of the FCC rules concerning modifica-tions to authorized equipment.

(d) Any manufacturer of a trans-mitter to be used in this service mayauthorize the equipment under the cer-tification or verification procedure, asappropriate, following the proceduresset forth in subpart J of part 2 of theFCC rules.

(e) An applicant for a TV broadcast

auxiliary station may also authorizean individual transmitter, as specifiedin paragraph (f) of this section, by fol-lowing the procedures set forth in sub-part J of part 2 of the FCC rules andregulations.

(f) Transmitters designed to be usedexclusively for a TV STL station, a TVintercity relay station, a TV translatorrelay station, or a TV microwavebooster station, shall be authorized

under verification. All other transmit-ters will be authorized under the cer-tification procedure.



Stations in this service shall main-tain the carrier frequency of each au-thorized transmitter to within the fol-lowing percentage of the assigned fre-quency.

Frequency band(MHz)

Frequency

tolerance(%)

2,025 to 2,110 ................................................... 10.0052,450 to 2,483.5 ................................................ 20.0016,425 to 6,525 ................................................... 0.0056,875 to 7,125 ................................................... 10.00512,700 to 13,250 ............................................... 10.00517,700 to 18,820 ............................................... 0.00318,920 to 19,700 ............................................... 0.003

1Television translator relay stations shall maintain a fre-quency tolerance of 0.002%.

2Stations licensed pursuant to an application filed beforeMarch 17, 2005, for tolerance values exceeding those speci-fied above, may continue to operate indefinitely in accordancewith the terms of their current authorizations, subject to peri-odic renewal. Existing equipment and equipment of productlines in production before April 16, 2003, authorized via certifi-cation or verification before March 17, 2005, for tolerance val-ues exceeding those specified above, may continue to bemanufactured and/or marketed, but may not be authorized foruse under station license except at stations licensed pursuantto an application filed before March 17, 2005. Any non-con-

forming equipment authorized under a station license, and re-placed on or after March 17, 2005, must be replaced by con-forming equipment.

[52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987, as amended at 68 FR12772, Mar. 17, 2003]


The licensee of a television broadcastauxiliary station must provide meansfor measuring the operating frequencyin order to ensure that the emissionsare confined to the authorized channel.

[48 FR 38482, Aug. 24, 1983]

§ 74.663 Modulation limits.

If amplitude modulation is employed,negative modulation peaks shall notexceed 100%.

[45 FR 78694, Nov. 26, 1980]


(a) The station license and any otherinstrument of authorization or indi-vidual order concerning the construc-tion of the equipment or manner of op-eration of the station shall be posted in




476

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.682

the room in which the transmitter islocated.

(b) Posting of the station license andany other instruments of authorizationshall be done by affixing the license tothe wall at the posting location, or byenclosing it in a binder or folder whichis retained at the posting location sothat the document will be readilyavailable and easily accessible.

[28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48FR 24385, June 1, 1983; 49 FR 29070, July 18,1984; 50 FR 40015, Oct. 1, 1985]

§ 74.682 Station identification.(a) Each television broadcast auxil-

iary station operating with a trans-mitter output power of 1 watt or moremust, when actually transmitting pro-grams, transmit station identificationat the beginning and end of each periodof operation, and hourly, as close tothe hour as feasible, at a natural breakin program offerings by one of the fol-lowing means:

(1) Transmission of its own call signby visual or aural means or by auto-matic transmission in internationalMorse telegraphy.

(2) Visual or aural transmission of the call sign of the TV broadcast sta-

tion with which it is licensed as anauxiliary.

(3) Visual or aural transmission of the call sign of the TV broadcast sta-tion whose signals are being relayed or,where programs are obtained directlyfrom network lines and relayed, thenetwork identification.

(b) Identification transmissions dur-ing operation need not be made whento make such transmission would in-terrupt a single consecutive speech,play, religious service, symphony con-cert, or any type of production. In suchcases, the identification transmissionshall be made at the first interruptionof the entertainment continuity and at

the conclusion thereof.(c) During occasions when a tele-

vision pickup station is being used todeliver program material for networkdistribution it may transmit the net-work identification in lieu of its own orassociated TV station call sign duringthe actual program pickup. However, if it is providing the network feedthrough its own associated TV broad-cast station it shall perform the sta-

tion identification required by para-graph (a) of this section at the begin-ning and end of each period of oper-ation.

(d) A period of operation is defined asa single uninterrupted transmission ora series of intermittent transmissionsfrom a single location or continuous orintermittent transmission from a tele-vision pickup station covering a singleevent from various locations, within asingle broadcast day.

(e) Regardless of the method used forstation identification it shall be per-

formed in a manner conducive toprompt association of the signal sourcewith the responsible licensee. In exer-cising the discretion provided by thisrule, licensees are expected to act in aresponsible manner to assure that re-sult.

(f) TV microwave boosters stationswill be assigned individual call signs.However, station identification will beaccomplished by the retransmission of identification as provided in paragraph(a) of this section.

[31 FR 15488, Dec. 8, 1966; 32 FR 452, Jan. 17,1967, as amended at 42 FR 36830, July 18, 1977;43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 44 FR 36041, June 20,1979; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984]

§ 74.690 Transition of the 1990–2025MHz band from the Broadcast Aux-iliary Service to emerging tech-nologies.

(a) New Entrants are collectively de-fined as those licensees proposing touse emerging technologies to imple-ment Mobile Satellite Services in the2000–2020 MHz band (MSS licensees),those licensees authorized after July 1,2004 to implement new Fixed and Mo-bile services in the 1990–1995 MHz band,and those licensees authorized afterSeptember 9, 2004 in the 1995–2000 MHzand 2020–2025 MHz bands. New entrantsmay negotiate with Broadcast Auxil-

iary Service licensees operating on aprimary basis and fixed service licens-ees operating on a primary basis in the1990–2025 MHz band (Existing Licens-ees) for the purpose of agreeing toterms under which the Existing Licens-ees would relocate their operations tothe 2025–2110 MHz band, to other au-thorized bands, or to other media; or,alternatively, would discontinue use of the 1990–2025 MHz band. New licensees




477


in the 1995–2000 MHz and 2020–2025 MHzbands are subject to the specific reloca-tion procedures adopted in WT Docket04–356.

(b) An Existing Licensee in the 1990– 2025 MHz band allocated for licensedemerging technology services willmaintain primary status in the banduntil the Existing Licensee’s oper-ations are relocated by a New Entrant,are discontinued under the terms of paragraph (a) of this section, or becomesecondary under the terms of para-graph (e)(6) of this section or the Exist-ing Licensee indicates to a New En-trant that it declines to be relocated.

(c) The Commission will amend theoperating license of the Existing Li-censee to secondary status only if thefollowing requirements are met:

(1) The service applicant, provider, li-censee, or representative using anemerging technology guarantees pay-ment of all relocation costs, includingall engineering, equipment, site andFCC fees, as well as any reasonable ad-ditional costs that the relocated Exist-ing Licensee might incur as a result of operation in another authorized bandor migration to another medium;

(2) The New Entrant completes allactivities necessary for implementingthe replacement facilities, includingengineering and cost analysis of the re-location procedure and, if radio facili-ties are used, identifying and obtain-ing, on the incumbents’ behalf, newmicrowave or Local Television Trans-mission Service frequencies and fre-quency coordination.

(3) The New Entrant builds the re-placement system and tests it for com-parability with the existing system.

(d) The Existing Licensee is not re-quired to relocate until the alternativefacilities are available to it for a rea-sonable time to make adjustments, de-

termine comparability, and ensure aseamless handoff. If, within one yearafter the relocation to new facilitiesthe Existing Licensee demonstratesthat the new facilities are not com-parable to the former facilities, theNew Entrant must remedy the defects.

(e) Subject to the terms of this para-graph (e), the relocation of Existing Li-censees will be carried out by MSS li-censees in the following manner:

(1) Existing Licensees and MSS li-censees may negotiate individually or

collectively for relocation of Existing

Licensees to one of the channel plansspecified in § 74.602(a)(3) of this chapter.

Parties may not decline to negotiate,though Existing Licensees may decline

to be relocated.

(i) MSS licensees may relocate allExisting Licensees in Nielsen Des-

ignated Market Areas (DMAs) 1–30, assuch DMAs existed on September 6,

2000, and all fixed stations operating in

the 1990–2025 MHz band on a primarybasis, except those Existing Licensees

that decline relocation. Such reloca-tion negotiations shall be conducted as

‘‘mandatory negotiations,’’ as thatterm is used in §101.73 of this chapter.

If these parties are unable to reach anegotiated agreement, MSS Licensees

may involuntarily relocate such Exist-ing Licensees and fixed stations after

December 8, 2004.

(ii) [Reserved]

(iii) On the date that the first MSS

licensee begins operations in the 2000– 2020 MHz band, a one-year mandatory

negotiation period begins between MSSlicensees and Existing Licensees in

Nielsen DMAs 31–210, as such DMAs ex-

isted on September 6, 2000. After theend of the mandatory negotiation pe-

riod, MSS licensees may involuntaryrelocate any Existing Licensees with

which they have been unable to reach anegotiated agreement. As described

elsewhere in this paragraph (e), MSSLicensees are obligated to relocate

these Existing Licensees within thespecified three- and five-year time peri-

ods.

(2) Before negotiating with MSS li-

censees, Existing Licensees in NielsenDesignated Market Areas where there

is a BAS frequency coordinator must

coordinate and select a band plan forthe market area. If an Existing Li-censee wishes to operate in the 2025– 2110 MHz band using the channels A03-A07 as specified in the Table in§ 74.602(a) of this part, then all licenseeswithin that Existing Licensee’s marketmust agree to such operation and allmust operate on a secondary basis toany licensee operating on the channelplan specified in §74.602(a)(3) of this




478

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.701

part. All negotiations must produce so-lutions that adhere to the marketarea’s band plan.

(3)–(4) [Reserved](5) As of the date the first MSS li-

censee begins operations in the 1990– 2025 MHz band, MSS Licensees must re-locate Existing Licensees in DMAs 31– 100, as they existed as of September 6,2000, within three years, and in the re-maining DMAs, as they existed as of September 6, 2000, within five years.

(6) On December 9, 2013, all ExistingLicensees will become secondary in the

1990–2025 MHz band. Upon written de-mand by any MSS licensee, ExistingLicensees must cease operations in the1990–2025 MHz band within six months.

[65 FR 48180, Aug. 7, 2000, as amended at 67FR 53756, Aug. 19, 2002; 68 FR 68252, Dec. 8,2003; 69 FR 62621, Oct. 27, 2004; 69 FR 67836,Nov. 22, 2004; 74 FR 29613, June 23, 2009]

Subpart G—Low Power TV, TVTranslator, and TV Booster Stations

§ 74.701 Definitions.

(a) Television broadcast translator sta-tion. A station in the broadcast serviceoperated for the purpose of retransmit-ting the programs and signals of a tele-vision broadcast station, without sig-nificantly altering any characteristicof the original signal other than its fre-quency and amplitude, for the purposeof providing television reception to thegeneral public.

(b) Primary station. The analog tele-vision broadcast station (TV broadcast)or digital television station (DTV)which provides the programs and sig-nals being retransmitted by a tele-vision broadcast translator station.

(c) VHF translator. A televisionbroacast translator station operatingon a VHF television broadcast channel.

(d) UHF translator. A televisionbroadcast translator station operating

on a UHF television broadcast channel.(e) UHF translator signal booster. A

station in the broadcasting service op-erated for the sole purpose of re-transmitting the signals of the UHFtranslator station by amplifying andreradiating such signals which havebeen received directly through space,without significantly altering anycharacteristic of the incoming signalother than its amplitude.

(f) Low power TV station. A stationauthorized under the provisions of thissubpart that may retransmit the pro-grams and signals of a TV broadcaststation and that may originate pro-gramming in any amount greater than30 seconds per hour and/or operates asubscription service. (See § 73.641 of part 73 of this chapter.)

(g) Program origination. For purposesof this part, program origination shallbe any transmissions other than the si-multaneous retransmission of the pro-grams and signals of a TV broadcaststation. Origination shall include lo-cally generated television program sig-nals and program signals obtained viavideo recordings (tapes and discs),microwave, common carrier circuits,or other sources.

(h) Local origination. Program origi-nation if the parameters of the pro-gram source signal, as it reaches thetransmitter site, are under the controlof the low power TV station licensee.Transmission of TV program signalsgenerated at the transmitter site con-stitutes local origination. Local origi-nation also includes transmission of programs reaching the transmitter site

via TV STL stations, but does not in-clude transmission of signals obtainedfrom either terrestrial or satellitemicrowave feeds or low power TV sta-tions.

(i) Television broadcast booster station.A station in the broadcast service oper-ated by the licensee or permittee of afull service television broadcast sta-tion for the purpose of retransmittingthe programs and signals of such pri-mary station without significantly al-tering any characteristic of the origi-nal signal other than its amplitude. Atelevision broadcast booster stationmay only be located such that its en-tire service area is located within the

protected contour of the primary sta-tion it retransmits. For purposes of this paragraph, the service area of thebooster and the protected contour of the primary station will be determinedby the methods prescribed in § 74.705(c).

(j) Digital television broadcast trans-lator station (‘‘digital TV translator sta-tion’’). A station operated for the pur-pose of retransmitting the programsand signals of a digital television




479


(DTV) broadcast station, without sig-nificantly altering any characteristicof the original signal other than its fre-quency and amplitude, for the purposeof providing DTV reception to the gen-eral public.

(k) Digital low power TV station (‘‘dig-ital LPTV station’’). A station author-ized under the provisions of this sub-part that may retransmit the programsand signals of a DTV broadcast station,may originate programming in anyamount greater than 30 seconds perhour for the purpose of providing dig-ital television (DTV) reception to thegeneral public and, subject to a min-imum video program service require-ment, may offer services of an ancil-lary or supplementary nature, includ-ing subscription-based services. (See§ 74.790).

(l) Digital program origination. Forpurposes of this part, digital programorigination shall be any transmissionsother than the simultaneous retrans-mission of the programs and signals of a TV or DTV broadcast station ortransmissions related to service offer-ings of an ancillary or supplementarynature. Origination shall include lo-

cally generated television program sig-nals and program signals obtained viavideo recordings (tapes and discs),microwave, common carrier circuits,or other sources.

(m) Existing low power television or tel-evision translator station. When used insubpart G of this part, the terms exist-ing low power television and existingtelevision translator station refer to ananalog or digital low power televisionstation or television translator stationthat is either licensed or has a validconstruction permit.

(n) Suitable in core channel. When usedin subpart G of this part, the term‘‘suitable in core channel’’ refers to a

channel that would enable a digital lowpower television or television trans-lator station to produce a protectedservice area comparable to that of itsassociated analog LPTV or TV trans-lator station.

(o) Companion digital channel. Whenused in subpart G of this part, the term‘‘companion digital channel’’ refers toa digital channel authorized to an ex-isting low power television or tele-

vision translator station to be associ-ated with the station’s analog channel.

(p) Digital conversion channel. Whenused in subpart G of this part, the term‘‘digital conversion channel’’ refers toa channel previously authorized to anexisting low power television or tele-vision translator station that has beenconverted to digital operation.

[28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 43FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 47 FR 21497, May 18,1982; 48 FR 21486, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 7422,Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR26720, May 14, 1997; 69 FR 69331, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 74.702 Channel assignments.

(a) An applicant for a new low powerTV or TV translator station or forchanges in the facilities of an author-ized station shall endeavor to select achannel on which its operation is notlikely to cause interference. The appli-cations must be specific with regard tothe channel requested. Only one chan-nel will be assigned to each station.

(1) Any one of the 12 standard VHFChannels (2 to 13 inclusive) may be as-signed to a VHF low power TV or TVtranslator station. Channels 5 and 6 as-signed in Alaska shall not cause harm-ful interference to and must accept in-

terference from non-Government fixedoperation authorized prior to January1, 1982.

(2) Any one of the UHF Channelsfrom 14 to 69, inclusive, may be as-signed to a UHF low power TV or TVtranslator station. In accordance with§ 73.603(c) of part 73, Channel 37 will notbe assigned to such stations.

(3) Application for new low power TVor TV translator stations or forchanges in existing stations, specifyingoperation above 806 MHz will not be ac-cepted for filing. License renewals forexisting TV translator stations oper-ating on channels 70 (806–812 MHz)through 83 (884–890 MHz) will be grant-

ed only on a secondary basis to landmobile radio operations.

(b) Changes in the TV Table of Allot-ments or Digital Television Table of Allotments (§§73.606(b) and 73.622(a), re-spectively, of part 73 of this chapter),authorizations to construct new TVbroadcast analog or DTV stations or toauthorizations to change facilities of existing such stations, may be madewithout regard to existing or proposed




480

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.703

low power TV or TV translator sta-tions. Where such a change results in alow power TV or TV translator stationcausing actual interference to recep-tion of the TV broadcast analog orDTV station, the licensee or permitteeof the low power TV or TV translatorstation shall eliminate the interferenceor file an application for a change inchannel assignment pursuant to§ 73.3572 of this chapter.

(c) A television broadcast boosterstation will be authorized on the chan-nel assigned to its primary station.

[47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982, as amended at 47FR 30068, July 12, 1982; 47 FR 35590, Aug. 18,1982; 52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31403,Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997]

§ 74.703 Interference.

(a) An application for a new lowpower TV, TV translator, or TV boost-er station or for a change in the facili-ties of such an authorized station willnot be granted when it is apparent thatinterference will be caused. Exceptwhere there is a written agreement be-tween the affected parties to accept in-terference, or where it can be shownthat interference will not occur due toterrain shielding and/or Longley-Rice

terrain dependent propagation meth-ods, the licensee of a new low powerTV, TV translator, or TV booster shallprotect existing low power TV and TVtranslator stations from interferencewithin the protected contour defined in§ 74.707 and shall protect existing ClassA TV and digital Class A TV stationswithin the protected contours definedin § 73.6010 of this chapter. Such writtenagreement shall accompany the appli-cation. Guidance on using the Longley-Rice methodology is provided in OETBulletin No. 69. Copies of OET BulletinNo. 69 may be inspected during normalbusiness hours at the: Federal Commu-nications Commission, 445 12th Street,

S.W., Reference Information Center(Room CY-A257), Washington, DC 20554.This document is also availablethrough the Internet on the FCC HomePage at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/docu-ments/bulletins/#69.

(b) It shall be the responsibility of the licensee of a low power TV, TVtranslator, or TV booster station tocorrect at its expense any condition of interference to the direct reception of

the signal of any other TV broadcastanalog station and DTV station oper-ating on the same channel as that usedby the low power TV, TV translator, orTV booster station or an adjacentchannel which occurs as a result of theoperation of the low power TV, TVtranslator, or TV booster station. In-terference will be considered to occurwhenever reception of a regularly usedsignal is impaired by the signals radi-ated by the low power TV, TV trans-lator, or TV booster station, regardlessof the quality of the reception or the

strength of the signal so used. If the in-terference cannot be promptly elimi-nated by the application of suitabletechniques, operation of the offendinglow power TV, TV translator, or TVbooster station shall be suspended andshall not be resumed until the inter-ference has been eliminated. If thecomplainant refuses to permit the lowPower TV, TV translator, or TV boost-er station to apply remedial techniquesthat demonstrably will eliminate theinterference without impairment of theoriginal reception, the licensee of thelow power TV, TV translator, or TVbooster station is absolved of furtherresponsibility. TV booster stations will

be exempt from the provisions of thisparagraph to the extent that they maycause limited interference to their pri-mary stations’ signal subject to theconditions of paragraph (g) of this sec-tion.

(c) It shall be the responsibility of the licensee of a low power TV, TVtranslator, or TV booster station tocorrect any condition of interferencewhich results from the radiation of radio frequency energy outside its as-signed channel. Upon notice by theFCC to the station licensee or operatorthat such interference is caused by spu-rious emissions of the station, oper-ation of the station shall be imme-

diately suspended and not resumeduntil the interference has been elimi-nated. However, short test trans-missions may be made during the pe-riod of suspended operation to checkthe efficacy of remedial measures.

(d) When a low-power TV or TVtranslator station causes interferenceto a CATV system by radiations withinits assigned channel at the cableheadend or on the output channel of




481


any system converter located at a re-ceiver, the earlier user, whether cablesystem or low-power TV or TV trans-lator station, will be given priority onthe channel, and the later user will beresponsible for correction of the inter-ference. When a low-power TV or TVtranslator station causes interferenceto a BRS or EBS system by radiationswithin its assigned channel on the out-put channel of any system converterlocated at a receiver, the earlier user,whether BRS system or low-power TVor TV translator station, will be givenpriority on the channel, and the lateruser will be responsible for correctionof the interference.

(e) Low power TV and TV translatorstations are being authorized on a sec-ondary basis to existing land mobileuses and must correct whatever inter-ference they cause to land mobile sta-tions or cease operation.

(f) It shall be the responsibility of adigital low power TV or TV translatorstation operating on a channel fromchannel 52–69 to eliminate at its ex-pense any condition of interferencecaused to the operation of or servicesprovided by existing and future com-

mercial or public safety wireless li-censees in the 700 MHz bands. The of-fending digital LPTV or translator sta-tion must cease operations imme-diately upon notification by any pri-mary wireless licensee, once it hasbeen established that the digital lowpower TV or translator station is caus-ing the interference.

(g) An existing or future wireless li-censee in the 700 MHz bands may notify(certified mail, return receipt re-quested), a digital low power TV or TVtranslator operating on the same chan-nel or first adjacent channel of its in-tention to initiate or change wirelessoperations and the likelihood of inter-

ference from the low power TV ortranslator station within its licensedgeographic service area. The noticeshould describe the facilities, associ-ated service area and operations of thewireless licensee with sufficient detailto permit an evaluation of the likeli-hood of interference. Upon receipt of such notice, the digital LPTV or TVtranslator licensee must cease oper-ation within 120 days unless:

(1) It obtains the agreement of thewireless licensee to continue oper-

ations;

(2) The commencement or modifica-

tion of wireless service is delayed be-yond that period (in which case the pe-

riod will be extended); or

(3) The Commission stays the effect

of the interference notification, uponrequest.

(h) In each instance where suspension

of operation is required, the licenseeshall submit a full report to the FCC in

Washington, DC, after operation is re-sumed, containing details of the nature

of the interference, the source of the

interfering signals, and the remedialsteps taken to eliminate the inter-

ference.

(i) A TV booster station may not dis-rupt the existing service of its primary

station nor may it cause interferenceto the signal provided by the primary

station within the principal commu-nity to be served.

[47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48

FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20,

1987; 53 FR 4169, Feb. 12, 1988; 60 FR 55483,

Nov. 1, 1995; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997; 65 FR

30012, May 10, 2000; 69 FR 69331, Nov. 29, 2004;

69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004]

§ 74.705 TV broadcast analog stationprotection.

(a) The TV broadcast station pro-tected contour will be its Grade B con-tour signal level as defined in §73.683and calculated from the authorizedmaximum radiated power (without de-pression angle correction), the hori-zontal radiation pattern, height aboveaverage terrain in the pertinent direc-tion, and the appropriate chart from§73.699.

(b)(1) An application to construct anew low power TV or TV translator

station or change the facilities of anexisting station will not be accepted if it specifies a site which is within theprotected contour of a co-channel orfirst adjacent channel TV broadast sta-tion.

(2) Due to the frequency spacingwhich exists between TV Channels 4and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, andbetween Channels 13 and 14, adjacentchannel protection standards shall not




482

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.705

be applicable to these pairs of chan-nels. (See § 73.603(a) of part 73 of thischapter.)

(3) A UHF low power TV or TV trans-lator construction permit applicationwill not be accepted if it specifies a sitewithin the UHF TV broadcast station’sprotected contour and proposes oper-ation on a channel either 14 or 15 chan-nels above the channel in use by theTV broadcast station.

(4) A UHF low power TV or TV trans-lator construction permit applicationwill not be accepted if it specifies a site

less than 100 kilometers from thetransmitter site of a UHF TV broad-cast analog station operating on achannel which is the seventh channelabove the requested channel, unless itcan demonstrate that the service areaof the low power TV or TV translatorstation as established in §74.707(a) isnot located in an area where the TVbroadcast analog station is regularlyviewed.

(5) An application for a new UHF lowpower TV or TV translator construc-tion permit, a change of channel, or amajor change in facilities pursuant to§ 73.3572 of this chapter proposing amaximum effective radiated power of

more than 50 kilowatts will not be ac-cepted if it specifies a site less than 32kilometers from the transmitter site of a UHF TV broadcast analog station op-erating on a channel which is the sec-ond, third, or fourth channel above orbelow the requested channel.

(c) The low power TV, TV translator,or TV booster station field strength iscalculated from the proposed effectiveradiated power (ERP) and the antennaheight above average terrain (HAAT)in pertinent directions.

(1) For co-channel protection, thefield strength is calculated using Fig-ure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 (F(50,10)charts) of Part 73 of this chapter.

(2) For low power TV, TV translator,and TV boosters that do not specify thesame channel as the TV broadcast sta-tion to be protected, the field strengthis calculated using Figure 9, 10, or 10bof § 73.699 (F(50,50) charts) of Part 73 of this chapter.

(d) A low power TV, TV translator, orTV booster station application will notbe accepted if the ratio in dB of itsfield strength to that of the TV broad-

cast station at the protected contourfails to meet the following:

(1) ¥45 dB for co-channel operationswithout offset carrier frequency oper-ation or ¥28 dB for offset carrier fre-quency operation. An application re-questing offset carrier frequency oper-ation must include the following:

(i) A requested offset designation(zero, plus, or minus) identifying theproposed direction of the 10 kHz offsetfrom the standard carrier frequenciesof the requested channel. If the offsetdesignation is not different from that

of the station being protected, the¥

45dB ratio must be used.

(ii) A description of the means bywhich the low power TV, TV trans-lator, or TV booster station will bemaintained within the tolerances spec-ified in § 74.761 for offset operation.

(2) 6 dB when the protected TV broad-cast station operates on a VHF channelthat is one channel above the requestedchannel.

(3) 12 dB when the protected TVbroadcast station operates on a VHFchannel that is one channel below therequested channel.

(4) 15 dB when the protected TVbroadcast station operates on a UHF

channel that is one channel above orbelow the requested channel.

(5) 23 dB when the protected TVbroadcast station operates on a UHFchannel that is fourteen channelsbelow the requested channel.

(6) 6 dB when the protected TV broad-cast station operates a UHF channelthat is fifteen channels below the re-quested channel.

(e) As an alternative to the precedingparagraphs of 74.705, an applicant for alow power TV, TV translator or TVbooster may make full use of terrainshielding and Longley-Rice terrain de-pendent propagation prediction meth-ods to demonstrate that the proposed

facility would not be likely to cause in-terference to TV broadcast stations.Guidance on using the Longley-Ricemethodology is provided in OET Bul-letin No. 69 (but also see § 74.793(d)). Cop-ies of OET Bulletin No. 69 may be in-spected during normal business hoursat the: Federal Communications Com-mission, CY–C203, 445 12th Street, SW.,Reference Information Center, Wash-ington, DC 20554. This document is also




483


available through the Internet on theFCC Home Page at http://www.fcc.gov.


FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20,

1987; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997; 65 FR 58467,Sept. 29, 2000; 69 FR 69332, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 74.706 Digital TV (DTV) station pro-tection.

(a) For purposes of this section, theDTV station protected service area isthe geographic-area in which the fieldstrength of the station’s signal exceeds

the noise-limited service levels speci-fied in § 73.622(e) of this chapter. Theextremity of this area (noise-limitedperimeter) is calculated from the au-thorized maximum radiated power(without depression angle correction),the horizontal radiation pattern, andheight above average terrain in thepertinent direction, using the signalpropagation method specified in§ 73.625(b) of this chapter.

(b)(1) An application to construct anew low power TV or TV translatorstation or change the facilities of anexisting station will not be accepted if it specifies a site which is located with-in the noise-limited service perimeter

of a co-channel DTV station.(2) Due to the frequency spacing

which exists between TV channels 4and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, andbetween Channels 13 and 14, adjacentchannel protection standards shall notbe applicable to these pairs of chan-nels.

(c) The low power TV, TV translatoror TV booster station field strength iscalculated from the proposed effectiveradiated power (ERP) and the antennaheight above average terrain (HAAT)in pertinent directions.

(1) For co-channel protection, thefield strength is calculated using Fig-ure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 (F(50,10)

charts) of part 73 of this chapter.(2) For adjacent channel protection,

the field strength is calculated usingFigure 9, 10, or 10b of §73.699 (F(50,50)charts) of part 73 of this chapter.

(d) A low power TV, TV translator orTV booster station application will notbe accepted if the ratio in dB of itsfield strength to that of the DTV sta-tion (L/D ratio) fails to meet the fol-lowing:

(1) ¥2 dB or less for co-channel oper-ations. This maximum L/D ratio for co-channel interference to DTV service isonly valid at locations where the sig-nal-to-noise (S/N) ratio is 25 dB orgreater. At the edge of the noise-lim-ited service area, where the S/N ratio is16 dB, the maximum L/D ratio for co-channel interference from analog lowpower TV, TV translator or TV boosterservice into DTV service is ¥21 dB. Atlocations where the S/N ratio is greaterthan 16 dB but less than 25 dB, themaximum L/D field strength ratios are

found from the following Table (forvalues between measured values, linearinterpolation can be used):

Signal-to-noise ratio(dB)DTV-to-lowpower ratio

(dB)

16.00 .................................................................. 21.0016.35 .................................................................. 19.9417.35 .................................................................. 17.69

18.35 .................................................................. 16.4419.35 .................................................................. 7.1920.35 .................................................................. 4.6921.35 .................................................................. 3.6922.35 .................................................................. 2.9423.35 .................................................................. 2.4425.00 .................................................................. 2.00

(2) + 48 dB for adjacent channel oper-

ations at:(i) The DTV noise-limited perimeter

if a low power TV, TV translator or TVbooster station is located outside thatperimeter.

(ii) At all points within the DTVnoise-limited area if a low power TV orTV translator is located within theDTV noise-limited perimeter, as dem-onstrated by the applicant.

[62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997, as amended at 63FR 13563, Mar. 20, 1998; 64 FR 4327, Jan. 28,1999]

§ 74.707 Low power TV and TV trans-lator station protection.

(a)(1) A low power TV or TV trans-

lator will be protected from inter-ference from other low power TV or TVtranslator stations, or TV booster sta-tions within the following predictedcontours:

(i) 62 dBu for stations on Channels 2through 6;

(ii) 68 dBu for stations on Channels 7through 13; and

(iii) 74 dBu for stations on Channels14 through 69.




484

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.707

Existing licensees and permittees thatdid not furnish sufficient data requiredto calculate the above contours byApril 15, 1983 are assigned protectedcontours having the following radii:

Up to 0.001 kW VHF/UHF—1 mile (1.6 km)from transmitter site

Up to 0.01 kW VHF; up to 0.1 k/W UHF—2miles (3.2 km) from transmitter site

Up to 0.1 kW VHF; up to 1 kW UHF—4 miles(6.4 km) from transmitter site

New applicants must submit the re-quired information; they cannot rely

on this table.(2) The low power TV or TV trans-

lator station protected contour is cal-culated from the authorized effectiveradiated power and antenna heightabove average terrain, using Figure 9,10, or 10b of § 73.699 (F(50,50) charts) of Part 73 of this chapter.

(b)(1) An application to construct anew low power TV, TV translator, orTV booster station or change the facili-ties of an existing station will not beaccepted if it specifies a site which iswithin the protected contour of a co-channel or first adjacent channel lowpower TV, TV translator, or TV boost-er station, except that a TV booster

station may be located within the pro-tected contour of its co-channel pri-mary station.

(2) Due to the frequency spacingwhich exists between TV Channels 4and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, andbetween Channels 13 and 14, adjacentchannel protection standards shall notbe applicable to these pairs of chan-nels. (See § 73.603(a) of Part 73 of thischapter.)

(3) A UHF low power TV, TV trans-lator, or TV booster construction per-mit application will not be accepted if it specifies a site within the UHF lowpower TV, TV translator, or TV boost-er station’s protected contour and pro-

poses operation on a channel that is 15channels above the channel in use bythe low power TV, TV translator, orTV booster station.

(c) The low power TV, TV translator,or TV booster construction permit ap-plication field strength is calculatedfrom the proposed effective radiatedpower (ERP) and the antenna above av-erage terrain (HAAT) in pertinent di-rections.

(1) For co-channel protection, thefield strength is calculated using Fig-ure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 (F(50,10)charts) of Part 73 of this chapter.

(2) For low power TV, TV translator,or TV booster applications that do notspecify the same channel as the lowpower TV, TV translator, or TV boost-er station to be protected, the fieldstrength is calculated using Figure 9,10, or 10b of § 73.699 (F(50,50) charts) of Part 73 of this chapter.

(d) A low power TV, TV translator, orTV booster station application will not

be accepted if the ratio in dB of itsfield strength to that of the authorizedlow power TV, TV translator, or TVbooster station at its protected con-tour fails to meet the following:

(1) ¥45 dB for co-channel operationswithout offset carrier frequency oper-ation or ¥28 dB for offset carrier fre-quency operation. An application re-questing offset carrier frequency oper-ation must include the following:

(i) A requested offset designation(zero, plus, or minus) identifying theproposed direction of the 10 kHz offsetfrom the standard carrier frequenciesof the requested channel. If the offsetdesignation is not different from that

of the station being protected, or if thestation being protected is not main-taining its frequencies within the tol-erance specified in §74.761 for offset op-eration, the ¥45 dB ratio must be used.

(ii) A description of the means bywhich the low power TV, TV trans-lator, or TV booster station’s fre-quencies will be maintained within thetolerances specified in §74.761 for offsetoperation.

(2) 6 dB when the protected low powerTV or TV translator station operateson a VHF channel that is one channelabove the requested channel.

(3) 12 dB when the protected lowpower TV or TV translator station op-

erates on a VHF channel that is onechannel below the requested channel.

(4) 15 dB when the protected lowpower TV or TV translator station op-erates on a UHF channel that is onechannel above or below the requestedchannel.

(5) 6 dB when the protected low powerTV or TV translator station operateson a UHF channel that is fifteen chan-nels below the requested channel.




485


(e) As an alternative to the precedingparagraphs of § 74.707, an applicant fora low power TV or TV translator sta-tion may make full use of terrainshielding and Longley-Rice terrain de-pendent propagation prediction meth-ods to demonstrate that the proposedfacility would not be likely to cause in-terference to low power TV, TV trans-lator and TV booster stations. Guid-ance on using the Longley-Rice meth-odology is provided in OET Bulletin No.69 (but also see § 74.793(d)). Copies of OET Bulletin No. 69 may be inspected

during normal business hours at the:Federal Communications Commission,Room CY–C203, 445 12th Street, SW.,Reference Information Center, Wash-ington, DC 20554. This document is alsoavailable through the Internet on theFCC Home Page at http://www.fcc.gov.

[47 FR 21498, May 18, 1982, as amended at 47FR 35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 48 FR 21487, May 12,1983; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR 26722,May 14, 1997; 65 FR 58467, Sept. 29, 2000; 69 FR69332, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 74.708 Class A TV and digital Class A TV station protection.

(a) The Class A TV and digital ClassA TV station protected contours are

specified in §73.6010 of this chapter.(b) An application to construct a new

low power TV, TV translator, or TVbooster station or change the facilitiesof an existing station will not be ac-cepted if it fails to protect an author-ized Class A TV or digital Class A TVstation or an application for such astation filed prior to the date the lowpower TV, TV translator, or TV boost-er application is filed.

(c) Applications for low power TV,TV translator and TV booster stationsshall protect Class A TV stations pur-suant to the requirements specified inparagraphs (b) through (e) of § 74.707.

(d) Applications for low power TV,

TV translator and TV booster stationsshall protect digital Class A TV sta-tions pursuant to the following re-quirements:

(i) An application must not specifyan antenna site within the protectedcontour of a co-channel digital Class ATV station.

(ii) The ratio in dB of the fieldstrength of the low power TV, TVtranslator or TV booster station to

that of the digital Class A TV stationmust meet the requirements specifiedin paragraph (d) of §74.706, calculatedusing the propagation methods speci-fied in paragraph (c) of that section.

[65 FR 30012, May 10, 2000]

§ 74.709 Land mobile station protec-tion.

(a) Stations in the Land MobileRadio Service, using the followingchannels in the indicated cities will beprotected from interference caused by

low power TV or TV translator sta-tions, and low power TV and TV trans-lator stations must accept any inter-ference from stations in the land mo-bile service operating on the followingchannels:

CityChan-nels

Coordinates

Latitude Longitude

Boston, MA .................. 14, 16 42°21′24″ 071°03′24″

Chicago, IL .................. 14, 15 41°52′28″ 087°38′22″

Cleveland, OH ............. 14, 15 41°29′51″ 081°41′50″

Dal las, TX ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 16 32°47′09″ 096°47′37″

Detroit, MI .................... 15, 16 42°19′48″ 083°02′57″

Houston, TX ... .. .. .. .. .. .. . 17 29°45′26″ 095°21′37″

Los Angeles, CA .. ... ... . 14,16, 20

34°03′15″ 118°18′28″

Miami, FL ..................... 14 25°46

′37

″ 080

°11

′32

″

New York, NY ... .. .. .. .. .. . 14,15, 16

40°45′06″ 073°59′39″

Philadelphia, PA .......... 19, 20 39°56′58″ 075°09′21″

Pittsburgh, PA ............. 14, 18 40°26′19″ 080°00′00″

San Francisco, CA ...... 16, 17 37°46′39″ 122°24′40″

Washington, DC .......... 17, 18 38°53′51″ 077°00′33″

(b) The protected contours for theland mobile radio service are 130 kilo-meters from the above coordinates, ex-cept where limited by the following:

(1) If the land mobile channel is thesame as the channel in the followinglist, the land mobile protected contourexcludes the area within 145 kilometersof the corresponding coordinates fromlist below. Except if the land mobile

channel is 15 in New York or Clevelandor 16 in Detroit, the land mobile pro-tected contour excludes the area with-in 95 kilometers of the correspondingcoordinates from the list below.

(2) If the land mobile channel is onechannel above or below the channel inthe following list, the land mobile pro-tected contour excludes the area with-in 95 kilometers of the correspondingcoordinates from the list below.




486

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.710

CityChan-

nel

Coordinates

Latitude Longitude

San Diego, CA ... ... .... .. 15 32°41′48″ 116°56′10″ Waterbury, CT ... .. .. .. .. .. 20 41°31′02″ 073°01′00″ Washington, DC . ... .... .. 14 38°57′17″ 077°00′17″ Washington, DC . ... .... .. 20 38°57′49″ 077°06′18″ Champaign, IL . .. .. .. .. .. .. 15 40°04′11″ 087°54′45″ Jacksonvi lle, IL . .. .. .. .. .. . 14 39°45′52″ 090°30′29″ Ft. Wayne, IN ... .. .. .. .. .. . 15 41°05′35″ 085°10′42″ South Bend, IN ... .. .. .. .. . 16 41°36′20″ 086°12′44″ Salisbury, MD ... .. .. .. .. .. . 16 38°24′15″ 075°34′45″ Mt. Pleasant, MI . .. .. .. .. . 14 43°34′24″ 084°46′21″ Hanover , NH ... .. .. .. .. .. .. . 15 43°42′30″ 072°09′16″ Canton, OH ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 17 40°51′04″ 081°16′37″ Cleveland, OH ... .. .. .. .. .. 19 41°21′19″ 081°44′24″ Oxford, OH ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 14 39°30′26″ 084°44′09″

Zanesvi lle, OH ... .. .. .. .. .. 18 39°

55′

42″

081°

59′

06″

Elmira-Corning, NY .. ... 18 42°06′20″ 076°52′17″ Harrisburg, PA ... .. .. .. .. .. 21 40°20′44″ 076°52′09″ Johnstown, PA ... ... .... .. 19 40°19′47″ 078°53′45″ Lancaster, PA ... .. .. .. .. .. . 15 40°15′45″ 076°27′49″ Philade lph ia, PA ... .. .. .. . 17 40°02′30″ 075°14′24″ Pit tsburgh, PA ... .. .. .. .. .. 16 40°26′46″ 079°57′51″ Scranton, PA ... .. .. .. .. .. .. 16 41°10′58″ 075°52′21″ Parkersburg, WV ... ... ... 15 39°20′50″ 081°33′56″ Madison, WI . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 15 43°03′01″ 089°29′15″

(c) A low power TV or TV translatorstation application will not be accept-ed if it specifies a site that is withinthe protected contour of a co-channelor first adjacent channel land mobileassignment.

(d) The low power TV or TV trans-lator station field strength is cal-culated from the proposed effective ra-

diated power (ERP) and the antennaheight above average terrain (HAAT)in pertinent directions.

(1) The field strength is calculatedusing Figure 10c of §73.699 (F(50, 10)charts) of Part 73 of this chapter.

(2) A low power TV or TV translatorstation application will not be accept-ed if it specifies the same channel asone of the land mobile assignments andits field strength at the land mobileprotected contour exceeds 52 dBu.

(3) A low power TV or TV translatorstation application will not be accept-ed if it specifies a channel that is onechannel above or below one of the landmobile assignments and its field

strength at the land mobile protectedcontour exceeds 76 dBu.

(e) To protect stations in the Off-shore Radio Service, a low power TV orTV translator station construction per-mit application will not be accepted if it specifies operation on channels 15,16, 17 or 18 in the following areas. WestLongitude and North Latitude are ab-breviated as W.L. and N.L. respec-tively.

(1) On Channel 15: west of 92°00′ W.L.;east of 98°30′ W.L.; and south of a lineextending due west from 30°30′ N.L.,92°00′ W.L. to 30°30′ N.L., 96°00′ W.L.;and then due southwest to 28°00′ N.L.,98°30′ W.L.

(2) On Channel 16: west of 86°40′ W.L.;east of 96°30′ W.L.; and south of a lineextending due west from 31°00′ N.L.,86°40′ W.L. to 31°00′ N.L., 95°00′ W.L. andthen due southwest to 29°30′ N.L., 96°30′W.L.

(3) On Channel 17: west of 86°30′ W.L.;east of 96°00′ W.L.; and south of a line

extending due west from 31°00′ N.L.,86°30′ W.L. to 31°30′ N.L., 94°00′ W.L. andthen due southwest to 29°30′ N.L., 96°00′W.L.

(4) On Channel 18: west of 87°00′ W.L.;east of 95°00′ W.L.; and south of 31°00′N.L.

[47 FR 21499, May 18, 1982, as amended at 50FR 12027, Mar. 27, 1985; 50 FR 33942, Aug. 22,1985; 69 FR 31906, June 8, 2004]

§ 74.710 Digital low power TV and TV translator station protection.

(a) An application to construct a newlow power TV, TV translator, or TVbooster station or change the facilitiesof an existing station will not be ac-

cepted if it fails to protect an author-ized digital low power TV or TV trans-lator station or an application for suchstation filed prior to the date the lowpower TV, TV translator, or TV boost-er application is filed.

(b) Applications for low power TV,TV translator and TV booster stationsshall protect digital low power TV andTV translator stations pursuant to thefollowing requirements:

(1) An application must not specifyan antenna site within the protectedcontour of a co-channel or adjacentchannel digital low power TV or TVtranslator station, as defined in § 74.792.

(2) The ratio in dB of the field

strength of the low power TV, TVtranslator or TV booster station at theprotected contour of a co-channel dig-ital TV or TV translator station mustmeet the requirements specified in§ 74.706(d)(1).

(3) The ratio in dB of the fieldstrength of the low power TV, TVtranslator or TV booster station at theprotected contour of a digital lowpower TV or TV translator station on




487


the lower and upper adjacent channelsmust not exceed 49 dB and 48 dB, re-spectively.

(4) The analysis used in 74.710 shoulduse the propagation methods specifiedin §74.706(c).

(c) As an alternative to the require-ments of paragraph (b) of this section,an applicant for a low power TV, TVtranslator or TV booster may makefull use of terrain shielding andLongley-Rice terrain dependent propa-gation prediction methods to dem-onstrate that the proposed facility

would not be likely to cause inter-ference to digital low power TV or TVtranslator stations, as described in§ 74.707(e) (i.e., reduce the service popu-lation by no more than 0.5% within thestation’s protected contour based onthe interference thresholds of §73.623(c)of this chapter).

[69 FR 69332, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 74.731 Purpose and permissible serv-ice.

(a) Television broadcast translatorstations and television broadcastbooster stations provide a meanswhereby the signals of televisionbroadcast stations may be retrans-

mitted to areas in which direct recep-tion of such television broadcast sta-tions is unsatisfactory due to distanceor intervening terrain barriers.

(b) Except as provided in paragraph(f) of this section, a television broad-cast translator station or televisionbroadcast booster station may be usedonly to receive the signals of a tele-vision broadcast station, another tele-vision broadcast translator station, atelevision translator relay station, atelevision intercity relay station, a tel-evision STL station, or other suitablesource such as a CARS or common car-rier microwave station, for the simul-taneous retransmission of the pro-

grams and signals of a television broad-cast station. Such retransmissions maybe accomplished by either:

(1) Reception of the television pro-grams and signals of a television broad-cast station directly through space,conversion to a different channel bysimple heterodyne frequency conver-sion and suitable amplification; or,

(2) Modulation and amplification of avideo and audio feed, in which case

modulating equipment meeting the re-quirements of §74.750(d) shall be used.

(c) The transmissions of each tele-vision broadcast translator stationshall be intended for direct receptionby the general public and any other useshall be incidental thereto. A tele-vision broadcast translator stationshall not be operated solely for the pur-pose of relaying signals to one or morefixed receiving points for retrans-mission, distribution, or further relay-ing.

(d) The technical characteristics of

the retransmitted signals shall not bedeliberately altered so as to hinder re-ception on conventional televisionbroadcast receivers.

(e) A television broadcast translatorstation shall not deliberately re-transmit the signals of any stationother than the station it is authorizedby license to retransmit. Precautionsshall be taken to avoid unintentionalretransmission of such other signals.

(f) A locally generated radio fre-quency signal similar to that of a TVbroadcast station and modulated withvisual and aural information may beconnected to the input terminals of atelevision broadcast translator or low

power station for the purposes of trans-mitting still photographs, slides andvoice announcements. The radio fre-quency signals shall be on the samechannel as the normally used off-the-air signal being rebroadcast. Whentransmitting originations concerningfinancial support or public service an-nouncements, connection of the locallygenerated signals shall be made auto-matically either by means of a timeswitch or upon receipt of a control sig-nal from the TV station being rebroad-cast designed to actuate the switchingcircuit. The switching circuit will be sodesigned that the input circuit will bereturned to the off-the-air signal with-

in 30 seconds. The connection for emer-gency transmissions may be mademanually. The apparatus used to gen-erate the local signal which is used tomodulate the translator or low powerstation must be capable of producing avisual or aural signal or both whichwill provide acceptable reception ontelevision receivers designed for thetransmission standards employed byTV broadcast stations. The visual and




488

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.732

aural materials so transmitted shall belimited to emergency warnings of im-minent danger, to local public serviceannouncements and to seeking or ac-knowledging financial support deemednecessary to the continued operation of the station. Accordingly, the origina-tions concerning financial support andPSAs are limited to 30 seconds each, nomore than once per hour. Acknowl-edgements of financial support may in-clude identification of the contribu-tors, the size and nature of the con-tribution and advertising messages of

contributors. Emergency transmissionsshall be no longer or more frequentthan necessary to protect life and prop-erty.

(g) Low power TV stations may oper-ate under the following modes of serv-ice:

(1) As a TV translator station, sub-ject to the requirements of this part;

(2) For origination of programmingand commercial matter as defined in§ 74.701(f);

(3) For the transmission of subscrip-tion television broadcast (STV) pro-grams, intended to be received in intel-ligible form by members of the publicfor a fee or charge subject to the provi-

sions of §§73.642(e) and 73.644.(h) A low power TV station may not

be operated solely for the purpose of re-laying signals to one or more fixed re-ceiving points for retransmission, dis-tribution or relaying.

(i) Low power TV stations are subjectto no minimum required hours of oper-ation and may operate in any of the 3modes described in paragraph (g) of this section for any number of hours.

(j) Television broadcast booster sta-tions provide a means whereby the li-censee of a television broadcast stationmay provide service to areas of low sig-nal strength in any region within theprimary station’s Grade B contour. The

booster station may not be located out-side the predicted Grade B of its pri-mary station nor may the predictedGrade B signal of the television boosterstation extend beyond the predictedGrade B contour of the primary sta-tion. A television broadcast boosterstation is authorized to retransmitonly the signals of its primary station;it shall not retransmit the signals of any other stations nor make inde-

pendent transmissions. However, lo-cally generated signals may be used toexcite the booster apparatus for thepurpose of conducting tests and meas-urements essential to the proper in-stallation and maintenance of the ap-paratus.

(k) The transmissions of a televisionbroadcast booster station shall be in-tended for direct reception by the gen-eral public. Such stations will not bepermitted to establish a point-to-pointtelevision relay system.

[28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 43FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 47 FR 21499, May 18,1982; 47 FR 40172, Sept. 13, 1982; 48 FR 21487,May 12, 1983; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987]

§ 74.732 Eligibility and licensing re-quirements.

(a) A license for a low power TV orTV translator station may be issued toany qualified individual, organizedgroup of individuals, broadcast stationlicensee, or local civil governmentalbody.

(b) More than one low power TV orTV translator station may be licensedto the same applicant whether or notsuch stations serve substantially thesame area. Low power TV and TV

translator stations are not counted forpurposes of §73.3555, concerning mul-tiple ownership.

(c) Only one channel will be assignedto each low power TV or TV translatorstation. Additional low power or trans-lator stations may be authorized toprovide additional reception. A sepa-rate application is required for eachstation and each application must becomplete in all respects.

(d) The FCC will not act on applica-tions for new low power TV or TVtranslator stations, for changes in fa-cilities of existing stations, or forchanges in output channel tendered bydisplaced stations pursuant to

§ 73.3572(a)(1), when such changes willresult in a major change until the ap-plicable time for filing a petition todeny has passed pursuant to §73.3584(c).

(e) A proposal to change the primaryTV station being retransmitted or anapplication of a licensed translator sta-tion to include low power TV stationoperation, i.e., program origination orsubscription service will be subjectonly to a notification requirement.




489


(f) Applications for transfer of owner-ship or control of a low power TV orTV translator station will be subject topetitions to deny.

(g) A television broadcast boosterstation will be authorized only to thelicensee or permittee of the televisionstation whose signals the booster willrebroadcast, to areas within the GradeB contour of the primary station.

(h) No numerical limit is placed onthe number of booster stations thatmay be licensed to a single licensee. Aseparate license is required for each

television broadcast booster station.

[47 FR 21499, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 49 FR 20504, May 15,1984; 52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 10571,Apr. 2, 1987; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987]

§ 74.733 UHF translator signal boost-ers.

(a) The licensee of a UHF televisionbroadcast translator station may beauthorized to operate one or more sig-nal boosters for the purpose of pro-viding reception to small shadowedareas within the area intended to beserved by the translator.

(b) The transmitting apparatus shallconsist of a simple linear radio fre-

quency amplifier, with one or moreamplifying stages, which is capable of receiving, amplifying, and retransmit-ting the signals of the parent trans-lator without significantly alteringany electrical characteristic of the re-ceived signal other than its amplitude.The maximum power input to the plateof the final radio frequency amplifiershall not exceed 5 watts.

(c) The amplifier shall be equippedwith suitable circuits which will auto-matically cause it to cease radiating if no signal is being received from theparent translator station. Care shall betaken in the design of the apparatus toinsure that out-of-band radiation is not

excessive and that adequate isolationis maintained between the input andoutput circuits to prevent unstable op-eration.

(d) The installation of the apparatusand its associated receiving and trans-mitting antennas shall be in accord-ance with accepted principles of goodengineering practice. Either hori-zontal, vertical, or circular polariza-tion of the electric field of the radiated

signal may be employed. If the isola-tion between the input and output cir-cuits depends in part upon the polariza-tion or directive properties of thetransmitting and receiving antennas,the installation shall be sufficientlyrugged to withstand the normal haz-ards of the environment.

(e) The operation of a UHF translatorsignal booster is subject to the condi-tion that no harmful interference iscaused to the reception of any station,broadcast or non-broadcast, other thanthe parent translator. The licensee of

the UHF translator signal booster isexpected to use reasonable diligence tominimize interference to the direct re-ception of the parent translator sta-tion.

(f) UHF translator signal boostersmay be operated unattended. Repairsand adjustments shall be made by aqualified person. The required quali-fications are set forth in §74.750 (g) and(h).

(g) An individual call sign will not beassigned to a UHF translator boosterstation. The retransmission of the callsign of the parent translator will serveas station identification.

(h) Applications for authority to con-struct and operate a UHF translatorsignal booster shall be submitted onFCC Form 346A. No construction of fa-cilities or installation of apparatus atthe proposed transmitter site shall bemade until a construction permittherefor has been issued by the Com-mission.

(i) The provisions of § 74.765 con-cerning posting of station license shallapply to a UHF translator signal boost-er except that the parent UHF trans-lator call sign, followed by the word‘‘Booster’’, shall be displayed at thesignal booster site.

(j) The provisions of §§74.767 and74.781 concerning marking and lightingof antenna structures and stationrecords, respectively, apply to UHFtranslator signal boosters.

NOTE: Effective July 11, 1975, no new UHFsignal boosters will be authorized. Licenseesof such existing boosters may make applica-tion for renewal of license or change in fa-cilities on the applicable FCC forms for Tele-vision Broadcast Translator Stations (Form346, for construction permits; 347, for licenseto cover construction permit; and 303-S, for




490

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.734

renewal of license). Report and Order, Dock-

et No. 20372. May 28, 1975.


FR 25022, June 12, 1975; 59 FR 63052, Dec. 7,

1994]

§ 74.734 Attended and unattended op-eration.

(a) Low power TV, TV translator, andTV booster stations may be operatedwithout a designated person in attend-ance if the following requirements aremet:

(1) If the transmitter site cannot bepromptly reached at all hours and inall seasons, means shall be provided sothat the transmitting apparatus can beturned on and off at will from a pointthat readily is accessible at all hoursand in all seasons.

(2) The transmitter also shall beequipped with suitable automatic cir-cuits that will place it in a nonradi-ating condition in the absence of a sig-nal on the input channel or circuit.

(3) The transmitting and the ON/OFFcontrol, if at a location other than thetransmitter site, shall be adequatelyprotected against tampering by unau-thorized persons.

(4) A letter notification must be filedwith the FCC in Washington, DC, At-tention: Video Division, Media Bureau,providing the name, address, and tele-phone number of a person or personswho may be called to secure suspensionof operation of the transmitter prompt-ly should such action be deemed nec-essary by the FCC. Such informationshall be kept current by the licensee.

(5) In cases where the antenna andsupporting structure are considered tobe a hazard to air navigation and arerequired to be painted and lightedunder the provisions of part 17 of theRules, the licensee shall make suitablearrangements for the daily observa-

tions, when required, and lightingequipment inspections required by§§ 17.37 and 17.38 of the FCC rules.

(b) An application for authority toconstruct a new low power TV station(when rebroadcasting the programs of another station) or TV translator sta-tion or to make changes in the facili-ties of an authorized station, and thatproposes unattended operation, shallinclude an adequate showing as to the

manner of compliance with this sec-

tion.


FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1,

1995; 63 FR 33878, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13233,

Mar. 21, 2002]


(a) The maximum peak effective radi-

ated power (ERP) of an analog low

power TV, TV translator, or TV boost-

er station shall not exceed:

(1) 3 kW for VHF channels 2–13; and

(2) 150 kW for UHF channels 14–69.(b) The maximum ERP of a digital

low power TV, TV translator, or TV

booster station (average power) shall

not exceed:

(1) 300 watts for VHF channels 2–13;

and

(2) 15 kW for UHF channels 14–69.

(c) The limits in paragraphs (a) and

(b) apply separately to the effective ra-

diated powers that may be obtained by

the use of horizontally or vertically po-

larized transmitting antennas, pro-

viding the applicable provisions of

§§ 74.705, 74.706, 74.707 and 74.709 are

met. For either omnidirectional or di-

rectional antennas, where the ERP val-ues of the vertically and horizontally

polarized components are not of equal

strength, the ERP limits shall apply to

the polarization with the larger ERP.

Applications proposing the use of direc-

tional antenna systems must be accom-

panied by the following:

(1) Complete description of the pro-

posed antenna system, including the

manufacturer and model number of the

proposed directional antenna. It is not

acceptable to label the antenna with

only a generic term such as ‘‘Yagi’’ or

‘‘Dipole’’. A specific model number

must be provided. In the case of indi-

vidually designed antennas with nomodel number, or in the case of a com-

posite antenna composed of two ormore individual antennas, the antenna

should be described as a ‘‘custom’’ or‘‘composite’’ antenna, as appropriate.

A full description of the design of theantenna should also be submitted.

(2) Relative field horizontal planepattern (horizontal polarization only)

of the proposed directional antenna. A




491


value of 1.0 should be used for the max-imum radiation. The plot of the pat-tern should be oriented so that 0° cor-responds to the maximum radiation of the directional antenna or, alter-natively in the case of a symmetricalpattern, to the line of symmetry. The0° on the plot should be referenced tothe actual azimuth with respect to trueNorth.

(3) A tabulation of the relative fieldpattern required in paragraph (c)(2), of this section. The tabulation should usethe same zero degree reference as the

plotted pattern, and be tabulated atleast every 10°. In addition, tabulatedvalues of all maximas and minimas,with their corresponding azimuths,should be submitted.

(4) All horizontal plane patternsmust be plotted to the largest scalepossible on unglazed letter-size polarcoordinate paper (main engraving ap-proximately 18 cm × 25 cm (7 inches × 10inches)) using only scale divisions andsubdivisions of 1, 2, 2.5 or 5 times 10-nth. Values of field strength on anypattern less than 10% of the maximumfield strength plotted on that patternmust be shown on an enlarged scale.

(5) The horizontal plane patterns

that are required are the patterns forthe complete directional antenna sys-tem. In the case of a composite an-tenna composed of two or more indi-vidual antennas, this means that thepatterns for the composite antennacomposed of two or more individual an-tennas, not the patterns for each of theindividual antennas, must be sub-mitted.

[30 FR 8847, July 14, 1965, as amended at 41FR 28267, July 9, 1976; 47 FR 21500, May 18,1982; 48 FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 7423,Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987; 58 FR44951, Aug. 25, 1993; 62 FR 26722, May 14, 1997]

§ 74.736 Emissions and bandwidth.

(a) The license of a low power TV, TVtranslator, or TV booster station au-thorizes the transmission of the visualsignal by amplitude modulation (A5)and the accompanying aural signal byfrequency modulation (F3).

(b) Standard width television chan-nels will be assigned and the transmit-ting apparatus shall be operated so asto limit spurious emissions to the low-est practicable value. Any emissions

including intermodulation productsand radio frequency harmonics whichare not essential for the transmissionof the desired picture and sound infor-mation shall be considered to be spu-rious emissions.

(c) Any emissions appearing on fre-quencies more than 3 MHz above orbelow the upper and lower edges, re-spectively, of the assigned channelshall be attenuated no less than:

(1) 30 dB for transmitters rated at nomore than 1 watt power output.

(2) 50 dB for transmitters rated at

more than 1 watt power output.(3) 60 dB for transmitters rated at

more than 100 watts power output.(d) Greater attenuation than that

specified in paragraph (c) of this sec-tion may be required if interference re-sults from emissions outside the as-signed channel.

[28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 33FR 8677, June 13, 1968; 36 FR 19592, Oct. 8,1971; 47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 31404,Aug. 20, 1987]

§ 74.737 Antenna location.

(a) An applicant for a new low powerTV, TV translator, or TV booster sta-tion or for a change in the facilities of

an authorized station shall endeavor toselect a site that will provide a line-of-sight transmission path to the entirearea intended to be served and at whichthere is available a suitable signalfrom the primary station, if any, thatwill be retransmitted.

(b) The transmitting antenna shouldbe placed above growing vegetation andtrees lying in the direction of the areaintended to be served, to minimize thepossibility of signal absorption by foli-age.

(c) A site within 8 kilometers of thearea intended to be served is to be pre-ferred if the conditions in paragraph (a)of this section can be met.

(d) Consideration should be given tothe accessibility of the site at all sea-sons of the year and to the availabilityof facilities for the maintenance andoperation of the transmitting equip-ment.

(e) The transmitting antenna shouldbe located as near as is practical to thetransmitter to avoid the use of longtransmission lines and the associatedpower losses.




492

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.750

(f) Consideration should be given tothe existence of strong radio frequencyfields from other transmitters at thesite of the transmitting equipment andthe possibility that such fields may re-sult in the retransmissions of signalsoriginating on frequencies other thanthat of the primary station being re-broadcast.

[47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982, as amended at 52FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987]

§ 74.750 Transmission system facilities.

(a) A low power TV, TV translator, orTV booster station shall operate with atransmitter that is either certificatedfor licensing under the provisions of this subpart or type notified for useunder part 73 of this chapter.

(b) Transmitting antennas, antennasused to receive the signals to be re-broadcast, and transmission lines arenot certificated by the FCC. Externalpreamplifiers also may be used pro-vided that they do not cause improperoperation of the transmitting equip-ment, and use of such preamplifiers isnot necessary to meet the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section.

(c) The following requirements mustbe met before low power TV and TV

translator transmitters will be certifi-cated by the FCC:

(1) The equipment shall be so de-signed that the electrical characteris-tics of a standard television signal in-troduced into the input terminals willbe maintained at the output. The over-all response of the apparatus within itsassigned channel, when operating at itsrated power output and measured atthe output terminals, shall provide asmooth curve, varying within limitsseparated by no more than 4 dB: Pro-vided, however, That means may be pro-vided to reduce the amplitude of theaural carrier below those limits, if nec-essary to prevent intermodulation

which would mar the quality of the re-transmitted picture or result in emis-sions outside of the assigned channel.

(2) Radio frequency harmonics of thevisual and aural carriers, measured atthe output terminals of the trans-mitter, shall be attenuated no lessthan 60 dB below the peak visual out-put power within the assigned channel.All other emissions appearing on fre-quencies more than 3 megacycles above

or below the upper and lower edges, re-spectively, of the assigned channelshall be attenuated no less than:

(i) 30 dB for transmitters rated at nomore than 1 watt power output.

(ii) 50 dB for transmitters rated atmore than 1 watt power output.

(iii) 60 dB for transmitters rated atmore than 100 watts power output.

(3) When subjected to variations inambient temperature between minus 30degrees and plus 50 degrees Centigradeand variations in power main voltage

between 85 percent and 115 percent of rated power supply voltage, the localoscillator frequency stability shallmaintain the operating frequency with-in:

(i) 0.02 percent of its rated frequencyfor transmitters rated at no more than100 watts peak visual power.

(ii) 0.002 percent of the rated fre-quency for transmitters rated at morethan 100 watts peak visual power.

(iii) Plus or minus 1 kHz of its ratedfrequency for transmitters to be usedat stations employing offset carrierfrequency operation.

(4) The apparatus shall contain auto-matic circuits which will maintain the

peak visual power output constantwithin 2 dB when the strength of theinput signal is varied over a range of 30dB and which will not permit the peakvisual power output to exceed the max-imum rated power output under anycondition. If a manual adjustment isprovided to compensate for differentaverage signal strengths, provisionshall be made for determining theproper setting for the control, and if improper adjustment of the controlcould result in improper operation, alabel shall be affixed at the adjustmentcontrol bearing a suitable warning.

(5) The apparatus must be equippedwith automatic controls that will place

it in a non-radiating condition when nosignal is being received on the inputchannel, either due to absence of atransmitted signal or failure of the re-ceiving portion of the facilities usedfor rebroadcasting the signal of an-other station. The automatic controlmay include a time delay feature toprevent interruptions caused by fadingor other momentary failures of the in-coming signal.




493


(6) The tube or tubes employed in thefinal radio frequency amplifier shall beof the appropriate power rating to pro-vide the rated power output of thetranslator. The normal operating con-stants for operation at the rated poweroutput shall be specified. The appa-ratus shall be equipped with suitablemeters or meter jacks so that appro-priate voltage and current measure-ments may be made while the appa-ratus is in operation.

(7) The transmitters of over 0.001 kWpeak visual power (0.002 kW when cir-

cularly polarized antennas are used)shall be equipped with an automatickeying device that will transmit thecall sign of the station, in Inter-national Morse Code, at least once eachhour during the time the station is inoperation when operating in the trans-lator mode retransmitting the pro-gramming of a TV broadcast station.However, the identification by MorseCode is not required if the licensee of the low power TV or TV translator sta-tion has an agreement with the TVbroadcast station being rebroadcast totransmit aurally or visually the lowpower TV or TV translator station callas provided for in §74.783. Transmission

of the call sign can be accomplished by:(i) Frequency shift keying; the aural

and visual carrier shift shall not be lessthan 5 kHz or greater than 25 kHz.

(ii) Amplitude modulation of theaural carrier of at least 30% modula-tion. The audio frequency tone usedshall not be within 200 hertz of theEmergency Broadcast System Atten-tion Signal alerting frequencies.

(8) Wiring, shielding, and construc-tion shall be in accordance with ac-cepted principles of good engineeringpractice.

(d) Low power TV, TV translator andtransmitting equipment using a modu-lation process for either program origi-

nation or rebroadcasting TV boostertransmitting equipment using a modu-lation process must meet the followingrequirements:

(1) The equipment shall meet the re-quirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and(b)(3) of § 73.687.

(2) The stability of the equipmentshall be sufficient to maintain the op-erating frequency of the aural carrierto 4.5 MHz ± 1kHz above the visual car-

rier when subjected to variations in

ambient temperature between 30° and

+50° centigrade and variations in power

main voltage between 85 and 115 per-

cent of rated power supply voltage.

(e) Certification will be granted only

upon a satisfactory showing that the

apparatus is capable of meeting the re-

quirements of paragraphs (c) and (d) of

this section. The following procedures

shall apply:

(1) Any manufacturer of apparatus

intended for use at low power TV, TV

translator, or TV booster stations mayrequest certification by following the

procedures set forth in part 2, subpart

J, of this chapter.

(2) Low power TV, TV translator, and

TV booster transmitting apparatus

that has been certificated by the FCC

will normally be authorized without

additional measurements from the ap-

plicant or licensee.

(3) Applications for certification of

modulators to be used with existing

certificated TV translator apparatus

must include the specifications elec-

trical and mechanical interconnecting

requirements for the apparatus with

which it is designed to be used.(4) Other rules concerning certifi-

cation, including information regard-

ing withdrawal of type acceptance,

modification of certificated equipment

and limitations on the findings upon

which certification is based, are set

forth in part 2, subpart J, of this chap-

ter.

(f) The transmitting antenna system

may be designed to produce horizontal,

vertical, or circular polarization.

(g) Low power TV, TV translator, or

TV booster stations installing new cer-

tificated transmitting apparatus incor-

porating modulating equipment need

not make equipment performance

measurements and shall so indicate on

the station license application. Sta-

tions adding new or replacing modu-

lating equipment in existing low power

TV, TV translator, or TV booster sta-

tion transmitting apparatus must have

a qualified person examine the trans-

mitting system after installation. This

person must certify in the application




494

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.751

for the station license that the trans-mitting equipment meets the require-ments of paragraph (d)(1) of this sec-tion. A report of the methods, measure-ments, and results must be kept in thestation records. However, stations in-stalling modulating equipment solelyfor the limited local origination of sig-nals permitted by §74.731 need not com-ply with the requirements of this para-graph.

[28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 33FR 8677, June 13, 1968; 36 FR 19592, Oct. 8,1971; 37 FR 25844, Dec. 5, 1972; 41 FR 17552,

Apr. 27, 1976; 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 46 FR35465, July 8, 1981; 47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982;47 FR 30496, July 14, 1982; 52 FR 31404, Aug.20, 1987; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995; 62 FR 26722,May 14, 1997; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998]

§ 74.751 Modification of transmissionsystems.

(a) No change, either mechanical orelectrical, may be made in apparatuswhich has been certificated by theCommission without prior authority of the Commission. If such prior author-ity has been given to the manufacturerof certificated equipment, the manu-facturer may issue instructions forsuch changes citing its authority. Insuch cases, individual licensees are notrequired to secure prior Commissionapproval but shall notify the Commis-sion when such changes are completed.

(b) Formal application (FCC Form346) is required for any of the followingchanges:

(1) Replacement of the transmitter asa whole, except replacement with atransmitter of identical power ratingwhich has been certificated by the FCCfor use by low power TV, TV trans-lator, and TV booster stations, or anychange which could result in a changein the electrical characteristics or per-formance of the station.

(2) Any change in the transmittingantenna system, including the direc-

tion of radiation, directive antennapattern, antenna gain, transmissionline loss characteristics, or height of antenna center of radiation.

(3) Any change in the overall heightof the antenna structure, except wherenotice to the Federal Aviation Admin-istration is specifically not requiredunder §17.14(b) of this chapter.

(4) Any horizontal change of the loca-tion of the antenna structure which

would (i) be in excess of 152.4 meters(500 feet), or (ii) require notice to theFederal Aviation Administration pur-suant to §17.7 of the FCC’s Rules.

(5) A change in frequency assign-ment.

(6) Any changes in the location of thetransmitter except within the samebuilding or upon the same pole ortower.

(7) A change of authorized operatingpower.

(c) Other equipment changes not spe-

cifically referred to in paragraphs (a)and (b) of this section may be made atthe discretion of the licensee, providedthat the FCC in Washington, DC, At-tention: Video Division, Media Bureau,is notified in writing upon the comple-tion of such changes.

(d) Upon installation of new or re-placement transmitting equipment forwhich prior FCC authority is not re-quired under the provisions of this sec-tion, the licensee must place in the sta-tion records a certification that thenew installation complies in all re-spects with the technical requirementsof this part and the station authoriza-tion.

[28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 39 FR 38652, Nov. 1,1974; 45 FR 26067, Apr. 17, 1980; 47 FR 21501,May 18, 1982; 48 FR 41423, Sept. 15, 1983; 50 FR23710, June 5, 1985; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987;63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 63 FR 36605, July 7,1998; 67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002]


The licensee of a low power TV, TVtranslator, or TV booster station shallmaintain the transmitter output fre-quencies as set forth below. The fre-quency tolerance of stations using di-rect frequency conversion of a receivedsignal and not engaging in offset car-rier operation as set forth in paragraph

(d) of this section will be referenced tothe authorized plus or minus 10 kHzoffset, if any, of the primary station.

(a) The visual carrier shall be main-tained to within 0.02 percent of the as-signed visual carrier frequency fortransmitters rated at not more than100 watts peak visual power.

(b) The visual carrier shall be main-tained to within 0.002 percent of the as-signed visual carrier frequency for




495


transmitters rated at more than 100watts peak visual power.

(c) The aural carrier of stations em-ploying modulating equipment shall bemaintained at 4.5 MHz ±1 kHz abovethe visual carrier frequency.

(d) The visual carrier shall be main-tained to within 1 kHz of the assignedchannel carrier frequency if the lowpower TV, TV translator, or TV boost-er station is authorized with a specifiedoffset designation in order to provideprotection under the provisions of § 74.705 or § 74.707.

[43 FR 1952, Jan. 13, 1978, as amended at 52FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987]

§ 74.762 Frequency measurements.

(a) The licensee of a low power TVstation, a TV translator, or a TV boost-er station must measure the carrierfrequencies of its output channel asoften as necessary to ensure operationwithin the specified tolerances, and atleast once each calendar year at inter-vals not exceeding 14 months.

(b) In the event that a low power TV,TV translator, or TV booster station isfound to be operating beyond the fre-quency tolerance prescribed in § 74.761,

the licensee promptly shall suspend op-eration of the transmitter and shallnot resume operation until transmitterhas been restored to its assigned fre-quencies. Adjustment of the frequencydetermining circuits of the transmittershall be made only by a qualified per-son in accordance with §74.750(g).

[52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987]

§ 74.763 Time of operation.

(a) A low power TV, TV translator, orTV booster station is not required toadhere to any regular schedule of oper-ation. However, the licensee of a TVtranslator or TV booster station is ex-pected to provide service to the extent

that such is within its control and toavoid unwarranted interruptions in theservice provided.

(b) In the event that causes beyondthe control of the low power TV or TVtranslator station licensee make it im-possible to continue operating, the li-censee may discontinue operation for aperiod of not more than 30 days with-out further authority from the FCC.Notification must be sent to the FCC

in Washington, DC, Attention: VideoDivision, Media Bureau, not later thanthe 10th day of discontinued operation.During such period, the licensee shallcontinue to adhere to the requirementsin the station license pertaining to thelighting of antenna structures. In theevent normal operation is restoredprior to the expiration of the 30 day pe-riod, the FCC in Washington, DC, At-tention: Video Division, Media Bureau,shall be notified in writing of the datenormal operations resumed. If causesbeyond the control of the licensee

make it impossible to comply withinthe allowed period, a request for Spe-cial Temporary Authority (see § 73.1635of this chapter) shall be made to theFCC no later than the 30th day for suchadditional time as may be deemed nec-essary.

(c) Failure of a low power TV, TVtranslator, or TV booster station to op-erate for a period of 30 days or more,except for causes beyond the control of the licensee, shall be deemed evidenceof discontinuation of operation and thelicense of the station may be cancelledat the discretion of the FCC. Further-more, the station’s license will expireas a matter of law, without regard to

any causes beyond control of the li-censee, if the station fails to transmitbroadcast signals for any consecutive12-month period, notwithstanding anyprovision, term, or condition of the li-cense to the contrary.

(d) A television broadcast translatorstation shall not be permitted to radi-ate during extended periods when sig-nals of the primary station are notbeing retransmitted.

[28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 52FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20,1987; 61 FR 28768, June 6, 1996; 63 FR 33879,June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002]

§ 74.765 Posting of station and oper-

ator licenses.(a) The station license and any other

instrument of authorization or indi-vidual order concerning the construc-tion of the station or manner of oper-ation shall be kept in the stationrecord file so as to be available for in-spection upon request of authorizedrepresentatives of the FCC.

(b) The call sign of the station, to-gether with the name, address, and




496

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.769

telephone number of the licensee orlocal representative of the licensee, if the licensee does not reside in the com-munity served by the station, and thename and address of the person andplace where the station records aremaintained, shall be displayed at thetransmitter site on the structure sup-porting the transmitting antenna, soas to be visible to a person standing onthe ground. The display shall be main-tained in legible condition by the li-censee.

[47 FR 21502, May 18, 1982, as amended at 52FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1,1995]

§ 74.769 Copies of rules.

The licensee or permittee of a stationauthorized under this subpart shallhave a current copy of Volume I andVolume III of the Commission’s Rules.Each such licensee or permittee shallbe familiar with those rules relating tostations authorized under this subpart.Copies of the Commission’s rules maybe obtained from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Of-fice, Washington, DC 20402.

[60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 74.780 Broadcast regulations applica-ble to translators, low power, andbooster stations.

The following rules are applicable toTV translator, low power TV, and TVbooster stations:

Section 73.653—Operation of TV aural andvisual transmitters.

Section 73.658—Affiliation agreements andnetwork program practices; territorial ex-clusivity in non-network program arrange-ments.

Part 73, Subpart G—Emergency BroadcastSystem (for low power TV stations locallyoriginating programming as defined by§74.701(h)).

Section 73.1201—Station identification (for

low power TV stations locally originatingprogramming as defined by §74.701(h)).Section 73.1206—Broadcast of telephone con-

versations.Section 73.1207—Rebroadcasts.Section 73.1208—Broadcast of taped, filmed

or recorded material.Section 73.1211—Broadcast of lottery infor-

mation.Section 73.1212—Sponsorship identifications;

list retention, related requirements.Section 73.1216—Licensee conducted con-

tests.

Section 73.1510—Experimental authoriza-tions.

Section 73.1515—Special field test authoriza-tions.

Section 73.1615—Operation during modifica-tions of facilities.

Section 73.1635—Special temporary author-izations (STA).

Section 73.1650—International broadcastingagreements.

Section 73.1680—Emergency antennas.Section 73.1692—Construction near or instal-

lations on an AM broadcast tower.Section 73.1940—Broadcasts by candidates for

public office.Section 73.2080—Equal employment opportu-

nities (for low power TV stations only).Section 73.3500—Application and report

forms.Section 73.3511—Applications required.Section 73.3512—Where to file; number of

copies.Section 73.3513—Signing of applications.Section 73.3514—Content of applications.Section 73.3516—Specification of facilities.Section 73.3517—Contingent applications.Section 73.3518—Inconsistent or conflicting

applications.Section 73.3519—Repetitious applications.Section 73.3521—Mutually exclusive applica-

tions for low power TV and TV translatorstations.

Section 73.3522—Amendment of applications.Section 73.3525—Agreements for removing

application conflicts.

Section 73.3533—Application for constructionpermit or modification of construction per-mit.

Section 73.3534—Application for extension of construction permit or for constructionpermit to replace expired construction per-mit.

Section 73.3536—Application for license tocover construction permit.

Section 73.3538 (a)(1)(3)(4), (b)(2)—Applicationto make changes in existing station.

Section 73.3539—Application for renewal of license.

Section 73.3540—Application for voluntaryassignment of transfer of control.

Section 73.3541—Application for involuntaryassignment or transfer of control.

Section 73.3542—Application for emergencyauthorization.

Section 73.3544—Application to obtain amodified station license.Section 73.3545—Application for permit to de-

liver programs to foreign stations.Section 73.3550—Requests for new or modi-

fied call sign assignments.Section 73.3561—Staff consideration of appli-

cations requiring Commission action.Section 73.3562—Staff consideration of appli-

cations not requiring action by the Com-mission.

Section 73.3564—Acceptance of applications.Section 73.3566—Defective applications.




497


Section 73.3568—Dismissal of applications.Section 73.3572—Processing of TV broadcast,

low power TV, and TV translator stationapplications.

Section 73.3580—Local public notice of filingof broadcast applications.

Section 73.3584—Petitions to deny.Section 73.3587—Informal objections.Section 73.3591—Grants without hearing.Section 73.3593—Designation for hearing.Section 73.3594—Local public notice of des-

ignation for hearing.Section 73.3597—Procedures on transfer and

assignment applications.Section 73.3598—Period of construction.Section 73.3599—Forfeiture of construction

permit.Section 73.3601—Simultaneous modification

and renewal of license.Section 73.3603—Special waiver procedure

relative to applications.Section 73.3612—Annual employment report

(for low power TV stations only).Section 73.3613—Filing of contracts (network

affiliation contracts for low power TV sta-tions only).

[52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987, as amended at 52FR 25867, July 9, 1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20,1987; 56 FR 28099, June 19, 1991; 59 FR 31557,June 20, 1994; 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997]


(a) The licensee of a low power TV,TV translator, or TV booster station

shall maintain adequate stationrecords, including the current instru-ment of authorization, official cor-respondence with the FCC, contracts,permission for rebroadcasts, and otherpertinent documents.

(b) Entries required by §17.49 of thisChapter concerning any observed orotherwise known extinguishment orimproper functioning of a tower light:

(1) The nature of such extinguish-ment or improper functioning.

(2) The date and time the extinguish-ment or improper operation was ob-served or otherwise noted.

(3) The date, time and nature of ad-justments, repairs or replacements

made.(c) The station records shall be main-

tained for inspection at a residence, of-fice, or public building, place of busi-ness, or other suitable place, in one of the communities of license of thetranslator or booster, except that thestation records of a booster or trans-lator licensed to the licensee of the pri-mary station may be kept at the sameplace where the primary station

records are kept. The name of the per-son keeping station records, togetherwith the address of the place where therecords are kept, shall be posted in ac-cordance with §74.765(c) of the rules.The station records shall be madeavailable upon request to any author-ized representative of the Commission.

(d) Station logs and records shall beretained for a period of two years.

[48 FR 44806, Sept. 30, 1983, as amended at 52

FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987]

§ 74.783 Station identification.(a) Each low power TV and TV trans-

lator station not originating local pro-gramming as defined by §74.701(h) oper-ating over 0.001 kw peak visual power(0.002 kw when using circularly polar-ized antennas) must transmit its sta-tion identification as follows:

(1) By transmitting the call sign inInternational Morse Code at least onceeach hour. This transmission may beaccomplished by means of an auto-matic device as required by§ 74.750(c)(7). Call sign transmissionshall be made at a code speed not in ex-cess of 20 words per minute; or

(2) By arranging for the primary sta-tion, whose signal is being rebroadcast,to identify the translator station bytransmitting an easily readable visualpresentation or a clearly understand-able aural presentation of the trans-lator station’s call letters and location.Two such identifications shall be madebetween 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. and 3 p.m.and 5 p.m. each broadcast day at ap-proximately one hour intervals duringeach time period. Television stationswhich do not begin their broadcast daybefore 9 a.m. shall make these identi-fications in the hours closest to thesetime periods at the specified intervals.

(b) Licensees of television translators

whose station identification is made bythe television station whose signals arebeing rebroadcast by the translator,must secure agreement with this tele-vision station licensee to keep in itsfile, and available to FCC personnel,the translator’s call letters and loca-tion, giving the name, address and tele-phone number of the licensee or hisservice representative to be contactedin the event of malfunction of the




498

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.784

translator. It shall be the responsi-bility of the translator licensee to fur-nish current information to the tele-vision station licensee for this purpose.

(c) A low power TV station shallcomply with the station identificationprocedures given in §73.1201 when lo-cally originating programming, as de-fined by § 74.701(h). The identificationprocedures given in paragraphs (a) and(b) are to be used at all other times.

(d) Call signs for low power TV andTV translator stations will be made upof the initial letter K or W followed bythe channel number assigned to thestation and two additional letters. Theuse of the initial letter generally willfollow the pattern used in the broad-cast service, i.e., stations west of theMississippi River will be assigned aninitial letter K and those east, the let-ter W. The two letter combinations fol-lowing the channel number will be as-signed in order and requests for the as-signment of the particular combina-tions of letters will not be considered.The channel number designator forChannels 2 through 9 will be incor-porated in the call sign as a 2-digitnumber, i.e., 02, 03, . . . ., so as to avoid

similarities with call signs assigned toamateur radio stations.

(e) Low power TV permittees or li-censees may request that they be as-signed four-letter call signs in lieu of the five-character alpha-numeric callsigns described in paragraph (d) of thissection. Parties requesting four-lettercall signs are to follow the proceduresdelineated in §73.3550 of this chapter.Such four-letter call signs shall beginwith K or W; stations west of the Mis-sissippi River will be assigned an ini-tial letter K and stations east of theMississippi River will be assigned aninitial letter W. The four-letter callsign will be followed by the suffix ‘‘-

LP.’’(f) TV broadcast booster station shall

be identified by their primary stationsby broadcasting of the primary sta-tion’s call letters and location in ac-cordance with the provisions of § 73.1201of this chapter.

[41 FR 17552, Apr. 27, 1976, as amended at 47FR 21502, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 7424, Mar. 11,1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; 59 FR 31557,June 20, 1994; 63 FR 71604, Dec. 29, 1998]


(a) The term rebroadcast means thereception by radio of the programs or

other signals of a radio or televisionstation and the simultaneous or subse-

quent retransmission of such programsor signals for direct reception by the

general public.

(b) The licensee of a low power TV or

TV translator station shall not re-broadcast the programs of any other

TV broadcast station or other stationauthorized under the provisions of this

Subpart without obtaining prior con-sent of the station whose signals or

programs are proposed to be retrans-mitted. The FCC, Attention: Video Di-

vision, Media Bureau, shall be notifiedof the call letters of each station re-

broadcast, and the licensee of the lowpower TV or TV broadcast translator

station shall certify it has obtained

written consent from the licensee of the station whose programs are being

retransmitted.

(c) A TV translator station may re-broadcast only programs and signals

that are simultaneously transmittedby a TV broadcast station.

(d) A TV booster station may re-broadcast only programs and signals

that are simultaneously transmittedby the primary station to which it isauthorized.

(e) The provisions of §73.1207 of part73 of this chapter apply to low powerTV stations in transmitting any mate-rial during periods of program origina-tion obtained from the transmissionsof any other type of station.

(Sec. 325, 48 Stat. 1091; 47 U.S.C. 325)


FR 21502, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20,

1987; 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13234,

Mar. 21, 2002]

§ 74.785 Low power TV digital dataservice pilot project.

Low power TV stations authorizedpursuant to the LPTV Digital DataServices Act (Public Law 106–554, 114Stat. 4577, December 1, 2000) to partici-pate in a digital data service pilotproject shall be subject to the provi-sions of the Commission Order imple-menting that Act. FCC 01–137, adopted




499


April 19, 2001, as modified by the Com-mission Order on Reconsideration, FCC02–40, adopted February 12, 2002.

[67 FR 9621, Mar. 4, 2002]

§ 74.786 Digital channel assignments.

(a) An applicant for a new low powertelevision or television translator dig-ital station or for changes in the facili-ties of an authorized digital stationshall endeavor to select a channel onwhich its operation is not likely tocause interference. The applications

must be specific with regard to thechannel requested. Only one channelwill be assigned each station.

(b) Any one of the 12 standard VHFChannels (2 to 13 inclusive) may be as-signed to a VHF digital low power tele-vision or television translator station.Channels 5 and 6 assigned in Alaskashall not cause harmful interference toand must accept interference from non-Government fixed operation authorizedprior to January 1, 1982.

(c) UHF channels 14 to 36 and 38 to 51may be assigned to a UHF digital lowpower television or television trans-lator station. In accordance with§ 73.603(c) of this chapter, Channel 37will not be assigned to such stations.

(d) UHF Channels 52–59 may be as-signed to a digital low power televisionor television translator station for useas a digital conversion channel. Thesechannels may also be assigned as acompanion digital channel if the appli-cant is able to demonstrate that a suit-able in core channel is not available.Stations proposing use of such chan-nels shall notify all potentially af-fected 700 MHz wireless licensees notlater than 30 days prior to the submis-sion of their application (FCC Form346). Applicants shall notify wireless li-censees of the 700 MHz spectrum com-prising the same TV channel and theadjacent channel within whose licensed

geographic boundaries the digitalLPTV or translator station is proposedto be located, and also notify licenseesof co-channel and adjacent channelspectrum whose service boundaries liewithin 75 miles and 50 miles, respec-tively, of their proposed station loca-tion. Specific information for this pur-pose can be obtained from the Commis-sion’s auction Web site at http:// www.fcc.gov/auctions.

(e) UHF Channels 60–69 may be as-

signed to a digital low power television

or television translator station for use

as a digital conversion channel only.

Stations proposing use of such chan-

nels shall notify all potentially affect

700 MHz commercial licensees not later

than 30 days prior to the submission of

their application (FCC Form 346) in the

manner provided in paragraph of this

section. Stations proposing use of

channels 63, 64, 68 and 69 must secure a

coordinated spectrum use agreement

with the pertinent 700 MHz public safe-ty regional planning committee and

state administrator prior to the sub-

mission of their application (FCC Form

346). Coordination shall be undertaken

with regional planning committee and

state administrator of the region and

state within which the digital LPTV or

translator station is proposed to be lo-

cated, and those of adjoining regions

and states with boundaries within 75

miles of the proposed station location.

Stations proposing use of channels 62,

65, and 67 must notify the pertinent re-

gional planning committee and state

administrator not later than 30 days

prior to the submission of their appli-

cation (FCC Form 346). Notification

shall be made to the regional and state

administrators of region and state

within which the digital LPTV or

translator station is proposed to be lo-

cated, and those of adjoining regions

and states with boundaries within 50

miles of the proposed station location.

Information for this purpose is avail-

able at the above web site and also at

the following internet sites: http://wire-

less.fcc.gov/

publicsafety700MHzregional.html, http://

wireless.fcc.gov/publicsafety/700MHz/

state.html, and http://wireless.fcc.gov/

publicsafety/700MHz/interop-con-

tacts.html.(f) Application for new analog low

power television or television trans-

lator stations specifying operation

above Channel 51 will not be accepted

for filing. Applications for displace-

ment relief on channels above 51 will

continue to be accepted.

[69 FR 69332, Nov. 29, 2004]




500

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.787

§ 74.787 Digital licensing.

(a) Applications for digital low powertelevision and television translator sta-tions —(1) Applications for digital conver-sion. Applications for digital conversionchannels may be filed at any time.Such applications shall be filed on FCCForm 346 and will be treated as a minorchange application. There will be noapplication fee.

(2) Applications for companion digitalchannel. (i) A public notice will specifya time period or ‘‘window’’ for filingapplications for companion digitalchannels. During this window, only ex-isting low power television or tele-vision translator stations or licenseesand permittees of Class A TV stationsmay submit applications for com-panion digital channels. Applicationssubmitted prior to the initial windowidentified in the public notice will bereturned as premature. At a subse-quent time, a public notice will an-nouncement the commencement of afiling procedure in which applicationswill accepted on a first-come, first-served basis not restricted to existingstation licensees and permittees;

(ii) Applications for companion dig-ital channels filed during the initial

window shall be filed in accordancewith the provisions of §§ 1.2105 and73.5002 of this chapter regarding thesubmission of the short-form applica-tion, FCC Form 175, and all appropriatecertifications, information and exhib-its contained therein. To determinewhich applicants are mutually exclu-sive, applicants must submit the engi-neering data contained in FCC Form346 as a supplement to its short-formapplication. Such engineering data willnot be studied for technical accept-ability, but will be protected from sub-sequently filed applications as of theclose of the initial window period. De-terminations as to the acceptability or

grantability of an applicant’s proposalwill not be made prior to an auction;

(iii) After the close of the initial win-dow, a public notice will identify theshort-form applications received dur-ing the window filing period which arefound to be mutually exclusive. Suchshort-form applications will be re-solved via the Commission’s Part 1 andbroadcast competitive bidding rules,§§1.2100 et seq., and §§ 73.5000 et seq. of

this chapter. Such applicants shall beafforded an opportunity to submit set-tlements and engineering solutions toresolve mutual exclusivity pursuant to§ 73.5002(d) of this chapter;

(iv) After the close of the window, apublic notice will identify short-formapplications received that are found tobe non-mutually exclusive. All non-mutually exclusive applicants will berequired to submit an FCC Form 346pursuant to §73.5005 of this chapter.Such applications shall be processedpursuant to §73.5006 of this chapter;and

(v) With regard to fees, an applica-tion (FCC Form 346) for companion dig-ital channels shall be treated as aminor change application and therewill be no application fee.

(3) Construction permit applications fornew stations, major changes to existingstations in the low power television serv-ice. A public notice will specify thedate upon which interested parties maybegin to file applications for new sta-tions and major facilities changes toexisting stations in the low power tele-vision service. It will specify param-eters for any applications that may be

filed. Applications submitted prior todate announced by the public noticewill be returned as premature. Such ap-plications shall be accepted on a first-come, first-served basis, and shall befiled on FCC Form 346. Applications fornew or major change shall be subject tothe appropriate application fee. Mutu-ally exclusive applications shall be re-solved via the Commission’s part 1 andbroadcast competitive bidding rules,§ 1.2100 et seq., and §73.5000 et seq. of thischapter. Such applicants shall be af-forded an opportunity to submit settle-ments and engineering solutions to re-solve mutual exclusivity pursuant to§ 73.5002(d) of this chapter.

(4) Displacement applications. A digitallow power television or televisiontranslator station which is causing orreceiving interference or is predictedto cause or receive interference to orfrom an authorized TV broadcast sta-tion, DTV station or allotment orother protected station or service, mayat any time file a displacement relief application for change in channel, to-gether with technical modifications




501


that are necessary to avoid inter-ference or continue serving the sta-tion’s protected service area, providedthe proposed transmitter site is not lo-cated more than 30 miles from the ref-erence coordinates of the existing sta-tion’s community of license. See § 76.53of this chapter. A displacement relief application shall be filed on FCC Form346 and will be considered a minorchange and will be placed on public no-tice for a period of not less than 30days to permit the filing of petitions todeny. These applications will not be

subject to the filing of competing ap-plications. Where a displacement relief application for a digital low power tel-evision or television translator stationbecomes mutually exclusive the appli-cation(s) for new analog or digital lowpower television or television trans-lator stations, with a displacement re-lief application for an analog lowpower television or television trans-lator station, or with other non-dis-placement relief applications for facili-ties modifications of analog or digitallow power television or televisiontranslator stations, priority will be af-forded to the displacement applicationfor the digital low power television or

television translator station to the ex-clusion of other applications. Mutuallyexclusive displacement relief applica-tions for digital low power televisionand television translator stations shallbe resolved via the Commission’s part 1and broadcast competitive biddingrules, § 1.2100 et seq., and §73.5000 et seq.of this chapter. Such applicants shallbe afforded an opportunity to submitsettlements and engineering solutionsto resolve mutual exclusivity pursuantto § 73.5002(d) of this chapter.

(5) Application for replacement digitaltelevision translator. (i) An applicationfor a replacement digital televisiontranslator may be filed at any time. A

license for a replacement digital tele-vision translator will be issued only toa television broadcast station licenseethat demonstrates in its applicationthat a portion of the station’s pre-tran-sition analog service area will not beserved by its full, post-transition dig-ital facilities and that the proposedtranslator will be used to provide serv-ice to the area where service has beenlost.’’ Replacement digital television

translators may operate on channels 2–

51. Applications for replacement digital

television translator shall be given

processing priority over all other low

power television and TV translator ap-plications except displacement applica-

tions (with which they shall have co-equal priority) as set forth in 47 CFR

73.3572(a)(4)(ii). The service area of thereplacement translator shall be limited

to only a demonstrated loss area with-in the full-service station’s pre-transi-

tion analog service area. ‘‘Analog serv-

ice area’’ is defined as the existing, au-thorized, protected service area actu-ally served by the analog signal prior

to analog termination for the DTVtransition. An applicant for a replace-

ment digital television translator may

propose a de minimis expansion of itsfull-service pre-transition analog serv-

ice area upon demonstrating that theexpansion is necessary to replace its

analog loss area. The license for the re-placement digital television translator

will be associated with the full powerstation’s main license, will be assigned

the same call sign, may not be sepa-rately assigned or transferred, and will

be renewed with the full-service sta-

tion’s main license.(ii) Each original construction per-

mit for the construction of a replace-

ment digital television translator sta-tion shall specify a period of three

years from the date of issuance of theoriginal construction permit within

which construction shall be completedand application for license filed. The

provisions of § 74.788(c) of this chaptershall apply for stations seeking addi-

tional time to complete construction

of their replacement digital televisiontranslator station.

(iii) A public notice will specify the

date upon which interested parties may

begin to file applications for replace-ment digital television translators.Such applications shall be filed on FCC

Form 346, shall be treated as an appli-cation for minor change and shall be

accepted on a first-come, first-served

basis. Mutually exclusive applicationsshall be resolved via the Commission’s

part 1 and broadcast competitive bid-ding rules, § 1.2100 et seq. and § 73.5000 et

seq. of this chapter.




502

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.788

(iv) The following sections are appli-cable to replacement digital televisiontranslator stations:

§ 73.1030 Notifications concerning inter-ference to radio astronomy, research andreceiving installations.

§ 74.703 Interference.§ 74.709 Land mobile station protection.§ 74.734 Attended and unattended operation.§ 74.735 Power Limitations.§ 74.751 Modification of transmission sys-

tems.§ 74.763 Time of Operation.§ 74.765 Posting of station and operator li-

censes.

§ 74.769 Copies of rules.§ 74.780 Broadcast regulations applicable to

translators, low power, and booster sta-tions (except §73.653—Operation of TVaural and visual transmitters and§ 73.1201—Station identification).

§ 74.781 Station records.§ 74.784 Rebroadcasts.

(b) Definitions of ‘‘major’’ and ‘‘minor’’changes to digital low power televisionand television translator stations. (1) Ap-plications for major changes in digitallow power television and televisiontranslator stations include any changein the frequency (output channel) notrelated to displacement relief or trans-mitting antenna location where theprotected contour resulting from the

change does not overlap some portionof the protected contour of the author-ized facilities of the existing station.

(2) Other facilities changes will beconsidered minor.

[69 FR 69333, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 74FR 23655, May 20, 2009]

§ 74.788 Digital construction period.

(a) Each original construction permitfor the construction of a new digitallow power television or televisiontranslator station shall specify a pe-riod of three years from the date of issuance of the original constructionpermit within which construction shallbe completed and application for li-

cense filed.(b) Any construction permit for

which construction has not been com-pleted and for which an application forlicense or extension of time has notbeen filed, shall be automatically for-feited upon expiration without any fur-ther affirmative cancellation by theCommission.

(c) Authority delegated. (1) Authorityis delegated to the Chief, Media Bureau

to grant an extension of time of up tosix months beyond the relevant con-struction period for each original con-struction permit upon demonstrationby the digital licensee or permitteethat failure to meet the constructiondeadline is due to circumstances thatare either unforeseeable or beyond thelicensee’s control where the licenseehas take all reasonable steps to resolvethe problem expeditiously.

(2) Such circumstances shall include,but shall not be limited to:

(i) Inability to construct and place in

operation a facility necessary fortransmitting digital television, such asa tower, because of delays in obtainingzoning or FAA approvals, or similarconstraints;

(ii) The lack of equipment necessaryto obtain a digital television signal; or

(iii) Where the cost of constructionexceeds the station’s financial re-sources.

(3) The Bureau may grant no morethan two extension requests upon dele-gated authority. Subsequent extensionrequests shall be referred to the Com-mission. The Bureau may deny exten-sion requests upon delegated authority.

(4) Applications for extension of time

shall be filed no earlier than 90 and nolater than 60 days prior to the relevantconstruction deadline, absent a show-ing of sufficient reasons for filing with-in less than 60 days of the relevant con-struction deadline.

[69 FR 69334, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 74.789 Broadcast regulations applica-ble to digital low power televisionand television translator stations.

The following sections are applicableto digital low power television and tel-evision translator stations:

§ 73.1030 Notifications concerning in-terference to radio astronomy, re-search and receiving installations.

§ 74.600 Eligibility for license.§ 74.703 Interference.§ 74.709 Land mobile station protec-

tion.§ 74.732 Eligibility and licensing re-

quirements.§ 74.734 Attended and unattended oper-

ation.§ 74.735 Power limitations.§ 74.751 Modification of transmission

systems.




503


§ 74.763 Time of operation.§ 74.765 Posting of station and oper-

ator licenses.§ 74.769 Copies of rules.§ 74.780 Broadcast regulations applica-

ble to translators, low power, andbooster stations (except § 73.653— Operation of TV aural and visualtransmitters and § 73.1201—Stationidentification).

§ 74.781 Station records.§ 74.784 Rebroadcasts.

[69 FR 69334, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 74.790 Permissible service of digitalTV translator and LPTV stations.

(a) Digital TV translator stationsprovide a means whereby the signals of DTV broadcast stations may be re-transmitted to areas in which directreception of such DTV stations is un-satisfactory due to distance or inter-vening terrain barriers.

(b) Except as provided in paragraph(f) of this section, a digital TV trans-lator station may be used only to re-ceive the signals of a TV broadcast orDTV broadcast station, another digitalTV translator station, a TV translatorrelay station, a television intercityrelay station, a television STL station,

or other suitable sources such as aCARS or common carrier microwavestation, for the simultaneous retrans-mission of the programs and signals of a TV or DTV broadcast station. Suchretransmissions may be accomplishedby any of the following means:

(1) Reception of TV broadcast or DTVbroadcast station programs and signalsdirectly through space and conversionto a different channel by one of the fol-lowing transmission modes:

(i) Heterodyne frequency conversionand suitable amplification, subject to adigital output power limit of 30 wattsfor transmitters operating on channels14–69 and 3 watts for transmitters oper-

ating on channels 2–13; or(ii) Digital signal regeneration (i.e.,

DTV signal demodulation, decoding,error processing, encoding, remodula-tion, and frequency upconversion) andsuitable amplification; or,

(2) Demodulation, remodulation andamplification of TV broadcast or DTVbroadcast station programs and signalsreceived through a microwave trans-port.

(c) The transmissions of each digitalTV translator station shall be intendedfor direct reception by the general pub-lic, and any other use shall be inci-dental thereto. A digital TV translatorstation shall not be operated solely forthe purpose of relaying signals to oneor more fixed receiving points for re-transmission, distribution, or furtherrelaying.

(d) Except as provided in (e) and (f) of this section, the technical characteris-tics of the retransmitted signals shallnot be deliberately altered so as to

hinder reception on consumer DTVbroadcast receiving equipment.

(e) A digital TV translator stationshall not retransmit the programs andsignals of any TV broadcast or DTVbroadcast station(s) without the priorwritten consent of such station(s). Adigital TV translator may multiplex onits output channel the video programservices of two or more TV broadcastand/or DTV broadcast stations, pursu-ant to arrangements with all affectedstations, and for this limited purpose,is permitted to alter a TV broadcastand/or DTV broadcast signal.

(f) A digital TV translator stationmay transmit locally originated visual

and/or aural messages limited to emer-gency warnings of imminent danger, tolocal public service announcements(PSAs) and to seeking or acknowl-edging financial support deemed nec-essary to the continued operation of the station. Acknowledgments of finan-cial support may include identificationof the contributors, the size and natureof the contribution and the advertisingmessages of the contributors. Theoriginations concerning financial sup-port and PSAs are limited to 30 secondseach, no more than once per hour.Emergency transmissions shall be nolonger or more frequent than necessaryto protect life and property. Such

originations may be accomplished byany technical means agreed upon be-tween the TV translator and DTV sta-tion whose signal is being retrans-mitted, but must be capable of beingreceived on consumer DTV broadcastreception equipment. A digital TVtranslator shall modify, as necessaryto avoid DTV reception tuning con-flicts, the Program System and Infor-mation Protocol (PSIP) information in




504

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.791

the DTV broadcast signal being re-transmitted.

(g) A digital LPTV station may oper-ate under the following modes of serv-ice:

(1) For the retransmission of pro-gramming of a TV broadcast or DTVbroadcast station, subject to the priorwritten consent of the station whosesignal is being retransmitted;

(2) For the origination of program-ming and commercial matter as de-fined in §74.701(l).

(3) Whenever operating, a digital

LPTV station must transmit an over-the-air video program signal at no di-rect charge to viewers at least com-parable in resolution to that of its as-sociated analog (NTSC) LPTV stationor, in the case of an on-channel digitalconversion, that of its former analogLPTV station.

(4) A digital LPTV station may dy-namically alter the bit stream of itssignal to transmit one or more videoprogram services in any establishedDTV video format.

(h) A digital LPTV station is not sub-ject to minimum required hours of op-eration and may operate in either of the two modes described in paragraph

(g) of this section for any number of hours.(i) Upon transmitting a signal that

meets the requirements of paragraph(g)(3) of this section, a digital LPTVstation may offer services of any na-ture, consistent with the public inter-est, convenience, and necessity, on anancillary or supplementary basis in ac-cordance with the provisions of § 73.624(c) and (g) of this chapter.

(j) A digital LPTV station may notbe operated solely for the purpose of re-laying signals to one or more fixed re-ceiving points for retransmission, dis-tribution or relaying.

(k) A digital LPTV station may re-

ceive input signals for transmission orretransmission by any technicalmeans, including those specified inparagraph (b) of this section.

[69 FR 69334, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 74.791 Digital call signs.

(a) Digital low power stations. Callsigns for digital low power stations willbe made up of a prefix consisting of theinitial letter K or W followed by the

channel number assigned to the stationand two additional letters and a suffixconsisting of the letters ¥D.

(b) Digital television translator stations.Call signs for digital television trans-lator stations will be made up of a pre-fix consisting of the initial letter K orW followed by the channel number as-signed to the station and two addi-tional letters and a suffix consisting of the letter ¥D.

(c) Digital low power television stationsand Class A television stations. Digitallow power television and Class A tele-

vision stations may be assigned a callsign with a four-letter prefix pursuantto § 73.3550 of the Commission’s rules.Digital low power stations with four-letter prefixes will be assigned the suf-fix ¥LD and digital Class A stationswith four-letter prefixes will be as-signed the suffix ¥CD.

[69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 74.792 Digital low power TV and TV translator station protected con-tour.

(a) A digital low power TV or TVtranslator will be protected from inter-ference from other low power TV, TV

translator, Class A TV or TV boosterstations or digital low power TV, TVtranslator or Class A TV stations with-in the following predicted contours:

(1) 43 dBu for stations on Channels 2through 6;

(2) 48 dBu for stations on Channels 7through 13; and

(3) 51 dBu for stations on Channels 14through 69.

(b) The digital low power TV or TVtranslator protected contour is cal-culated from the authorized effectiveradiated power and antenna heightabove average terrain, using theF(50,90) signal propagation methodspecified in § 73.625(b)(1) of this chapter.

[69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 74.793 Digital low power TV and TV translator station protection of broadcast stations.

(a) An application to construct a newdigital low power TV or TV translatorstation or change the facilities of anexisting station will not be accepted if it fails to meet the interference protec-tion requirements in this section.




505


(b) Except as provided in this section,interference prediction analysis isbased on the interference thresholds(D/U signal strength ratios) and othercriteria and methods specified in§ 73.623(c)(2) through (c)(4) of this chap-ter. Predictions of interference to co-channel DTV broadcast, digital Class ATV, digital LPTV and digital TV trans-lator stations will be based on the in-terference thresholds specified thereinfor ‘‘DTV-into-DTV.’’ Predictions of in-terference to co-channel TV broadcast,Class A TV, LPTV and TV translator

stations will be based on the inter-ference threshold specified for ‘‘DTV-into-analog TV.’’ Predictions of inter-ference to TV broadcast, Class A TV,LPTV and TV translator stations withthe following channel relationships toa digital channel will be based on thethreshold values specified for ‘‘OtherAdjacent Channels (Channels 14–69only),’’ where N is the analog channel:N–2, N+2, N–3, N+3, N–4, N+4, N–7 , N+7,N–8, N+8, N+14, and N+15.

(c) The following D/U signal strengthratios (dB) shall apply to the protec-tion of stations on the first adjacentchannel. The D/U ratios for ‘‘DigitalTV-into-analog TV’’ shall apply to the

protection of TV broadcast, Class ATV, LPTV and TV translator stations.The D/U ratios for ‘‘Digital TV-into-digital TV’’ shall apply to the protec-tion of DTV, digital Class A TV, digitalLPTV and digital TV translator sta-tions. The D/U ratios correspond to thedigital LPTV or TV translator sta-tion’s specified out-of-channel emissionmask.

Simplemask

Stringentmask

Digital TV-into-analog TV .......... 10 0Digital TV-into-digital TV ........... ¥7 ¥12

(d) For analysis of predicted inter-ference from digital low power TV and

TV translator stations, the relativefield strength values of the assumedantenna vertical radiation pattern inTable 8 in OET Bulletin 69 shall be dou-bled up to a value of 1.0.

(e) Protection to the authorized fa-cilities of DTV broadcast stations shallbe based on not causing predicted in-terference to the population within theservice area defined and described in§ 73.622(e) of this chapter, except that a

digital low power TV or TV translatorstation must not cause a loss of serviceto 0.5 percent or more of the populationpredicted to receive service from theauthorized DTV facilities.

(f) Protection to the authorized fa-cilities of TV broadcast stations shallbe based on not causing predicted in-terference to the population within theGrade B field strength contours definedand described in §73.683 of this chapter,except that a digital low power TV orTV translator station must not cause aloss of service to 0.5 percent or more of

the population predicted to receiveservice from the authorized TV broad-cast facilities.

(g) Protection to the authorized fa-cilities of Class A and digital Class ATV stations shall be based on not caus-ing predicted interference to the popu-lation within the service area definedand described in §73.6010 (a) through (d)of this chapter, respectively, exceptthat a digital low power TV or TVtranslator station must not cause aloss of service to 0.5 percent or more of the population predicted to receiveservice from the authorized Class A TVor digital Class A TV facilities.

(h) Protection to the authorized fa-

cilities of low power TV and TV trans-lator stations and digital low power TVand TV translator stations shall bebased on not causing predicted inter-ference to the population within theservice area defined and described in§§74.707(a) and 74.792, respectively, ex-cept that a digital low power TV or TVtranslator station must not cause aloss of service to 2.0 percent or more of the population predicted to receiveservice from the authorized low powerTV, TV translator, digital low powerTV or digital TV translator station.

[69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 74.794 Digital emissions.

(a)(1) An applicant for a digital LPTVor TV translator station constructionpermit shall specify that the stationwill be constructed to confine out-of-channel emissions within one of thefollowing emission masks: simple orstringent.

(2) The power level of emissions onfrequencies outside the authorizedchannel of operation must be attenu-ated no less than following amounts




506

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.795

below the average transmitted powerwithin the authorized 6 MHz channel.In the mask specifications listed in§ 74.794(a)(2) and (a)(3), A is the attenu-ation in dB and Df is the frequency dif-ference in MHz from the edge of thechannel.

(i) Simple mask. At the channel edges,emissions must be attenuated no lessthan 46 dB. More than 6 MHz from thechannel edges, emissions must be at-tenuated no less than 71 dB. At any fre-quency between 0 and 6 MHz from thechannel edges, emissions must be at-

tenuated no less than the value deter-mined by the following formula:

A (dB) = 46 + (Df 2 /1.44)

(ii) Stringent mask. In the first 500kHz from the channel edges, emissionsmust be attenuated no less than 47 dB.More than 3 MHz from the channeledges, emissions must be attenuated noless than 76 dB. At any frequency be-tween 0.5 and 3 MHz from the channeledges, emissions must be attenuated noless than the value determined by thefollowing formula:

A(dB) = 47 + 11.5 (Df–0.5)

(3) The attenuation values for thesimple and stringent emission masks

are based on a measurement bandwidthof 500 kHz. Other measurementbandwidths may be used and convertedto the reference 500 kHz value by thefollowing formula:

A(dB) = Aalternate + 10 log (BWalternate / 500)

where A(dB) is the measured or cal-culated attenuation value for the ref-erence 500 kHz bandwidth, and Aalternate is the measured or calculated attenu-ation for a bandwidth BWalternate. Emis-sions include sidebands, spurious emis-sions and radio harmonics. Attenu-ation is to be measured at the outputterminals of the transmitter (includingany filters that may be employed). In

the event of interference caused to anyservice by out-of-channel emissions,greater attenuation may be required.

(b) In addition to meeting the emis-sion attenuation requirements of thesimple or stringent mask (including at-tenuation of radio frequencyharmonics), digital low power TV andTV translator stations authorized tooperate on TV channels 22–24, (518–536MHz), 32–36 (578–608 MHz), 38 (614–620

MHz), and 65–69 (776–806 MHz) must pro-vide specific ‘‘out of band’’ protectionto Radio Navigation Satellite Servicesin the bands: L5 (1164–1215 MHz); L2(1215–1240 MHz) and L1 (1559–1610 MHz).

(1) An FCC-certificated transmitterspecifically certified for use on one ormore of the above channels must in-clude filtering with an attenuation of not less than 85 dB in the GPS bands,which will have the effect of reducingharmonics in the GPS bands from whatis produced by the digital transmitter,and this attenuation must be dem-

onstrated as part of the certificationapplication to the Commission.

(2) For an installation on one of theabove channels with a digital trans-mitter not specifically FCC-certifi-cated for the channel, a low pass filteror equivalent device rated by its manu-facturer to have an attenuation of atleast 85 dB in the GPS bands, whichwill have the effect of reducingharmonics in the GPS bands from whatis produced by the digital transmitter,and must be installed in a manner thatwill prevent the harmonic emissioncontent from reaching the antenna. Adescription of the low pass filter orequivalent device with the manufactur-

er’s rating or a report of measurementsby a qualified individual shall be re-tained with the station license. Fieldmeasurements of the second or thirdharmonic output of a transmitter soequipped are not required.

[69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 74.795 Digital low power TV and TV translator transmission system fa-cilities.

(a) A digital low power TV or TVtranslator station shall operate with atransmitter that is either certificatedfor licensing based on the followingprovisions or has been modified for dig-ital operation pursuant to § 74.796.

(b) The following requirements mustbe met before digital low power TV andTV translator transmitter will be cer-tificated by the FCC:

(1) The transmitter shall be designedto produce digital television signalsthat can be satisfactorily viewed onconsumer receiving equipment basedon the digital broadcast televisiontransmission standard in § 73.682(d) of this chapter;




507


(2) Emissions on frequencies outsidethe authorized channel, measured atthe output terminals of the trans-mitter (including any filters that maybe employed), shall meet the require-ments of § 74.794, as applicable;

(3) The transmitter shall be equippedto display the digital power output(i.e., average power over a 6 MHz chan-nel) and shall be designed to preventthe power output from exceeding themaximum rated power output underany condition;

(4) When subjected to variations in

ambient temperature between 0 and 40degrees Centigrade and variations inpower main voltage between 85% and115% of the rated power supply voltage,the frequency stability of the local os-cillator in the RF channel upconvertershall be maintained within 10 kHz of the nominal value; and

(5) The transmitter shall be equippedwith suitable meters and jacks so thatappropriate voltage and current meas-urements may be made while the trans-mitter is in operation.

(c) The following additional require-ments apply to digital heterodynetranslators:

(1) The maximum rated power output

(digital average power over a 6 MHzchannel) shall not exceed 30 watts fortransmitters operating on channels 14– 69 and 3 watts for transmitters oper-ating on channels 2–13; and

(2) The transmitter shall contain cir-cuits which will maintain the digitalaverage power output constant within1 dB when the strength of the input sig-nal is varied over a range of 30 dB.

(d) Certification will be granted onlyupon a satisfactory showing that thetransmitter is capable of meeting therequirements of paragraph (b) of thissection, pursuant to the procedures de-scribed in §74.750(e).

[69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 74.796 Modification of digital trans-mission systems and analog trans-mission systems for digital oper-ation.

(a) The provisions of §74.751 shallapply to the modification of digital lowpower TV and TV translator trans-mission systems and the modificationof existing analog transmission sys-tems for digital operation.

(b) The following additional provi-sions shall apply to the modification of existing analog transmissions systemsfor digital operation, including instal-lation of manufacturers’ certificatedequipment (‘‘field modification kits’’)and custom modifications.

(1) The modifications and related per-formance-testing shall be undertakenby a person or persons qualified to per-form such work.

(2) The final amplifier stage of ananalog transmitter modified for digitaloperation shall not have an ‘‘averagedigital power’’ output greater than 25percent of its previous NTSC peak syncpower output, unless the amplifier hasbeen specifically refitted or replaced tooperate at a higher power.

(3) Analog heterodyne translators,when modified for digital operation,will produce a power output (digital av-erage power over the 6 MHz channel)not exceeding 30 watts for transmittersoperating on channels 14–69 and 3 wattsfor transmitters operating on channels2–13.

(4) After completion of the modifica-tion, suitable tests and measurementsshall be made to demonstrate compli-

ance with the applicable requirementsin this section including those in§ 74.795. Upon installation of a fieldmodification kit, the transmitter shallbe performance-tested in accordancewith the manufacturer’s instructions.

(5) The station licensee shall notifythe Commission upon completion of the transmitter modifications. In thecase of custom modifications (thosenot related to installation of manufac-turer-supplied and FCC-certificatedequipment), the licensee shall certifycompliance with all applicable trans-mission system requirements.

(6) The licensee shall maintain withthe station’s records for a period of not

less than two years the following infor-mation and make this information tothe Commission upon request:

(i) A description of the modificationsperformed and performance tests or, inthe case of installation of a manufac-turer-supplied modification kit, a de-scription of the nature of the modifica-tions, installation and test instruc-tions and other material provided bythe manufacturer;




508

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.797

(ii) Results of performance-tests andmeasurements on the modified trans-mitter; and

(iii) Copies of related correspondencewith the Commission.

(c) In connection with the on-channelconversion of existing analog transmit-ters for digital operation, a limited al-lowance is made for transmitters withfinal amplifiers that do not meet theattenuation of the Simple emissionmask at the channel edges. Station li-censees may obtain equivalent compli-ance with this attenuation require-

ment in the following manner:(1) Measure the level of attenuation

of emissions below the average digitalpower output at the channel edges in a500 kHz bandwidth; measurementsmade over a different measurementbandwidth should be corrected to theequivalent attenuation level for a 500kHz bandwidth using the formula givenin § 74.794;

(2) Calculate the difference in dB be-tween the 46 dB channel-edge attenu-ation requirement of the Simple mask;

(3) Subtract the value determined inthe previous step from the authorizedeffective radiated power (‘‘ERP’’) of the analog station being converted to

digital operation. Then subtract an ad-ditional 6 dB to account for the approx-imate difference between analog peakand digital average power. For thispurpose, the ERP must be expressed indecibels above one kilowatt: ERP(dBk)= 10 log ERP(kW);

(4) Convert the ERP calculated in theprevious step to units of kilowatts; and

(5) The ERP value determinedthrough the above procedure willproduce equivalent compliance withthe attenuation requirement of thesimple emission mask at the channeledges and should be specified as thedigital ERP in the minor change appli-cation for an on-channel digital con-

version. The transmitter may not beoperated to produce a higher digitalERP than this value.

[69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 74.797 Biennial Ownership Reports.

The Ownership Report FCC Form 323must be electronically filed no laterthan November 1, 2009, and every twoyears thereafter by each licensee of alow power television station or Re-

spondent (as defined in §73.3615(a) of

this chapter). Beginning with the 2011

filing, a licensee or Respondent with a

current and unamended Report on file

at the Commission may certify elec-

tronically that it has reviewed its cur-

rent Report and that it is accurate, in

lieu of filing a new Report. Ownership

Reports shall provide information as of

October 1 of the year in which the re-

port is filed. For information on filing

requirements, filers should refer to

§ 73.3615(a) of this chapter.

[74 FR 25168, May 27, 2009]

EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 74 FR 25168, May

27, 2009, § 74.797 was added. This section con-

tains information collection and record-

keeping requirements and will not become

effective until approval has been given by

the Office of Management and Budget.

Subpart H—Low Power AuxiliaryStations

§ 74.801 Definitions.

Cable television system operator. A

cable television operator is defined in

§ 76.5(cc) of the rules.

Low power auxiliary station. An auxil-

iary station authorized and operatedpursuant to the provisions set forth in

this subpart. Devices authorized as low

power auxiliary stations are intended

to transmit over distances of approxi-

mately 100 meters for uses such as

wireless microphones, cue and control

communications, and synchronization

of TV camera signals.

Motion picture producer. Motion pic-

ture producer refers to a person or or-

ganization engaged in the production

or filming of motion pictures.

Television program producer. Tele-

vision program producer refers to a

person or organization engaged in the

production of television programs.Wireless assist video device. An auxil-

iary station authorized and operated

by motion picture and television pro-

gram producers pursuant to the provi-

sions of this subpart. These stations

are intended to transmit over distances

of approximately 300 meters for use as




509


an aid in composing camera shots onmotion picture and television sets.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

[42 FR 14729, March 16, 1977, as amended at 43FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978; 51 FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986;51 FR 9966, Mar. 24, 1986; 54 FR 41842, Oct. 12,1989; 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003]


(a) Frequencies within the followingbands may be assigned for use by lowpower auxiliary stations:

26.100–26.480 MHz

54.000–72.000 MHz

76.000–88.000 MHz

161.625–161.775 MHz (except in Puerto Rico orthe Virgin Islands)

174.000–216.000 MHz

450.000–451.000 MHz

455.000–456.000 MHz

470.000–488.000 MHz

488.000–494.000 MHz (except Hawaii)

494.000–608.000 MHz

614.000–806.000 MHz

944.000–952.000 MHz

(b) Operations in the bands allocatedfor TV broadcasting, listed below, arelimited to locations removed from ex-isting co-channel TV broadcast sta-tions by not less than the following

distances unless otherwise authorizedby the FCC. (See §73.609 for zone defini-tions.)

(1) 54.000–72.000 MHz and 76.000–88.000MHz:

Zone I 105 km (65 miles)

Zones II and III 129 km (80 miles)

(2) 174.000–216.000 MHz

Zone I 97 km (60 miles)

Zones II and III 129 km (80 miles)

(3) 470.000–608.000 MHz and 614.000– 806.000 MHz.

All zones 113 km (70 miles)

(c) Specific frequency operation is re-

quired when operating within thebands allocated for TV broadcasting.

(1) The frequency selection shall beoffset from the upper or lower bandlimits by 25 kHz or an integral mul-tiple thereof.

(2) One or more adjacent 25 kHz seg-ments within the assignable fre-quencies may be combined to form achannel whose maximum bandwidthshall not exceed 200 kHz.

(d) Low power auxiliary licenseeswill not be granted exclusive frequencyassignments.

[52 FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987, as amended at 68FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.803 Frequency selection to avoidinterference.

(a) Where two or more low powerauxiliary licensees need to operate inthe same area, the licensees shall en-deavor to select frequencies or sched-ule operation in such manner as to

avoid mutual interference. If a mutu-ally satisfactory arrangement cannotbe reached, the Commission shall benotified and it will specify the fre-quency or frequencies to be employedby each licensee.

(b) The selection of frequencies in thebands allocated for TV broadcasting foruse in any area shall be guided by theneed to avoid interference to TV broad-cast reception. In these bands, lowpower auxiliary station usage is sec-ondary to TV broadcasting and landmobile stations operating in the UHF-TV spectrum and must not cause harm-ful interference. If such interferenceoccurs, low power auxiliary station op-

eration must immediately cease andmay not be resumed until the inter-ference problem has been resolved.

[42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 52FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987]

§ 74.831 Scope of service and permis-sible transmissions.

The license for a low power auxiliarystation authorizes the transmission of cues and orders to production per-sonnel and participants in broadcastprograms and motion pictures and inthe preparation therefor, the trans-mission of program material by meansof a wireless microphone worn by a per-former and other participants in a pro-

gram or motion picture during re-hearsal and during the actual broad-cast, filming, or recording, or thetransmission of comments, interviews,and reports from the scene of a remotebroadcast. Low power auxiliary sta-tions operating in the 944–952 MHz bandmay, in addition, transmit synchro-nizing signals and various control sig-nals to portable or hand-carried TVcameras which employ low power radio




510

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.832

signals in lieu of cable to deliver pic-ture signals to the control point at thescene of a remote broadcast.

[42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 51FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986]

§ 74.832 Licensing requirements andprocedures.

(a) A license authorizing operation of one or more low power auxiliary sta-tions will be issued only to the fol-lowing:

(1) A licensee of an AM, FM, TV, or

International broadcast station or lowpower TV station. Low power auxiliarystations will be licensed for used with aspecific broadcast or low power TV sta-tion or combination of stations li-censed to the same licensee within thesame community.

(2) A broadcast network entity.

(3) A cable television system operatorwho operates a cable system that pro-duces program material for originationor access cablecasting, as defined in§ 76.5(r).

(4) Motion picture producers as de-fined in § 74.801.

(5) Television program producers asdefined in §74.801.

(6) Licensees and conditional licens-ees of stations in the Service and Mul-tichannel Multipoint DistributionService as defined in §21.2 of this chap-ter, or entities that hold an executedlease agreement with an MDS orMMDS licensee or conditional licenseeor with an Instructional TelevisionFixed Service licensee or permittee.

(b) An application for a new or re-newal of low power auxiliary licenseshall specify the frequency band orbands desired. Only those frequencybands necessary for satisfactory oper-ation shall be requested.

(c) Licensees of AM, FM, TV, andInternational broadcast stations; low

power TV stations; and broadcast net-work entities may be authorized to op-erate low power auxiliary stations inthe frequency bands set forth in§ 74.802(a).

(d) Cable television operations, mo-tion picture and television programproducers may be authorized to operatelow power auxiliary stations only inthe bands allocated for TV broad-casting.

(e) An application for low power aux-iliary stations or for a change in an ex-isting authorization shall specify thebroadcast station, or the network withwhich the low power broadcast auxil-iary facilities are to be principallyused as given in paragraph (h) of thissection; or it shall specify the motionpicture or television production com-pany or the cable television operatorwith which the low power broadcastauxiliary facilities are to be solelyused. A single application, filed on FCCForm 601 may be used in applying for

the authority to operate one or morelow power auxiliary units. The applica-tion must specify the frequency bandswhich will be used. Motion picture pro-ducers, television program producers,and cable television operators are re-quired to attach a single sheet to theirapplication form explaining in detailthe manner in which the eligibility re-quirements given in paragraph (a) of this section are met.

(f) Applications for the use of thebands allocated for TV broadcastingmust specify the usual area of oper-ation within which the low power aux-iliary station will be used. This area of operation may, for example, be speci-

fied as the metropolitan area in whichthe broadcast licensee serves, or theusual area within which motion pictureand television producers are operating.Because low power auxiliary stationsoperating in these bands will only bepermitted in areas removed from exist-ing co-channel TV broadcast stations,licensees have full responsibility to en-sure that operation of their stationsdoes not occur at distances less thanthose specified in §74.802(b).

(g) Low power auxiliary licenseesshall specify the maximum number of units that will be operated.

(h) For broadcast licensees, lowpower auxiliary stations will be li-

censed for use with a specific broadcaststation or combination of broadcaststations licensed to the same licenseeand to the same community. Licensingof low power auxiliary stations for usewith a specific broadcast station orcombination of such stations does notpreclude their use with other broadcaststations of the same or a different li-censee at any location. Operation of low power auxiliary stations outside




511


the area of operation specified in theauthorization, or in other bands is per-mitted without further authority of the Commission. However, operation of low power auxiliary stations shall, atall times, be in accordance with the re-quirements of § 74.882 of this subpart.Also, a low power auxiliary stationthat is being used with a broadcast sta-tion or network other than one withwhich it is licensed, must, in additionto meeting the requirements of §74.861of this subpart, not cause harmful in-terference to another low power auxil-

iary station which is being used withthe broadcast station(s) or networkwith which it is licensed.

(i) In case of permanent discontinu-ance of operations of a station licensedunder this subpart, the licensee shallcancel the station license using FCCForm 601. For purposes of this section,a station which is not operated for aperiod of one year is considered to havebeen permanently discontinued.

(j) The license shall be retained inthe licensee’s files at the addressshown on the authorization, posted atthe transmitter, or posted at the con-trol point of the station.

[42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 47FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 21503, May 18,1982; 47 FR 55938, Dec. 14, 1982; 51 FR 4603,Feb. 6, 1986; 51 FR 9966, Mar. 24, 1986; 52 FR2535, Jan. 23, 1987; 55 FR 46012, Oct. 31, 1990;58 FR 19776, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17,2003; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004]


(a) Special temporary authority maybe granted for low power auxiliary sta-tion operation which cannot be con-ducted in accordance with §74.24. Suchauthority will normally be grantedonly for operations of a temporary na-ture. Where operation is seen as likelyon a continuing annual basis, an appli-cation for a regular authorization

should be submitted.(b) A request for special temporary

authority for the operation of a remotepickup broadcast station must be madein accordance with the procedures of § 1.931(b) of this chapter.

(c) All requests for special temporaryauthority of a low power auxiliary sta-tion must include full particulars in-cluding: licensees name and address,statement of eligibility, facility identi-

fication number of the associatedbroadcast station (if any), type andmanufacturer of equipment, power out-put, emission, frequency or frequenciesproposed to be used, commencementand termination date, location of pro-posed operation, and purpose for whichrequest is made including any par-ticular justification.

(d) A request for special temporaryauthority shall specify a frequencyband consistent with the provisions of § 74.802: Provided, That, in the case of events of wide-spread interest and im-

portance which cannot be transmittedsuccessfully on these frequencies, fre-quencies assigned to other servicesmay be requested upon a showing thatoperation thereon will not cause inter-ference to established stations: And

provided further, In no case will oper-ation of a low power auxiliary broad-cast station be authorized on fre-quencies employed for the safety of lifeand property.

(e) The user shall have full controlover the transmitting equipment dur-ing the period it is operated.

(f) Special temporary authority topermit operation of low power auxil-iary stations pending Commission ac-tion on an application for regular au-thority will not normally be granted.

[42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 47FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55939, Dec. 14,1982; 58 FR 19776, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12772,Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.851 Certification of equipment.

(a) Applications for new low powerauxiliary stations will not be acceptedunless the transmitting equipmentspecified therein has been certificatedfor use pursuant to provisions of thissubpart.

(b) Any manufacturer of a trans-mitter to be used in this service may

apply for certification for such trans-mitter following the certification pro-cedure set forth in part 2 of the Com-mission’s Rules and Regulations. At-tention is also directed to part 1 of theCommission’s Rules and Regulationswhich specifies the fees required whenfiling an application for certification.

(c) An applicant for a low power aux-iliary station may also apply for cer-tification for an individual transmitter




512

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.852

by following the certification proce-dure set forth in part 2 of the Commis-sion’s Rules and Regulations. The ap-plication for certification must be ac-companied by the proper fees as pre-scribed in part 1 of the Commission’sRules and Regulations.

(d) Low power auxiliary stationequipment authorized to be used pursu-ant to an application accepted for fil-ing prior to December 1, 1977 may con-tinue to be used by the licensee or itssuccessors or assignees: Provided, how-ever, If operation of such equipment

causes harmful interference due to itsfailure to comply with the technicalstandards set forth in this subpart, theCommission may, at its discretion, re-quire the licensee to take such correc-tive action as is necessary to eliminatethe interference.

(e) Each instrument of authoritywhich permits operation of a low powerauxiliary station using equipmentwhich has not been certificated willspecify the particular transmittingequipment which the licensee is au-thorized to use.

(f) All transmitters marketed for useunder this subpart shall be certificatedby the Federal Communications Com-

mission for this purpose. (Refer to sub-part I of part 2 of the Commission’srules and regulations.)

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

[42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 42FR 43637, Aug. 22, 1977; 43 FR 13576, Mar. 31,1978; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998]


(a) The licensee of a low power auxil-iary station may make any changes inthe equipment that are deemed desir-able or necessary, including replace-ment with certificated equipment,without prior Commission approval:Provided, The proposed changes will notdepart from any of the terms of the

station authorization or the Commis-sion’s technical rules governing thisservice: And provided further, That anychanges made to certificated trans-mitted equipment shall be in compli-ance with the provisions of part 2 of the Commission’s rules and regulationsconcerning modification of certificatedequipment.

(b) Any equipment changes made pur-suant to paragraph (a) of this section

shall be set forth in the next applica-tion for renewal of license.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

[42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 43FR 13576, Mar. 31, 1978; 63 FR 36605, July 7,1998]

§ 74.861 Technical requirements.

(a) Transmitter power is the power atthe transmitter output terminals anddelivered to the antenna, antennatransmission line, or any other imped-ance-matched, radio frequency load.

For the purpose of this subpart, thetransmitter power is the carrier power.

(b) Each authorization for a new lowpower auxiliary station shall requirethe use of certificated equipment. Suchequipment shall be operated in accord-ance with the emission specificationsincluded in the certification grant andas prescribed in paragraphs (c) through(e) of this section.

(c) Low power auxiliary transmittersnot required to operate on specific car-rier frequencies shall operate suffi-ciently within the authorized fre-quency band edges to insure the emis-sion bandwidth falls entirely withinthe authorized band.

(d) For low power auxiliary stationsoperating in the bands other thanthose allocated for TV broadcasting,the following technical requirementsare imposed.

(1) The maximum transmitter powerwhich will be authorized is 1 watt. Li-censees may accept the manufacturer’spower rating; however, it is the licens-ee’s responsibility to observe specifiedpower limits.

(2) If a low power auxiliary stationemploys amplitude modulation, modu-lation shall not exceed 100 percent onpositive or negative peaks.

(3) The occupied bandwidth shall notbe greater than that necessary for sat-

isfactory transmission and, in anyevent, an emission appearing on anydiscrete frequency outside the author-ized band shall be attenuated, at least,43+10 log10 (mean output power, inwatts) dB below the mean outputpower of the transmitting unit.

(e) For low power auxiliary stationsoperating in the bands allocated for TVbroadcasting, the following technicalrequirements apply:




513


(1) The power of the measuredunmodulated carrier power at the out-put of the transmitter power amplifier(antenna input power) may not exceedthe following:

(i) 54–72, 76–88, and 174–216 MHzbands—50 mW

(ii) 470–608 and 614–806 MHz bands—250mW

(2) Transmitters may be either crys-tal controlled or frequency syn-thesized.

(3) Any form of modulation may beused. A maximum deviation of ±75 kHz

is permitted when frequency modula-tion is employed.

(4) The frequency tolerance of thetransmitter shall be 0.005 percent.

(5) The operating bandwidth shall notexceed 200 kHz.

(6) The mean power of emissions shallbe attenuated below the mean outputpower of the transmitter in accordancewith the following schedule:

(i) On any frequency removed fromthe operating frequency by more than50 percent up to and including 100 per-cent of the authorized bandwidth: atleast 25 dB;

(ii) On any frequency removed fromthe operating frequency by more than

100 percent up to and including 250 per-cent of the authorized bandwidth: atleast 35 dB;

(iii) On any frequency removed fromthe operating frequency by more than250 percent of the authorized band-width: at least 43+10log10 (mean outputpower in watts) dB.

(f) Unusual transmitting antennas orantenna elevations shall not be used todeliberately extend the range of lowpower auxiliary stations beyond thelimited areas defined in §74.831.

(g) Low power auxiliary stationsshall be operated so that no harmfulinterference is caused to any otherclass of station operating in accord-

ance with Commission’s rules and regu-lations and with the Table of Fre-quency Allocations in part 2 thereof.

(h) In the event a station’s emissionsoutside its authorized frequency band

causes harmful interference, the Com-mission may, at its discretion, requirethe licensee to take such further stepsas may be necessary to eliminate theinterference.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

[43 FR 13576, Mar. 31, 1978, as amended at 52FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987; 63 FR 36605, July 7,1998]

§ 74.870 Wireless video assist devices.

Television broadcast auxiliary licens-ees and motion picture and television

producers, as defined in § 74.801 may op-erate wireless video assist devices on anon-interference basis on VHF andUHF television channels to assist withproduction activities.

(a) The use of wireless video assistdevices must comply with all provi-sions of this subpart, except as indi-cated in paragraphs (b) through (i) of this section.

(b) Wireless video assist devices mayonly be used for scheduled productions.They may not be used to produce liveevents and may not be used for elec-tronic news gathering purposes.

(c) Wireless video assist devices mayoperate with a bandwidth not to exceed6 MHz on frequencies in the bands 180– 210 MHz (TV channels 8–12) and 470–698MHz (TV channels 14–51) subject to thefollowing restrictions:

(1) The bandwidth may only occupy asingle TV channel.

(2) Operation is prohibited within the608–614 MHz (TV channel 37) band.

(3) Operation is prohibited within 129km of a television broadcasting sta-tion, including Class A television sta-tions, low power television stationsand translator stations.

(4) For the area and frequency com-binations listed in the table below, op-eration is prohibited within the dis-

tances indicated from the listed geo-graphic coordinates.

NOTE TO THE FOLLOWING TABLE: All coordi-nates are referenced to the North AmericanDatum of 1983.

Area North latitude West longitudeExcluded

frequencies(MHz)

Excluded channels

200 km 128 km 52 km

Boston, MA .......................................... 42°21′24.4″ 71°03′23.2″ 470–476 14 .............. ..............476–482 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 15 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .482–488 16 .............. ..............488–494 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 17 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .




514

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.870

Area North latitude West longitudeExcluded

frequencies(MHz)

Excluded channels

200 km 128 km 52 km

Chicago, IL .......................................... 41°52′28.1″ 87°38′ 22.2″ 470–476 14 .............. ..............476–482 15 .............. ..............482–488 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 16 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .

Cleveland, OH1 ................................... 41°29′51.2″ 81°41′49.5″ 470–476 14 .............. ..............476–482 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 15 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .482–488 16 .............. ..............488–494 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 17 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .

Dallas/Fort Worth, TX ......................... 32°47′09.5″ 96°47′38.0″ 476–482 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 15 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .482–488 16 .............. ..............488–494 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 17 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .

Detroit, MI 1 ......................................... 42°19′48.1″ 83°02′56.7″ 470–476 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 14 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .476–482 15 .............. ..............482–488 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 16 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .488–494 17 .............. ..............

Gulf of Mexico ..................................... 476–494 .............. .............. 15, 16,17

Hawaii .................................................. 488–494 .............. .............. 17Houston, TX ........................................ 29°45′26.8″ 95°21′37.8″ 482–488 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 16 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .

488–494 17 .............. ..............494–500 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 18 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .

Los Angeles, CA ................................. 34°03′15.0″ 118°14′31.3″ 470–476 14 .............. ..............476–482 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 15 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .482–488 16 .............. ..............488–494 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 17 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .500–506 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 19 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .506–512 20 .............. ..............512–518 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 21 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .

Miami, Fl .............................................. 25°46′38.4″ 80°11′31.2″ 470–476 14 ..............476–482 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 15 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .

New York/NE New Jersey .................. 40°45′ 73°59′37.5″ 470–476 14 .............. ..............476–482 15 .............. ..............482–488 16 .............. ..............488–494 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 17 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .494–500 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 18 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .500–506 19 .............. ..............506–512 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 20 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .

Philadelphia, PA .................................. 39°56′58.4″ 75°09′19.6″ 494–500 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 18 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .500–506 19 .............. ..............506–512 20 .............. ..............512–518 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 21 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .

Pittsburgh, PA ..................................... 40°26′19.2″ 79°59′59.2″ 470–476 14 .............. ..............476–482 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 15 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .488–494 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 17 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .494–500 18 .............. ..............500–506 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 19 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .

San Francisco/Oakland, CA ................ 37°46′38.7″ 122°24′43.9″ 476–482 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 15 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .482–488 16 .............. ..............488–494 17 .............. ..............494–500 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 18 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .

Washington D.C./MD/VA ..................... 38°53′51.4″ 77°00′31.9″ 482–488 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 16 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .488–494 17 .............. ..............494–500 18 .............. ..............500–506 . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 19 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .

1The distance separation requirements are not applicable in these cities until further order from the Commission.

(d) Wireless video assist devices arelimited to a maximum of 250 milliwatts

ERP and must limit power to that nec-

essary to reliably receive a signal at a

distance of 300 meters. Wireless video

assist devices must comply with the

emission limitations of § 74.637.

(e) The antenna of a wireless video

assist device must be attached to the

transmitter either permanently, or by

means of a unique connector designed

to allow replacement of authorized an-tennas but prevent the use of unau-

thorized antennas. When transmitting,

the antenna must not be more that 10

meters above ground level.

(f)(1) A license for a wireless video as-

sist device will authorize the license

holder to use all frequencies available

for wireless video assist devices, sub-

ject to the limitations specified in this

section.




515


(2) Licensees may operate as manywireless video assist devices as nec-essary, subject to the notification pro-cedures of this section.

(g) Notification procedure. Prior to thecommencement of transmitting, licens-ees must notify the local broadcastingcoordinator of their intent to transmit.If there is no local coordinator in theintended area of operation, licenseesmust notify all adjacent channel TVstations within 161 km (100 mi) of theproposed operating area.

(1) Notification must be made at

least 10 working days prior to the dateof intended transmission.

(2) Notifications must include:(i) Frequency or frequencies.(ii) Location.(iii) Antenna height.(iv) Emission type(s).(v) Effective radiated power.(vi) Intended dates of operation.(vii) Licensee contact information.(3)(i) Failure of a local coordinator to

respond to a notification request priorto the intended dates of operation indi-cated on the request will be consideredas having the approval of the coordi-nator. In this case, licensees must inaddition notify all co-channel and adja-

cent channel TV stations within 161km (100 mi) of the proposed operatingarea. This notification is for informa-tion purposes only and will not enableTV stations to prevent a WAVD fromoperating, but is intended to help iden-tify the source of interference if any isexperienced after a WAVD begins oper-ation.

(ii) If there is no local coordinator inthe intended area of operation, failureof any adjacent channel TV station torespond to a notification request priorto the intended dates of operation indi-cated on the request will be consideredas having the approval of the TV sta-tion.

(4) Licensees must operate in a man-ner consistent with the response of thelocal coordinator, or, if there is nolocal coordinator in the intended areaof operation, the responses of the adja-cent channel TV stations. Disagree-ments may be appealed to the Commis-sion. However, in those instances, thelicensee will bear the burden of proof and proceeding to overturn the rec-ommendation of the local coordinator

or the co-channel or adjacent channelTV station.

(h) Licenses for wireless video assistdevices may not be transferred or as-signed.

(i) The product literature that manu-facturers include with a wireless assistvideo device must contain informationregarding the requirement for users toobtain an FCC license, the requirementthat stations must locate at least 129kilometers away from a co-channel TVstation, the limited class of users thatmay operate these devices, the author-

ized uses, the need for users to obtaina license, and the requirement that alocal coordinator (or adjacent channelTV stations, if there is no local coordi-nator) must be notified prior to oper-ation.

[68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 68FR 69331, Dec. 12, 2003]


(a) For transmitters used for voicetransmissions and having a trans-mitter output power exceeding 50 mW,an announcement shall be made at thebeginning and end of each period of op-eration at a single location, over the

transmitting unit being operated, iden-tifying the transmitting unit’s callsign or designator, its location, and thecall sign of the broadcasting station orname of the licensee with which it isbeing used. A period of operation mayconsist of a continuous transmission orintermittent transmissions pertainingto a single event.

(b) Each wireless video assist device,when transmitting, must transmit sta-tion identification at the beginningand end of each period of operation.Identification may be made by trans-mitting the station call sign by visualor aural means or by automatic trans-mission in international Morse teleg-

raphy.(1) A period of operation is defined as

a single uninterrupted transmission ora series of intermittent transmissionsfrom a single location.

(2) Station identification shall beperformed in a manner conducive toprompt association of the signal sourcewith the responsible licensee. In exer-cising the discretion provide by thisrule, licensees are expected too act in a




516

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.1201

responsible manner to assure that re-sult.

[68 FR 12774, Mar. 17, 2003]

Subparts I–K [Reserved]

Subpart L—FM Broadcast Trans-lator Stations and FM Broad-cast Booster Stations

SOURCE: 35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, unlessotherwise noted.

§ 74.1201 Definitions.(a) FM translator. A station in the

broadcasting service operated for thepurpose of retransmitting the signalsof an AM or FM radio broadcast sta-tion or another FM broadcast trans-lator station without significantly al-tering any characteristics of the in-coming signal other than its frequencyand amplitude, in order to provideradio broadcast service to the generalpublic.

(b) Commercial FM translator. An FMbroadcast translator station which re-broadcasts the signals of a commercialAM or FM radio broadcast station.

(c) Noncommercial FM translator. An

FM broadcast translator station whichrebroadcasts the signals of a non-commercial educational AM or FMradio broadcast station.

(d) Primary station. The AM or FMradio broadcast station radiating thesignals which are retransmitted by anFM broadcast translator station or anFM broadcast booster station.

(e) AM or FM radio broadcast station.When used in this Subpart L, the termAM broadcast station or AM radiobroadcast station or FM broadcast sta-tion or FM radio broadcast station re-fers to commercial and noncommercialeducational AM or FM radio broadcaststations as defined in §2.1 of this chap-

ter, unless the context indicates other-wise.

(f) FM broadcast booster station. A sta-tion in the broadcasting service oper-ated for the sole purpose of retransmit-ting the signals of an FM radio broad-cast station, by amplifying and reradi-ating such signals, without signifi-cantly altering any characteristic of the incoming signal other than its am-plitude.

(g) Translator coverage contour. For a

fill-in FM translator rebroadcasting an

FM radio broadcast station as its pri-

mary station, the FM translator’s cov-

erage contour must be contained with-

in the primary station’s coverage con-

tour. For purposes of this rule section,

the coverage contour of the FM trans-

lator has the same field strength value

as the protected contour of the pri-

mary FM station (i.e., for a commercial

Class B FM station it is the predicted

0.5 mV/m field strength contour, for a

commercial Class B1 FM station it isthe predicted 0.7 mV/m field strength

contour, and for all other classes of FM

stations it is the predicted 1 mV/m

field strength contour). The coverage

contour of an FM translator rebroad-

casting an AM radio broadcast station

as its primary station must be con-

tained within the lesser of the 2 mV/m

daytime contour of the AM station and

a 25-mile (40 km) radius centered at the

AM transmitter site. The protected

contour for an FM translator station is

its predicted 1 mV/m contour.

(h) Fill-in area. The area where the

coverage contour of an FM translator

or booster station is within the pro-

tected contour of the associated pri-

mary station (i.e., predicted 0.5 mV/m

contour for commercial Class B sta-

tions, predicted 0.7 mV/m contour for

commercial Class B1 stations, and pre-

dicted 1 mV/m contour for all other

classes of stations).

(i) Other area. The area where the

coverage contour of an FM translator

station extends beyond the protected

contour of the primary station (i.e.,

predicted 0.5 mV/m contour for com-

mercial Class B stations, predicted 0.7

mV/m contour for commercial Class B1

stations, and predicted 1 mV/m contour

for all other classes of stations).

(j) AM Fill-in area. The area within

the lesser of the 2 mV/m daytime con-

tour of the AM radio broadcast station

being rebroadcast and a 25-mile (40 km)

radius centered at the AM transmitter

site.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR

37842, June 5, 1980; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987;

55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990; 74 FR 45129, Sept.

1, 2009]




517



(a) An applicant for a new FM broad-cast translator station or for changesin the facilities of an authorized trans-lator station shall endeavor to select achannel on which its operation is notlikely to cause interference to the re-ception of other stations. The applica-tion must be specific with regard to thefrequency requested. Only one outputchannel will be assigned to each trans-lator station.

(b) Subject to compliance with allthe requirements of this subpart, FMbroadcast translators may be author-ized to operate on the following FMchannels, regardless of whether theyare assigned for local use in the FMTable of Allotments (§73.202(b) of thischapter):

(1) Commercial FM translators: Chan-nels 221–300 as identified in § 73.201 of this chapter.

(2) Noncommercial FM translators:Channels 201–300 as identified in § 73.201of this chapter. Use of reserved chan-nels 201–220 is subject to the restric-tions specified in §73.501 of this chap-ter.

(3) In Alaska, FM translators oper-ating on Channels 201–260 (88.1–99.9

MHz) shall not cause harmful inter-ference to and must accept inter-ference from non-Government fixed op-erations authorized prior to January 1,1982.

(c) An FM broadcast booster stationwill be assigned the channel assignedto its primary station.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 39 FR12990, Apr. 10, 1974; 47 FR 30068, July 12, 1982;52 FR 8260, Mar. 17, 1987; 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10,1990]

§ 74.1203 Interference.

(a) An authorized FM translator orbooster station will not be permittedto continue to operate if it causes any

actual interference to:(1) The transmission of any author-

ized broadcast station; or(2) The reception of the input signal

of any TV translator, TV booster, FMtranslator or FM booster station; or

(3) The direct reception by the publicof the off-the-air signals of any author-ized broadcast station including TVChannel 6 stations, Class D (secondary)noncommercial educational FM sta-

tions, and previously authorized andoperating FM translators and FMbooster stations. Interference will beconsidered to occur whenever receptionof a regularly used signal is impairedby the signals radiated by the FMtranslator or booster station, regard-less of the quality of such reception,the strength of the signal so used, orthe channel on which the protected sig-nal is transmitted.

(b) If interference cannot be properlyeliminated by the application of suit-able techniques, operation of the of-

fending FM translator or booster sta-tion shall be suspended and shall not beresumed until the interference hasbeen eliminated. Short test trans-missions may be made during the pe-riod of suspended operation to checkthe efficacy of remedial measures. If acomplainant refuses to permit the FMtranslator or booster licensee to applyremedial techniques which demon-strably will eliminate the interferencewithout impairment to the original re-ception, the licensee of the FM trans-lator or booster station is absolved of further responsibility for that com-plaint.

(c) An FM booster station will be ex-

empted from the provisions of para-graphs (a) and (b) of this section to theextent that it may cause limited inter-ference to its primary station’s signal,

provided it does not disrupt the existingservice of its primary station or causesuch interference within the bound-aries of the principal community of itsprimary station.

(d) A fill-in FM translator operatingon the first, second or third adjacentchannel to its primary station’s chan-nel will be exempt from the provisionsof paragraphs (a) and (b) of this sectionto the extent that it may cause limitedinterference to its primary station’ssignal, provided it does not disrupt the

existing service of its primary stationor cause such interference within theboundaries of the principal communityof its primary station.

(e) It shall be the responsibility of the licensee of an FM translator or FMbooster station to correct any condi-tion of interference which results fromthe radiation of radio frequency energyby its equipment on any frequency out-side the assigned channel. Upon notice




518

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.1204

by the Commission to the station li-censee that such interference is beingcaused, the operation of the FM trans-lator or FM booster station shall besuspended within three minutes andshall not be resumed until the inter-ference has been eliminated or it canbe demonstrated that the interferenceis not due to spurious emissions by theFM translator or FM booster station;

provided, however, that short test trans-missions may be made during the pe-riod of suspended operation to checkthe efficacy of remedial measures.

[55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 60FR 55484, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 74.1204 Protection of FM broadcast,FM Translator and LP100 stations.

(a) An application for an FM trans-lator station will not be accepted forfiling if the proposed operation wouldinvolve overlap of predicted field con-tours with any other authorized com-mercial or noncommercial educationalFM broadcast stations, FM translators,and Class D (secondary) noncommer-cial educational FM stations; or if itwould result in new or increased over-lap with an LP100 station, as set forth:

(1) Commercial Class B FM Stations(Protected Contour: 0.5 mV/m)

Fre-quencysepara-

tion

Interference contour ofproposed translator sta-

tion

Protected contour ofcommercial Class B

station

Co-chan-nel.

0.05 mV/m (34 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu)

200 kHz 0.25 mV/m (48 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu)

400 kHz/ 600kHz.

50.0 mV/m (94 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu)

(2) Commercial Class B1 FM Stations(Protected Contour: 0.7 mV/m)

Fre-quencysepara-

tion

Interference contour of

proposed translator sta-tion

Protected contour of

commercial Class B1station

Co-chan-nel.

0.07 mV/m (37 dBu) 0.7 mV/m (57 dBu)

200 kHz 0.35 mV/m (51 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (57 dBu)

400 kHz/ 600kHz.

70.0 mV/m (97 dBu) 0.7 mV/m (57 dBu)

(3) All Other Classes of FM Stations(Protected Contour: 1 mV/m)

Fre-quencysepara-

tion

Interference contour ofproposed translator

Protected contour ofany other station

Co-chan-nel.

0.1 mV/m (40 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu)

200 kHz 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu)

400 kHz/ 600kHz.

100 mV/m (100 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu)

(4) LP100 stations (Protected Con-tour: 1 mV/m)

Fre-

quencysepara-

tion

Interference contour ofproposed translator

stationProtected contour ofLP100 LPFM station

Co-chan-nel.

0.1 mV/m (40 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu)

200 kHz 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu)

NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(4): LP100 stations,to the purposes of determining overlap pur-suant to this paragraph, LPFM applicationsand permits that have not yet been licensedmust be considered as operating with themaximum permitted facilities. All LPFMTIS stations must be protected on the basisof a nondirectional antenna.

(b) The following standards must beused to compute the distances to the

pertinent contours:(1) The distances to the protected

contours are computed using Figure 1of § 73.333 [F(50,50) curves] of this chap-ter.

(2) The distances to the interferencecontours are computed using Figure 1aof § 73.333 [F(50,10) curves] of this chap-ter. In the event that the distance tothe contour is below 16 kilometers (ap-proximately 10 miles), and thereforenot covered by Figure 1a, curves inFigure 1 must be used.

(3) The effective radiated power(ERP) to be used is the maximum ERPof the main radiated lobe in the perti-nent azimuthal direction. If the trans-

mitting antenna is not horizontally po-larized only, either the vertical compo-nent or the horizontal component of the ERP should be used, whichever isgreater in the pertinent azimuthal di-rection.

(4) The antenna height to be used isthe height of the radiation centerabove the average terrain along eachpertinent radial, determined in accord-ance with §73.313(d) of this chapter.




519


(c) An application for a change (otherthan a change in channel) in the au-thorized facilities of an FM translatorstation will be accepted even thoughoverlap of field strength contourswould occur with another station in anarea where such overlap does not al-ready exist, if:

(1) The total area of overlap withthat station would not be increased:

(2) The area of overlap with anyother station would not increase;

(3) The area of overlap does not movesignificantly closer to the station re-

ceiving the overlap; and,(4) No area of overlap would be cre-

ated with any station with which theoverlap does not now exist.

(d) The provisions of this section con-cerning prohibited overlap will notapply where the area of such overlaplies entirely over water. In addition, anapplication otherwise precluded by thissection will be accepted if it can bedemonstrated that no actual inter-ference will occur due to interveningterrain, lack of population or suchother factors as may be applicable.

(e) The provisions of this section willnot apply to overlap between a pro-posed fill-in FM translator station and

its primary station operating on afirst, second or third adjacent channel,

provided That such operation may notresult in interference to the primarystation within its principal commu-nity.

(f) An application for an FM trans-lator station will not be accepted forfiling even though the proposed oper-ation would not involve overlap of fieldstrength contours with any other sta-tion, as set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, if the predicted 1 mV/mfield strength contour of the FM trans-lator station will overlap a populatedarea already receiving a regularly used,off-the-air signal of any authorized co-

channel, first, second or third adjacentchannel broadcast station, includingClass D (secondary) noncommercialeducational FM stations and grant of the authorization will result in inter-ference to the reception of such signal.

(g) An application for an FM trans-lator or an FM booster station that is53 or 54 channels removed from an FMradio broadcast station will not be ac-cepted for filing if it fails to meet the

required separation distances set out in

§ 73.207 of this chapter. For purposes of

determining compliance with § 73.207 of

this chapter, translator stations will be

treated as Class A stations and booster

stations will be treated the same as

their FM radio broadcast station

equivalents. FM radio broadcast sta-

tion equivalents will be determined in

accordance with §§73.210 and 73.211 of

this chapter, based on the booster sta-

tion’s ERP and HAAT. Provided, how-

ever, that FM translator stations and

booster stations operating with lessthan 100 watts ERP will be treated as

class D stations and will not be subject

to intermediate frequency separation

requirements.

(h) An application for an FM trans-

lator station will not be accepted for

filing if it specifies a location within

320 kilometers (approximately 199

miles) of either the Canadian or Mexi-

can borders and it does not comply

with §74.1235(d) of this part.

(i) FM booster stations shall be sub-

ject to the requirement that the signal

of any first adjacent channel station

must exceed the signal of the booster

station by 6 dB at all points within theprotected contour of any first adjacent

channel station, except that in the case

of FM stations on adjacent channels at

spacings that do not meet the min-

imum distance separations specified in

§ 73.207 of this chapter, the signal of

any first adjacent channel station

must exceed the signal of the booster

by 6 dB at any point within the pre-

dicted interference free contour of the

adjacent channel station.

(j) FM translator stations authorized

prior to June 1, 1991 with facilities that

do not comply with the predicted inter-

ference protection provisions of this

section, may continue to operate, pro-

vided that operation is in conformance

with §74.1203 regarding actual inter-

ference. Applications for major

changes in FM translator stations

must specify facilities that comply

with provisions of this section.


FR 56170, Nov. 1, 1991; 58 FR 42025, Aug. 6,

1993; 65 FR 7649, Feb. 15, 2000; 65 FR 67304,

Nov. 9, 2000; 65 FR 79780, Dec. 20, 2000]




520

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.1205

§ 74.1205 Protection of channel 6 TV broadcast stations.

The provisions of this section applyto all applications for construction per-mits for new or modified facilities for anoncommercial educational FM trans-lator station on Channels 201–220, un-less the application is accompanied bya written agreement between the NCE-FM translator applicant and each af-fected TV Channel 6 broadcast stationlicensee or permittee concurring withthe proposed NCE-FM translator facil-ity.

(a) An application for a constructionpermit for new or modified facilitiesfor a noncommercial educational FMtranslator station operating on Chan-nels 201–220 must include a showingthat demonstrates compliance withparagraph (b), (c) or (d) of this sectionif it is within the following distances of a TV broadcast station which is au-thorized to operate on Channel 6.

FM ChannelDistance

(kilometers)

201 ..................................................................... 148202 ..................................................................... 146203 ..................................................................... 143204 ..................................................................... 141205 ..................................................................... 140

206 ..................................................................... 137207 ..................................................................... 135208 ..................................................................... 135209 ..................................................................... 135210 ..................................................................... 135211 ..................................................................... 135212 ..................................................................... 135213 ..................................................................... 135214 ..................................................................... 134215 ..................................................................... 134216 ..................................................................... 133217 ..................................................................... 133218 ..................................................................... 132219 ..................................................................... 132220 ..................................................................... 131

(b) Collocated stations. An applicationfor a noncommercial educational FMtranslator station operating on Chan-nels 201–220 and located at 0.4 kilo-meter (approximately 0.25 mile) or less

from a TV Channel 6 station will be ac-cepted if it includes a certificationthat the applicant has coordinated itsantenna with the affected TV station.

(c) Contour overlap. Except as pro-vided in paragraph (b) of this section,an application for a noncommercialeducational FM translator station op-erating on Channels 201–220 will not beaccepted if the proposed operationwould involve overlap of its inter-

ference field strength contour with anyTV Channel 6 station’s Grade B con-tour, as set forth below.

(1) The distances to the TV Channel 6station Grade B (47 dBu) field strengthcontour will be predicted according tothe procedures specified in §73.684 of this chapter, using the F(50,50) curvesin § 73.699, Figure 9 of this chapter.

(2) The distances to the applicablenoncommercial educational FM trans-lator interference contour will be pre-dicted according to the proceduresspecified in §74.1204(b) of this part.

(3) The applicable noncommercialeducational FM translator interferencecontours are as follows:

FM channel

InterferenceContourF(50,10)curves(dBu)

201 ..................................................................... 54

202 ..................................................................... 56

203 ..................................................................... 59

204 ..................................................................... 62

205 ..................................................................... 64

206 ..................................................................... 69

207 ..................................................................... 73

208 ..................................................................... 73

209 ..................................................................... 73

210 ..................................................................... 73

211 ..................................................................... 73212 ..................................................................... 74

213 ..................................................................... 75

214 ..................................................................... 77

215 ..................................................................... 78

216 ..................................................................... 80

217 ..................................................................... 81

218 ..................................................................... 85

219 ..................................................................... 88

220 ..................................................................... 90

(d) FM translator stations authorizedprior to June 1, 1991 with facilities thatdo not comply with the predicted inter-ference protection provisions of thissection, may continue to operate, pro-vided that operation is in conformancewith §74.1203 regarding actual inter-

ference. Applications for majorchanges in FM translator stationsmust specify facilities that complywith the provisions of this section.


§ 74.1231 Purpose and permissibleservice.

(a) FM translators provide a meanswhereby the signals of AM or FM




521


broadcast stations may be retrans-mitted to areas in which direct recep-tion of such AM or FM broadcast sta-tions is unsatisfactory due to distanceor intervening terrain barriers, and ameans for AM Class D stations to con-tinue operating at night.

(b) An FM translator may be used forthe purpose of retransmitting the sig-nals of a primary AM or FM radiobroadcast station or another translatorstation the signal of which is receiveddirectly through space, converted, andsuitably amplified, and originating

programming to the extent authorizedin paragraphs (f), (g), and (h) of thissection. However, an FM translatorproviding fill-in service may use anyterrestrial facilities to receive the sig-nal that is being rebroadcast. An FMbooster station or a noncommercialeducational FM translator station thatis operating on a reserved channel(Channels 201–220) and is owned and op-erated by the licensee of the primarynoncommercial educational station itrebroadcasts may use alternative sig-nal delivery means, including, but notlimited to, satellite and terrestrialmicrowave facilities. Provided, how-ever, that an applicant for a non-

commercial educational translator op-erating on a reserved channel (Channel201–220) and owned and operated by thelicensee of the primary noncommercialeducational AM or FM station it re-broadcasts complies with either para-graph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section:

(1) The applicant demonstrates that:(i) The transmitter site of the pro-

posed FM translator station is within80 kilometers of the predicted 1 mV/mcontour of the primary station to berebroadcast; or,

(ii) The transmitter site of the pro-posed FM translator station is morethan 160 kilometers from the trans-mitter site of any authorized full serv-

ice noncommercial educational FMstation; or,

(iii) The application is mutually ex-clusive with an application containingthe showing as required by paragraph74.1231(b)(2) (i) or (ii) of this section; or,

(iv) The application is filed after Oc-tober 1, 1992.

(2) If the transmitter site of the pro-posed FM translator station is morethan 80 kilometers from the predicted 1

mV/m contour of the primary stationto be rebroadcast or is within 160 kilo-meters of the transmitter site of anyauthorized full service noncommercialeducational FM station, the applicantmust show that:

(i) An alternative frequency can beused at the same site as the proposedFM translator’s transmitter locationand can provide signal coverage to thesame area encompassed by the appli-cant’s proposed 1 mV/m contour; or,

(ii) An alternative frequency can beused at a different site and can provide

signal coverage to the same area en-compassed by the applicant’s proposed1 mV/m contour.

NOTE: For paragraphs 74.1231(b) and74.1231(i) of this section, auxiliary intercityrelay station frequencies may be used to de-liver signals to FM translator and boosterstations on a secondary basis only. Such useshall not interfere with or otherwise pre-clude use of these frequencies for transmit-ting aural programming between the studioand transmitter location of a broadcast sta-tion, or between broadcast stations, as pro-vided in paragraphs 74.531 (a) and (b) of thispart. Prior to filing an application for anauxiliary intercity relay microwave fre-quency, the applicant shall notify the localfrequency coordination committee, or, in the

absence of a local frequency coordinationcommittee, any licensees assigned the use of the proposed operating frequency in the in-tended location or area of operation.

(c) The transmissions of each FMtranslator or booster station shall beintended only for direct reception bythe general public. An FM translatoror booster shall not be operated solelyfor the purpose of relaying signals toone or more fixed received points forretransmission, distribution, or furtherrelaying in order to establish a point-to-point FM radio relay system.

(d) The technical characteristics of the retransmitted signals shall not bedeliberately altered so as to hinder re-

ception on conventional FM broadcastreceivers.

(e) An FM translator shall not delib-erately retransmit the signals of anystation other than the station it is au-thorized to retransmit. Precautionsshall be taken to avoid unintentionalretransmission of such other signals.

(f) A locally generated radio fre-quency signal similar to that of an FMbroadcast station and modulated with




522

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.1232

aural information may be connected tothe input terminals of an FM trans-lator for the purpose of transmittingvoice announcements. The radio fre-quency signals shall be on the samechannel as the normally used off-the-air signal being rebroadcast. Connec-tion of the locally generated signalsshall be made by any automatic meanswhen transmitting originations con-cerning financial support. The connec-tions for emergency transmissions maybe made manually. The apparatus usedto generate the local signal that is

used to modulate the FM translatormust be capable of producing an auralsignal which will provide acceptable re-ception on FM receivers designed forthe transmission standards employedby FM broadcast stations.

(g) The aural material transmitted aspermitted in paragraph (f) of this sec-tion shall be limited to emergencywarnings of imminent danger and toseeking or acknowledging financialsupport deemed necessary to the con-tinued operation of the translator.Originations concerning financial sup-port are limited to a total of 30 secondsan hour. Within this limitation thelength of any particular announcement

will be left to the discretion of thetranslator station licensee. Solicita-tions of contributions shall be limitedto the defrayal of the costs of installa-tion, operation and maintenance of thetranslator or acknowledgements of fi-nancial support for those purposes.Such acknowledgements may includeidentification of the contributors, thesize or nature of the contributions andadvertising messages of contributors.Emergency transmissions shall be nolonger or more frequent than necessaryto protect life and property.

(h) An FM translator station that re-broadcasts a Class D AM radio broad-cast station as its primary station may

originate programming during thehours the primary station is not oper-ating, subject to the provisions of § 74.1263(b) of this part.

(i) FM broadcast booster stationsprovide a means whereby the licenseeof an FM broadcast station may pro-vide service to areas in any regionwithin the primary station’s predicted,authorized service contours. An FMbroadcast booster station is authorized

to retransmit only the signals of itsprimary station which have been re-ceived directly through space and suit-ably amplified, or received by alter-native signal delivery means including,but not limited to, satellite and terres-trial microwave facilities. The FMbooster station shall not retransmitthe signals of any other station normake independent transmissions, ex-cept that locally generated signals maybe used to excite the booster apparatusfor the purpose of conducting tests andmeasurements essential to the proper

installation and maintenance of the ap-paratus.

NOTE: In the case of an FM broadcast sta-tion authorized with facilities in excess of those specified by §73.211 of this chapter, anFM booster station will only be authorizedwithin the protected contour of the class of station being rebroadcast as predicted on thebasis of the maximum powers and heights setforth in that section for the applicable classof FM broadcast station concerned.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR37842, June 5, 1980; 52 FR 31406, Aug. 20, 1987;53 FR 14803, Apr. 26, 1988; 54 FR 35342, Aug. 25,1989; 55 FR 50695, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111,Sept. 9, 1992; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; 63 FR33879, June 22, 1998; 74 FR 45130, Sept. 1, 2009]

§ 74.1232 Eligibility and licensing re-quirements.

(a) Subject to the restrictions setforth in paragraph (d) of this section, alicense for an FM broadcast translatorstation may be issued to any qualifiedindividual, organized group of individ-uals, broadcast station licensee, orlocal civil governmental body, upon anappropriate showing that plans for fi-nancing the installation and operationof the translator are sufficiently soundto assure prompt construction of thetranslator and dependable service.

(b) More than one FM translator maybe licensed to the same applicant,

whether or not such translators servesubstantially the same area, upon anappropriate showing of technical needfor such additional stations. FM trans-lators are not counted as FM stationsfor the purpose of §73.3555 of this chap-ter concerning multiple ownership.

NOTE: As used in this section need refers tothe quality of the signal received and not tothe programming content, format, or trans-mission needs of an area.




523


(c) Only one input and one outputchannel will be assigned to each FMtranslator. Additional FM translatorsmay be authorized to provide addi-tional reception. A separate applica-tion is required for each FM translatorand each application shall be completein all respects.

(d) An authorization for an FM trans-lator whose coverage contour extendsbeyond the protected contour of thecommercial primary station will not begranted to the licensee or permittee of a commercial FM radio broadcast sta-

tion. Similarly, such authorization willnot be granted to any person or entityhaving any interest whatsoever, or anyconnection with a primary FM station.Interested and connected parties ex-tend to group owners, corporate par-ents, shareholders, officers, directors,employees, general and limited part-ners, family members and business as-sociates. For the purposes of this para-graph, the protected contour of the pri-mary station shall be defined as fol-lows: the predicted 0.5mV/m contourfor commercial Class B stations, thepredicted 0.7 mV/m contour for com-mercial Class B1 stations and the pre-dicted 1 mV/m field strength contour

for all other FM radio broadcast sta-tions. The contours shall be as pre-dicted in accordance with §73.313(a)through (d) of this chapter. In the caseof an FM radio broadcast station au-thorized with facilities in excess of those specified by §73.211 of this chap-ter, a co-owned commercial FM trans-lator will only be authorized within theprotected contour of the class of sta-tion being rebroadcast, as predicted onthe basis of the maximum powers andheights set forth in that section for theapplicable class of FM broadcast sta-tion concerned. An FM translator sta-tion in operation prior to March 1, 1991,which is owned by a commercial FM

(primary) station and whose coveragecontour extends beyond the protectedcontour of the primary station, maycontinue to be owned by such primarystation until March 1, 1994. Thereafter,any such FM translator station mustbe owned by independent parties. AnFM translator station in operationprior to June 1, 1991, which is owned bya commercial FM radio broadcast sta-tion and whose coverage contour ex-

tends beyond the protected contour of the primary station, may continue tobe owned by a commercial FM radiobroadcast station until June 1, 1994.Thereafter, any such FM translatorstation must be owned by independentparties. An FM translator providingservice to an AM fill-in area will be au-thorized only to the permittee or li-censee of the AM radio broadcast sta-tion being rebroadcast, or, in the caseof an FM translator authorized to oper-ate on an unreserved channel, to aparty with a valid rebroadcast consentagreement with such a permittee or li-censee to rebroadcast that station asthe translator’s primary station. In ad-dition, any FM translator providingservice to an AM fill-in area must havebeen authorized by a license or con-struction permit in effect as of May 1,2009. A subsequent modification of anysuch FM translator will not affect itseligibility to rebroadcast an AM signal.

(e) An FM translator station whosecoverage contour goes beyond the pro-tected contour of the commercial pri-mary station shall not receive any sup-port, before or after construction, ei-ther directly or indirectly, from the

commercial primary FM radio broad-cast station. Such support also maynot be received from any person or en-tity having any interest whatsoever, orany connection with the primary FMstation. Interested and connected par-ties extend to group owners, corporateparents, shareholders, officers, direc-tors, employees, general and limitedpartners, family members and businessassociates. Such an FM translator sta-tion may, however, receive technicalassistance from the primary station tothe extent of installing or repairingequipment or making adjustments toequipment to assure compliance withthe terms of the translator station’s

construction permit and license. FMtranslator stations in operation priorto March 1, 1991 may continue to re-ceive contributions or support from thecommercial primary station for the op-eration and maintenance of the trans-lator station until March, 1, 1994.Thereafter, any such FM translatorstation shall be subject to the prohibi-tions on support contained in this sec-tion. Such an FM translator station




524

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.1233

may, however, receive technical assist-

ance from the primary station to the

extent of installing or repairing equip-

ment or making adjustments to equip-

ment to assure compliance with the

terms of the translator station’s con-

struction permit and license. FM trans-

lator stations in operation prior to

June 1, 1991 may continue to receive

contributions or support from a com-

mercial FM radio broadcast station for

the operation and maintenance of the

translator station until June 1, 1994.

Thereafter, any such FM translatorstation shall be subject to the prohibi-

tions on support contained in this sec-

tion.

NOTE: ‘‘Technical assistance’’ refers to ac-

tual services provided by the primary sta-

tion’s technical staff or compensation for the

time and services provided by independent

engineering personnel. Conversely, such sup-

port must not include the supply of equip-

ment or direct funding for the translator’s

discretionary use. ‘‘Technical assistance’’

must occur after the issuance of the trans-

lator’s construction permit or license in

order to meet expenses incurred by install-

ing, repairing, or making adjustments to

equipment.

(f) An FM broadcast booster stationwill be authorized only to the licensee

or permittee of the FM radio broadcast

station whose signals the booster sta-

tion will retransmit, to serve areaswithin the protected contour of the pri-

mary station, subject to Note,§ 74.1231(h) of this part.

(g) No numerical limit is placed upon

the number of FM booster stationswhich may be licensed to a single li-

censee. A separate application is re-

quired for each FM booster station. FMbroadcast booster stations are not

counted as FM broadcast stations forthe purposes of § 73.5555 of this chapter

concerning multiple ownership.(h) Any authorization for an FM

translator station issued to an appli-

cant described in paragraphs (d) and (e)of this section will be issued subject to

the condition that it may be termi-

nated at any time, upon not less thansixty (60) days written notice, where

the circumstances in the community orarea served are so altered as to have

prohibited grant of the application had

such circumstances existed at the timeof its filing.


14660, Apr. 7, 1978; 52 FR 10571, Apr. 2, 1987; 52

FR 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50696, Dec. 10,1990; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; 74 FR 45130,

Sept. 1, 2009]

§ 74.1233 Processing FM translator andbooster station applications.

(a) Applications for FM translatorand booster stations are divided intotwo groups:

(1) In the first group are applicationsfor new stations or for major changesin the facilities of authorized stations.For FM translator stations, a majorchange is any change in frequency(output channel) except changes tofirst, second or third adjacent chan-nels, or intermediate frequency chan-nels, and any change in antenna loca-tion where the station would not con-tinue to provide 1 mV/m service tosome portion of its previously author-ized 1 mV/m service area. All otherchanges will be considered minor. Allmajor changes are subject to the provi-sions of §§73.3580 and 1.1104 of thischapter pertaining to major changes.

(2) In the second group are applica-tions for licenses and all other changesin the facilities of the authorized sta-tion.

(b) Processing booster and reservedband FM translator applications.

(1) Applications for minor modifica-tions for reserved band FM translatorstations, as defined in paragraph (a)(2)of this section, may be filed at anytime, unless restricted by the FCC, andwill be processed on a ‘‘first come/firstserved’’ basis, with the first acceptableapplication cutting off the filing rightsof subsequent, conflicting applicants.The FCC will periodically release aPublic Notice listing those applica-

tions accepted for filing. Conflictingapplications received on the same daywill be treated as simultaneously filedand mutually exclusive. Conflicting ap-plications received after the filing of afirst acceptable application will begrouped, according to filing date, be-hind the lead application in a queue.The priority rights of the lead appli-cant, against all other applicants, aredetermined by the date of filing, but




525


the filing date for subsequent, con-flicting applicants only reserves aplace in the queue. The rights of an ap-plicant in a queue ripen only upon afinal determination that the lead appli-cant is unacceptable and if the queuemember is reached and found accept-able. The queue will remain behind thelead applicant until a construction per-mit is finally granted, at which timethe queue dissolves.

(2) All other applications for boosterstations and reserved band FM trans-lator stations will be processed as near-

ly as possible in the order in whichthey are filed. Such applications willbe placed in the processing line in nu-merical sequence, and will be drawn bythe staff for study, the lowest file num-ber first. In order that those applica-tions which are entitled to be groupedfor processing may be fixed prior to thetime processing of the earliest filed ap-plication is begun, the FCC will peri-odically release a Public Notice listingreserved band applications that havebeen accepted for filing and announc-ing a date (not less than 30 days afterpublication) on which the listed appli-cations will be considered availableand ready for processing and by which

all mutually exclusive applicationsand/or petitions to deny the listed ap-plications must be filed.

(3) Applications for reserved band FMtranslator stations will be processedusing filing window procedures. TheFCC will specify by Public Notice, a pe-riod for filing reserved band FM trans-lator applications for a new station orfor major modifications in the facili-ties of an authorized station. FM trans-lator applications for new facilities orfor major modifications will be accept-ed only during these specified periods.Applications submitted prior to thewindow opening date identified in thePublic Notice will be returned as pre-

mature. Applications submitted afterthe specified deadline will be dismissedwith prejudice as untimely.

(4) Timely filed applications for newfacilities or for major modifications forreserved band FM Translators will beprocessed pursuant to the proceduresset forth in subpart K of Part 73(§73.7000 et seq.) Subsequently, the FCCwill release Public Notices identifying:mutually exclusive groups of applica-

tions; applications received during thewindow filing period which are found tobe non-mutually exclusive; tentativeselectees determined pursuant to thepoint system procedures set forth in§ 73.7003 of this chapter; and acceptableapplications. The Public Notices willalso announce: additional proceduresto be followed for certain groups of ap-plications; deadlines for filing addi-tional information; and dates by whichpetitions to deny must be filed in ac-cordance with the provisions of § 73.7004of this chapter. If the applicant is duly

qualified, and upon examination, theFCC finds that the public interest, con-venience and necessity will be servedby the granting of the application, itwill be granted. If an application isfound not to be acceptable for filing,the application will be returned, andsubject to the amendment require-ments of § 73.3522 of this chapter.

(c) In the case of an application foran instrument of authorization, otherthan a license pursuant to a construc-tion permit, grant will be based on theapplication, the pleadings filed, andsuch other matters that may be offi-cially noticed. Before a grant can be

made it must be determined that:(1) There is not pending a mutuallyexclusive application.

(2) The applicant is legally, tech-nically, financially and otherwisequalified;

(3) The applicant is not in violationof any provisions of law, the FCC rules,or established policies of the FCC; and

(4) A grant of the application wouldotherwise serve the public interest,convenience and necessity.

(d) Processing non-reserved band FMtranslator applications.

(1) Applications for minor modifica-tions for non-reserved band FM trans-lator stations, as defined in paragraph

(a)(2) of this section, may be filed atany time, unless restricted by the FCC,and will be processed on a ‘‘first come/first served’’ basis, with the first ac-ceptable application cutting off the fil-ing rights of subsequent, conflictingapplicants. The FCC will periodicallyrelease a Public Notice listing thoseapplications accepted for filing. Appli-cations received on the same day willbe treated as simultaneously filed and,




526

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.1233

if they are found to be mutually exclu-sive, must be resolved through settle-ment or technical amendment. Con-flicting applications received after thefiling of a first acceptable applicationwill be grouped, according to filingdate, behind the lead application in aqueue. The priority rights of the leadapplicant, against all other applicants,are determined by the date of filing,but the filing date for subsequent, con-flicting applicants only reserves aplace in the queue. The rights of an ap-plicant in a queue ripen only upon afinal determination that the lead appli-cant is unacceptable and if the queuemember is reached and found accept-able. The queue will remain behind thelead applicant until a construction per-mit is finally granted, at which timethe queue dissolves.

(2)(i) The FCC will specify by PublicNotice, pursuant to §73.5002(a) of thischapter, a period for filing non-re-served band FM translator applicationsfor a new station or for major modi-fications in the facilities of an author-ized station. FM translator applica-tions for new facilities or for majormodifications, whether for commercial

broadcast stations or noncommercialeducational broadcast stations, as de-scribed in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), will be ac-cepted only during these specified peri-ods. Applications submitted prior tothe window opening date identified inthe Public Notice will be returned aspremature. Applications submittedafter the specified deadline will be dis-missed with prejudice as untimely.

(ii) Such FM translator applicantswill be subject to the provisions of §§ 1.2105 and 73.5002(a) regarding thesubmission of the short-form applica-tion, FCC Form 175, and all appropriatecertifications, information and exhib-its contained therein. To determine

which FM translator applications aremutually exclusive, FM translator ap-plicants must submit the engineeringdata contained in FCC Form 349 as asupplement to the short-form applica-tion. Such engineering data will not bestudied for technical acceptability, butwill be protected from subsequentlyfiled applications as of the close of thewindow filing period. Determinationsas to the acceptability or grantability

of an applicant’s proposal will not bemade prior to an auction.

(iii) FM translator applicants will besubject to the provisions of § 1.2105 re-garding the modification and dismissalof their short-form applications.

(iv) Consistent with §1.2105(a), begin-ning January 1, 1999, all short-form ap-plications must be filed electronically.

(3) Subsequently, the FCC will re-lease Public Notices:

(i) Identifying the short-form appli-cations received during the appropriate

filing period or ‘‘window’’ which arefound to be mutually exclusive, includ-ing any applications for noncommer-cial educational broadcast stations, asdefined in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), as well asthe procedures the FCC will use to re-solve the mutually exclusive applica-tions;

(ii) Establishing a date, time andplace for an auction;

(iii)Providing information regardingthe methodology of competitive bid-ding to be used in the upcoming auc-tion, bid submission and payment pro-cedures, upfront payment procedures,upfront payment deadlines, minimumopening bid requirements and applica-

ble reserve prices in accordance withthe provisions of § 73.5002;

(iv) Identifying applicants who havesubmitted timely upfront paymentsand, thus, are qualified to bid in theauction.

(4) After the close of the filing win-dow, the FCC will also release a PublicNotice identifying any short-form ap-plications which are found to be non-mutually exclusive, including any ap-plications for noncommercial edu-cational broadcast stations, as de-scribed in 47 U.S.C. 397(6). These non-mutually exclusive applicants will berequired to submit the appropriatelong form application within 30 days of

the Public Notice and, for applicantsfor commercial broadcast stations, pur-suant to the provisions of § 73.5005 of this chapter. Non-mutually exclusiveapplications for commercial broadcaststations will be processed and the FCCwill periodically release a Public No-tice listing such non-mutually exclu-sive applications determined to be ac-ceptable for filing and announcing adate by which petitions to deny must




527


be filed in accordance with the provi-sions of §§ 73.5006 and 73.3584 of thischapter. Non-mutually exclusive appli-cations for noncommercial educationalbroadcast stations, as described by 47U.S.C. 397(6), will be processed and theFCC will periodically release a PublicNotice listing such non-mutually ex-clusive applications determined to beacceptable for filing and announcing adate by which petitions to deny mustbe filed in accordance with the provi-sions of §§73.7004 and 73.3584 of thischapter. If the applicants are duly

qualified, and upon examination, theFCC finds that the public interest, con-venience and necessity will be servedby the granting of the non-mutuallyexclusive long-form application, thesame will be granted.

(5)(i) Pursuant to §1.2107 of this chap-ter, a winning bidder that meets itsdown payment obligations in a timelymanner must, within 30 days of the re-lease of the public notice announcingthe close of the auction, submit the ap-propriate long-form application foreach construction permit for which itwas the winning bidder. Long-form ap-plications filed by winning biddersshall include the exhibits identified in

§ 73.5005 of this chapter.(ii) Winning bidders are required to

pay the balance of their winning bidsin a lump sum prior to the deadline es-tablished by the Commission pursuantto § 1.2109(a) of this chapter. Long-formconstruction permit applications willbe processed and the FCC will periodi-cally release a Public Notice listingsuch applications that have been ac-cepted for filing and announcing a dateby which petitions to deny must befiled in accordance with the provisionsof §§ 73.5006 and 73.3584. Constructionpermits will be granted by the Commis-sion only after full and timely paymentof winning bids and any applicable late

fees, and if the applicant is duly quali-fied, and upon examination, the FCCfinds that the public interest, conven-ience and necessity will be served. If awinning bidder fails to pay the balanceof its winning bid in a lump sum by theapplicable deadline as specified by theCommission, it will be allowed to makepayment within ten (10) business daysafter the payment deadline, providedthat it also pays a late fee equal to five

(5) percent of the amount due in ac-cordance with §1.2109(a) of this chap-ter. Construction of the FM translatorstation shall not commence until thegrant of such permit to the winningbidder and only after full and timelypayment of winning bids and any appli-cable late fees.

(iii) All long-form applications willbe cut-off as of the date of filing withthe FCC and will be protected fromsubsequently filed long-form translatorapplications. Applications will be re-quired to protect all previously filed

applications. Winning bidders filinglong-form applications may change thetechnical proposals specified in theirpreviously submitted short-form appli-cations, but such change may not con-stitute a major change. If the sub-mitted long-form application wouldconstitute a major change from theproposal submitted in the short-formapplication or the allotment, the long-form application will be returned pur-suant to paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this sec-tion.

(e) Selection of mutually exclusivereserved band FM translator applica-tions.

(1) Applications for FM translator

stations proposing to provide fill-inservice (within the primary station’sprotected contour) of the commonlyowned primary station will be givenpriority over all other applications.

(2) Where applications for FM trans-lator stations are mutually exclusiveand do not involve a proposal to pro-vide fill-in service of commonly ownedprimary stations, the FCC may stipu-late different frequencies as necessaryfor the applicants.

(3) Where there are no available fre-quencies to substitute for a mutuallyexclusive application, the FCC willapply the same point system identifiedfor full service reserved band FM sta-

tions in §73.7003(b) of this chapter. Inthe event of a tie, the FCC will con-sider:

(i) Existing authorizations. Each appli-cant’s number of existing radio author-izations (licenses and construction per-mits for AM, FM, and FM-translatorsbut excluding fill-in translators) as of the time of application shall be com-pared, and the applicant with the few-est authorizations will be chosen as




528

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.1234

tentative selectee. If each applicant isapplying for a fill-in translator only,and consideration of its other radiostations is not dispositive, its numberof existing fill-in translator authoriza-tions will also be considered, and thefill-in applicant with the fewest fill-inauthorizations will be chosen as ten-tative selectee.

(ii) Existing applications. If a tie re-mains, after the tie breaker in para-graph (e)(3)(i) of this section, the re-maining applicant with the fewestpending radio new and major change

applications (AM, FM, and non fill-inFM translators) will be chosen as ten-tative selectee. If each applicant is ap-plying for a fill-in translator only, andconsideration of its other radio sta-tions is not dispositive, its number of existing fill-in translator applicationswill also be considered, and the fill-inapplicant with the fewest fill-in au-thorizations will be chosen as tentativeselectee.

(iii) Where the procedures in para-graphs (e)(1), (e)(2) and (e)(3)(i) and(e)(3)(ii) of this section fail to resolvethe mutual exclusivity, the applica-tions will be processed on a first-come-first-served basis.

[63 FR 48632, Sept. 11, 1998, as amended at 64FR 19502, Apr. 21, 1999; 65 FR 36382, June 8,2000; 66 FR 15357, Mar. 19, 2001; 67 FR 45375,July 9, 2002; 68 FR 26229, May 15, 2003; 71 FR6229, Feb. 7, 2006]

§ 74.1234 Unattended operation.

(a) A station authorized under thissubpart may be operated without a des-ignated person in attendance if the fol-lowing requirements are met:

(1) If the transmitter site cannot bereached promptly at all hours and inall seasons, means shall be provided sothat the transmitting apparatus can beturned on and off at will from a pointwhich is readily accessible at all hours

and in all seasons.(2) The transmitter shall also be

equipped with suitable automatic cir-cuits which will place it in a nonradi-ating condition in the absence of a sig-nal on the input channel.

(3) The on-and-off control (if at a lo-cation other than the transmitter site)and the transmitting apparatus, shallbe adequately protected against tam-pering by unauthorized persons.

(4) The FCC in Washington, DC, At-tention: Audio Division, Media Bureau,shall be supplied by letter with thename, address, and telephone numberof a person or persons who may be con-tacted to secure suspension of oper-ation of the translator promptly shouldsuch action be deemed necessary by theCommission. Such information shall bekept current by the licensee.

(5) Where the antenna and supportingstructure are required to be paintedand lighted under the provisions of Part 17 of this chapter, the licensee

shall make suitable arrangements forthe daily inspection and logging of theobstruction lighting and associatedcontrol equipment as required by§§17.47, 17.48, and 17.49 of this chapter.

(b) An application for authority toconstruct a new station pursuant tothis subpart or to make changes in thefacilities of such a station, which pro-poses unattended operation shall in-clude an adequate showing as to themanner of compliance with this sec-tion.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 37 FR18540, Sept. 13, 1972; 38 FR 25992, Sept. 17,1973; 60 FR 55484, Nov. 1, 1995; 63 FR 33879,June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13234, Mar. 21, 2002]

§ 74.1235 Power limitations and an-tenna systems.

(a) An application for an FM trans-lator station filed by the licensee orpermittee of the primary station toprovide fill-in service within the pri-mary station’s coverage area will notbe accepted for filing if it specifies aneffective radiated power (ERP) whichexceeds 250 watts.

(b) An application for an FM trans-lator station, other than one for fill-inservice which is covered in paragraph(a) of this section, will not be acceptedfor filing if it specifies an effective ra-diated power (ERP) which exceeds the

maximum ERP (MERP) value deter-mined in accordance with this para-graph. The antenna height above aver-age terrain (HAAT) shall be determinedin accordance with §73.313(d) of thischapter for each of 12 distinct radials,with each radial spaced 30 degreesapart and with the bearing of the firstradial bearing true north. Each raidalHAAT value shall be rounded to thenearest meter. For each of the 12 radial




529


directions, the MERP is the value cor-responding to the calculated HAAT inthe following tables that is appropriatefor the location of the translator. Foran application specifying a nondirec-tional transmitting antenna, the speci-fied ERP must not exceed the smallestof the 12 MERP’s. For an applicationspecifying a directional transmittingantenna, the ERP in each azimuthal di-rection must not exceed the MERP forthe closest of the 12 radial directions.

(1) For FM translators located east of the Mississippi River or in Zone I-A as

described in §73.205(b) of this chapter:

Radial HAAT (meters)Maximum

ERP (MERPin watts)

Less than or equal to 32 ................................... 25033 to 39 ............................................................. 17040 to 47 ............................................................. 12048 to 57 ............................................................. 8058 to 68 ............................................................. 5569 to 82 ............................................................. 3883 to 96 ............................................................. 2797 to 115 ........................................................... 19116 to 140 ......................................................... 13Greater than or equal to 141.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 10

(2) For FM translators located in allother areas:

Radial HAAT (meters)

Maximum

ERP (MERPin watts)

Less than or equal to 107 ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 250108 to 118 ......................................................... 205119 to 130 ......................................................... 170131 to 144 ......................................................... 140145 to 157 ......................................................... 115158 to 173 ......................................................... 92174 to 192 ......................................................... 75193 to 212 ......................................................... 62213 to 235 ......................................................... 50236 to 260 ......................................................... 41261 to 285 ......................................................... 34286 to 310 ......................................................... 28311 to 345 ......................................................... 23346 to 380 ......................................................... 19381 to 425 ......................................................... 15.5426 to 480 ......................................................... 13481 to 540 ......................................................... 11Greater than or equal to 541.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 10

(c) The effective radiated power of FM booster stations shall be limitedsuch that the predicted service contourof the booster station, computed in ac-cordance with §73.313 paragraphs (a)through (d) of this chapter, may notextend beyond the corresponding serv-ice contour of the primary FM stationthat the booster rebroadcasts. In noevent shall the ERP of the booster sta-tion exceed 20% of the maximum allow-

able ERP for the primary station’sclass.

(d) Applications for FM translatorstations located within 320 km of theCanadian border will not be accepted if they specify more than 50 watts effec-tive radiated power in any direction orhave a 34 dBu interference contour, cal-culated in accordance with §74.1204 of this part, that exceeds 32 km. FMtranslator stations located within 320kilometers of the Mexican border mustbe separated from Mexican allotmentsand assignments in accordance with

§ 73.207(b)(3) of this chapter and are lim-ited to a transmitter power output of 10 watts or less. For purposes of com-pliance with that section, FM trans-lators will be considered as Class D FMstations.

(1) Translator stations located within125 kilometers of the Mexican bordermay operate with an ERP up to 50watts (0.050 kW) ERP. A booster sta-tion may not produce a 34 dBu inter-fering contour in excess of 32 km fromthe transmitter site in the direction of the Mexican border, nor may the 60dBu service contour of the booster sta-tion exceed 8.7 km from the trans-mitter site in the direction of the

Mexican border.(2) Translator stations located be-

tween 125 kilometers and 320 kilo-meters from the Mexican border mayoperate with an ERP in excess of 50watts, up to the maximum permittedERP of 250 watts per § 74.1235(b)(2).However, in no event shall the locationof the 60 dBu contour lie within 116.3km of the Mexican border.

(3) Applications for translator orbooster stations within 320 km of theCanadian border may employ an ERPup to a maximum of 250 watts, as speci-fied in § 74.1235(a) and (b). The distanceto the 34 dBu interfering contour maynot exceed 60 km in any direction.

(e) In no event shall a station author-ized under this subpart be operatedwith a transmitter power output (TPO)in excess of the transmitter certifi-cated rating. A station authorizedunder this subpart for a TPO that isless than its transmitter certificatedrating shall determine its TPO in ac-cordance with §73.267 of this chapterand its TPO shall not be more than 105percent of the authorized TPO.




530

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.1236

(f) Composite antennas and antennaarrays may be used where the totalERP does not exceed the maximum de-termined in accordance with para-graphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section.

(g) Either horizontal, vertical, cir-cular or elliptical polarization may beused provided that the supplementalvertically polarized ERP required forcircular or elliptical polarization doesnot exceed the ERP otherwise author-ized. Either clockwise or counter-clockwise rotation may be used. Sepa-rate transmitting antennas are per-

mitted if both horizontal and verticalpolarization is to be provided.

(h) All applications must complywith § 73.316, paragraphs (d) and (e) of this chapter.

(i) An application that specifies useof a directional antenna must complywith § 73.316, paragraphs (c)(1) through(c)(3) of this chapter. Prior to issuanceof a license, the applicant must: (1)Certify that the antenna is mounted inaccordance with the specific instruc-tions provided by the antenna manu-facturer; and (2) certify that the an-tenna is mounted in the proper orienta-tion. In instances where a directionalantenna is proposed for the purpose of providing protection to another facil-ity, a condition may be included in theconstruction permit requiring that be-fore program tests are authorized, apermittee: (1) Must submit the resultsof a complete proof-of-performance toestablish the horizontal plane radi-ation patterns for both the hori-zontally and vertically polarized radi-ation components; and, (2) must certifythat the relative field strength of nei-ther the measured horizontally norvertically polarized radiation compo-nent shall exceed at any azimuth thevalue indicated on the composite radi-ation pattern authorized by the con-

struction permit.NOTE: Existing licensees and permittees

that do not furnish data sufficient to cal-culate the contours in conformance with

§ 74.1204 will be assigned protected contours

having the following radii:

Up to 10 watts—1 mile (1.6 km) from trans-

mitter site.Up to 100 watts—2 miles (3.2 km) from trans-

mitter site.Up to 250 watts—4 miles (6.5 km) from trans-

mitter site.

(j) FM translator stations authorized

prior to June 1, 1991, with facilities

that do not comply with the ERP limi-

tation of paragraph (a) or (b) of this

section, as appropriate, may continue

to operate, provided that operation is

in conformance with §74.1203 regarding

interference. Applications for major

changes in FM translator stations

must specify facilities that comply

with paragraph (a) or (b) of this sec-

tion, as appropriate.


FR 56170, Nov. 1, 1991; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6,

1993; 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997; 63 FR 33879,

June 22, 1998; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998]

§ 74.1236 Emission and bandwidth.

(a) The license of a station author-

ized under this subpart allows the

transmission of either F3 or other

types of frequency modulation (see

§ 2.201 of this chapter) upon a showing

of need, as long as the emission com-

plies with the following:

(1) For transmitter output powers no

greater than 10 watts, paragraphs (b),

(c), and (d) of this section apply.

(2) For transmitter output powers

greater than 10 watts, § 73.317 (a), (b),(c), and (d) apply.

(b) Standard width FM channels will

be assigned and the transmitting appa-

ratus shall be operated so as to limit

spurious emissions to the lowest prac-

ticable value. Any emissions including

intermodulation products and radio-

frequency harmonics which are not es-

sential for the transmission of the de-

sired aural information shall be consid-

ered to be spurious emissions.

(c) The power of emissions appearing

outside the assigned channel shall be

attenuated below the total power of

the emission as follows:

Distance of emission from center frequency

Minimum at-tenuation

belowunmodulated

carrier

120 to 240 kHz ................................................. 25 dB

Over 240 and up to 600 kHz ............................ 35 dB

Over 600 kHz .................................................... 60 dB




531


(d) Greater attenuation than thatspecified in paragraph (c) of this sec-tion may be required if interference re-sults outside the assigned channel.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 52 FR31406, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990]

§ 74.1237 Antenna location.

(a) An applicant for a new station tobe authorized under this subpart or fora change in the facilities of such a sta-tion shall endeavor to select a sitewhich will provide a line-of-sighttransmission path to the entire areaintended to be served and at whichthere is available a suitable signalfrom the primary station. The trans-mitting antenna should be placedabove growing vegetation and treeslying in the direction of the area in-tended to be served, to minimize thepossiblity of signal absorption by foli-age.

(b) Consideration should be given toaccessibility of the site at all seasonsof the year and to the availability of facilities for the maintenance and op-eration of the FM translator.

(c) Consideration should be given tothe existence of strong radiofrequencyfields from other transmitters at the

translator site and the possibility thatsuch fields may result in the retrans-mission of signals originating on fre-quencies other than that of the pri-mary station.

(d) The transmitting antenna of anFM booster station shall be locatedwithin the protected contour of its pri-mary station, subject to Note, §74.1231(h). The transmitting antenna of acommonly owned commercial FMtranslator station shall be locatedwithin the protected contour of itscommercial primary FM station.

(e) A translator or booster station tobe located on an AM antenna tower orlocated within 3.2 km of an AM an-

tenna tower must comply with §73.1692of this chapter.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 55 FR50698, Dec. 10, 1990; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993;62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997]

§ 74.1250 Transmitters and associatedequipment.

(a) FM translator and booster trans-mitting apparatus, and exciters em-ployed to provide a locally generated

and modulated input signal to trans-lator and booster equipment, used bystations authorized under the provi-sions of this subpart must be certifi-cated upon the request of any manufac-turer of transmitters in accordancewith this section and subpart J of part2 of this chapter. In addition, FMtranslator and booster stations mayuse FM broadcast transmitting appa-ratus verified or approved under theprovisions of part 73 of this chapter.

(b) Transmitting antennas, antennasused to receive signals to be rebroad-

cast, and transmission lines are notsubject to the requirement for certifi-cation.

(c) The following requirements mustbe met before translator, booster or ex-citer equipment will be certificated inaccordance with this section:

(1) Radio frequency harmonics andspurious emissions must conform withthe specifications of § 74.1236 of thispart.

(2) The local oscillator or oscillators,including those in an exciter employedto provide a locally generated andmodulated input signal to a translatoror booster, when subjected to vari-ations in ambient temperature between

minus 30 degrees and plus 50 degreescentigrade, and in primary supply volt-age between 85 percent and 115 percentof the rated value, shall be sufficientlystable to maintain the output centerfrequency within plus or minus 0.005percent of the operating frequency andto enable conformance with the speci-fications of §74.1261 of this part.

(3) The apparatus shall contain auto-matic circuits to maintain the poweroutput in conformance with § 74.1235(e)of this part. If provision is included foradjusting the power output, then thenormal operating constants shall bespecified for operation at both therated power output and the minimum

power output at which the apparatus isdesigned to operate. The apparatusshall be equipped with suitable metersor meter jacks so that the operatingconstants can be measured while theapparatus is in operation.

(4) Apparatus rated for transmitterpower output of more than 1 watt shallbe equipped with automatic circuits toplace it in a nonradiating conditionwhen no input signal is being received




532

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.1251

in conformance with §74.1263(b) of thispart and to transmit the call sign inconformance with §74.1283(c)(2) of thispart.

(5) For exciters, automatic meansshall be provided for limiting the levelof the audio frequency voltage appliedto the modulator to ensure that a fre-quency swing in excess of 75 kHz willnot occur under any condition of themodulation.

[55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 63FR 36606, July 7, 1998]

§ 74.1251 Technical and equipmentmodifications.

(a) No change, either mechanical orelectrical, except as provided in part 2of this chapter, may be made in FMtranslator or booster apparatus whichhas been certificated by the Commis-sion without prior authority of theCommission.

(b) Formal application on FCC Form349 is required of all permittees and li-censees for any of the followingchanges:

(1) Replacement of the transmitter asa whole, except replacement with atransmitter of identical power rating

which has been certificated by the FCCfor use by FM translator or FM boosterstations, or any change which could re-sult in the electrical characteristics orperformance of the station. Upon theinstallation or modification of thetransmitting equipment for whichprior FCC authority is not requiredunder the provisions of this paragraph,the licensee shall place in the stationrecords a certification that the new in-stallation complies in all respects withthe technical requirements of this partand the terms of the station authoriza-tion.

(2) A change in the transmitting an-tenna system, including the direction

of radiation or directive antenna pat-tern.

(3) Any change in the overall heightof the antenna structure except wherenotice to the Federal Aviation Admin-istration is specifically not requiredunder §17.14(b) of this chapter.

(4) Any change in the location of thetranslator or booster except a movewithin the same building or upon thesame pole or tower.

(5) Any horizontal change in the loca-tion of the antenna structure whichwould (i) be in excess of 152.4 meters(500 feet), or (ii) would require notice tothe Federal Aviation Administrationpursuant to §17.7 of the FCC’s rules.

(6) Any change in the output fre-quency of a translator.

(7) Any increase of authorized effec-tive radiated power. FM translator andbooster stations may decrease ERP ona modification of license applicationprovided that exhibits are included todemonstrate that the following re-

quirements are met:(i) The license application may not

propose to eliminate the authorizedhorizontally polarized ERP, if a hori-zontally polarized ERP is currently au-thorized;

(ii) The installed height of the an-tenna radiation center is not increasedby more than two meters nor decreasedby more than four meters from the au-thorized height for the antenna radi-ation center; and

(iii) The station is not presently au-thorized with separate horizontal andvertical antennas mounted at differentheights. Use of separate horizontal andvertical antennas requires a construc-

tion permit before implementation orchanges.

(8) Any change in area being served.(c) Changes in the primary FM sta-

tion being retransmitted must be sub-mitted to the FCC in writing.

(d) Any application proposing achange in the height of the antennastructure or its location must also in-clude the Antenna Structure Registra-tion Number (FCC Form 854R) of theantenna structure upon which it pro-poses to locate its antenna. In theevent the antenna structure does nothave a Registration Number, either theantenna structure owner shall file FCCForm 854 (‘‘Application for Antenna

Structure Registration’’) in accordancewith part 17 of this chapter or the ap-plicant shall provide a detailed expla-nation why registration and clearanceare not required.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR26068, Apr. 17, 1980; 47 FR 24580, June 7, 1982;50 FR 3525, Jan. 25, 1985; 50 FR 23710, June 5,1985; 55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990; 61 FR 4368,Feb. 6, 1996; 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 63 FR36606, July 7, 1998; 65 FR 79780, Dec. 20, 2000]




533



(a) The licensee of an FM translatoror booster station with an authorizedtransmitter power output of 10 watts orless shall maintain the center fre-quency at the output of the translatorwithin 0.01 percent of its assigned fre-quency.

(b) The licensee of an FM translatoror booster station with an authorizedtransmitter power output greater than10 watts shall maintain the center fre-quency at the output of the translator

or booster station in compliance withthe requirement of § 73.1545(b)(1) of thischapter.

[55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990]


(a) The licensee of a station author-ized under this subpart is not requiredto provide means for measuring the op-erating frequency of the transmitter.However, only equipment having therequired stability will be approved foruse by an FM translator or booster.

(b) In the event that a station au-thorized under this subpart is found tobe operating beyond the frequency tol-

erance prescribed in §74.1261, the li-censee shall promptly suspend oper-ation of the station and shall not re-sume operation until the station hasbeen restored to its assigned frequency.Adjustment of the frequency deter-mining circuits of an FM translator orbooster shall be made by a qualifiedperson in accordance with § 74.1250(g).

§ 74.1263 Time of operation.

(a) The licensee of an FM translatoror booster station is not required to ad-here to any regular schedule of oper-ation. However, the licensee of an FMtranslator or booster station is ex-pected to provide a dependable service

to the extent that such is within itscontrol and to avoid unwarrantedinterruptions to the service provided.

(b) An FM booster or FM translatorstation rebroadcasting the signal of anAM or FM primary station shall not bepermitted to radiate during extendedperiods when signals of the primarystation are not being retransmitted.Notwithstanding the foregoing, FMtranslators rebroadcasting Class D AM

stations may continue to operate dur-

ing nighttime hours only if the AM sta-

tion has operated within the last 24

hours.

(c) The licensee of an FM translator

or booster station must notify the

Commission of its intent to dis-

continue operations for 30 or more con-

secutive days. Notification must be

made within 10 days of the time the

station first discontinues operation

and Commission approval must be ob-

tained for such discontinued operation

to continue beyond 30 days. The notifi-cation shall specify the causes of the

discontinued operation and a projected

date for the station’s return to oper-

ation, substantiated by supporting doc-

umentation. If the projected date for

the station’s return to operation can-

not be met, another notification and

further request for discontinued oper-

ations must be submitted in conform-

ance with the requirements of this sec-

tion. Within 48 hours of the station’s

return to operation, the licensee must

notify the Commission of such fact. All

notification must be in writing.

(d) The licensee of an FM translator

or booster station must notify theCommission of its intent to perma-

nently discontinue operations at least

two days before operation is discon-

tinued. Immediately after discontinu-

ance of operation, the licensee shall

forward the station license and other

instruments of authorization to the

FCC, Washington, DC for cancellation.

(e) Failure of an FM translator or

booster station to operate for a period

of 30 or more consecutive days, except

for causes beyond the control of the li-

censee or authorized pursuant to para-

graph (c) of this section, shall be

deemed evidence of discontinuation of

operation and the license of the stationmay be cancelled at the discretion of

the Commission. Furthermore, the sta-

tion’s license will expire as a matter of

law, without regard to any causes be-

yond control of the licensee or to any

authorization pursuant to paragraph

(c) of this section, if the station fails to




534

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)§ 74.1265

transmit broadcast signals for any con-

secutive 12-month period, notwith-

standing any provision, term, or condi-

tion of the license to the contrary.


FR 28768, June 6, 1996; 74 FR 45130, Sept. 1,

2009]


(a) The station license and any other

instrument of authorization or indi-

vidual order concerning the construc-

tion of the station or the manner of op-

eration shall be kept in the stationrecord file maintained by the licensee

so as to be available for inspection

upon request to any authorized rep-

resentative of the Commission.

(b) The call sign of the translator or

booster together with the name, ad-

dress, and telephone number of the li-

censee or local representative of the li-

censee if the licensee does not reside in

the community served by the trans-

lator or booster, and the name and ad-

dress of a person and place where sta-

tion records are maintained, shall be

displayed at the translator or booster

site on the structure supporting the

transmitting antenna, so as to be visi-ble to a person standing on the ground

at the transmitter site. The display

shall be prepared so as to withstand

normal weathering for a reasonable pe-

riod of time and shall be maintained in

a legible condition by the licensee.


24901, June 11, 1975]

§ 74.1269 Copies of rules.

The licensee or permittee of a station

authorized under this subpart shall

have a current copy of Volumes I (parts

0, 1, 2 and 17) and III (parts 73 & 74) of

the Commission’s Rules and shall make

the same available for use by the oper-ator in charge. Each such licensee or

permittee shall be familiar with those

rules relating to stations authorized

under this subpart. Copies of the Com-

mission’s Rules may be obtained from

the Superintendent of Documents, Gov-

ernment Printing Office, Washington,

DC 20402.

[55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990]


(a) The licensee of a station author-ized under this Subpart shall maintainadequate station records, including thecurrent instrument of authorization,official correspondence with the FCC,maintenance records, contracts, per-mission for rebroadcasts, and otherpertinent documents.

(b) Entries required by § 17.49 of thischapter concerning any observed orotherwise known extinguishment orimproper functioning of a tower light:

(1) The nature of such extinguish-ment or improper functioning.(2) The date and time the extinguish-

ment of improper operation was ob-served or otherwise noted.

(3) The date, time and nature of ad-justments, repairs or replacementsmade.

(c) The station records shall be main-tained for inspection at a residence, of-fice, or public building, place of busi-ness, or other suitable place, in one of the communities of license of thetranslator or booster, except that thestation records of a booster or trans-lator licensed to the licensee of the pri-mary station may be kept at the same

place where the primary stationrecords are kept. The name of the per-son keeping station records, togetherwith the address of the place where therecords are kept, shall be posted in ac-cordance with §74.1265(b) of the rules.The station records shall be madeavailable upon request to any author-ized representative of the Commission.

(d) Station logs and records shall beretained for a period of two years.

[48 FR 44807, Sept. 30, 1983]


(a) The call sign of an FM broadcasttranslator station will consist of theinitial letter K or W followed by the

channel number assigned to the trans-lator and two letters. The use of theinitial letter will generally conform tothe pattern used in the broadcast serv-ice. The two letter combinations fol-lowing the channel number will be as-signed in order and requests for the as-signment of particular combinations of letters will not be considered.

(b) The call sign of an FM boosterstation will consist of the call sign of




535

Federal Communications Commission Pt. 74, Index

the primary station followed by theletters ‘‘FM’’ and the number of thebooster station being authorized, e.g.,WFCCFM–1.

(c) A translator station authorizedunder this subpart shall be identifiedby one of the following methods.

(1) By arranging for the primary sta-tion whose station is being rebroadcastto identify the translator station bycall sign and location. Three such iden-tifications shall be made during eachday: once between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m.,once between 12:55 p.m. and 1:05 p.m.

and once between 4 p.m. and 6 p.m. Sta-tions which do not begin their broad-cast before 9 a.m. shall make their firstidentification at the beginning of theirbroadcast days. The licensee of an FMtranslator whose station identificationis made by the primary station mustarrange for the primary station li-censee to keep in its file, and to makeavailable to FCC personnel, the trans-lator’s call letters and location, givingthe name, address and telephone num-ber of the licensee or his service rep-resentative to be contacted in theevent of malfunction of the translator.It shall be the responsibility of thetranslator licensee to furnish current

information to the primary station li-censee for this purpose.

(2) By transmitting the call sign inInternational Morse Code at least onceeach hour. Transmitters of FM broad-cast translator stations of more than 1watt transmitter output power must beequipped with an automatic keying de-vice that will transmit the call sign atleast once each hour, unless there is ineffect a firm agreement with the trans-lator’s primary station as provided in§ 74.1283(c)(1) of this section. Trans-mission of the call sign can be accom-plished by:

(i) Frequency shifting key; the car-rier shift shall not be less than 5 kHz

nor greater than 25 kHz.(ii) Amplitude modulation of the FM

carrier of at least 30 percent modula-tion. The audio frequency tone useshall not be within 200 hertz of theEmergency Broadcast System Atten-tion signal alerting frequencies.

(d) FM broadcast booster stationsshall be identified by their primarystations, by the broadcasting of theprimary station’s call signs and loca-

tion, in accordance with the provisionsof § 73.1201 of this chapter.

(e) The Commission may, in its dis-cretion, specify other methods of iden-tification.

[55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990]


(a) The term rebroadcast means thereception by radio of the programs orother signals of a radio station and thesimultaneous retransmission of suchprograms or signals for direct recep-

tion by the general public.(b) The licensee of an FM translatorshall not rebroadcast the programs of any AM or FM broadcast station orother FM translator without obtainingprior consent of the primary stationwhose programs are proposed to be re-transmitted. The Commission shall benotified of the call letters of each sta-tion rebroadcast and the licensee of theFM translator shall certify that writ-ten consent has been received from thelicensee of the station whose programsare retransmitted.

(c) An FM translator is not author-ized to rebroadcast the transmissionsof any class of station other than anAM or FM broadcast station or anotherFM translator.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 74 FR45130, Sept. 1, 2009]

§ 74.1290 FM translator and boosterstation information available on theInternet.

The Media Bureau’s Audio Divisionprovides information on the Internetregarding FM translator and boosterstations, rules, and policies at http:// www.fcc.gov/mb/audio.

[67 FR 13234, Mar. 21, 2002]

ALPHABETICAL INDEX —PART 74A

Additional orders by FCC (All Services) ............. 74.28Antenna, Directional (Aural STL/Relays) ............ 74.536Antenna location—

LPTV/TV Translator .............................. 74.737FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1237

Antenna structure, marking and lighting (AllServices).

74.30

Antenna structure, Use of common (All Serv-ices).

74.22

Antenna systems (TV Auxiliaries) ....................... 74.641Antennas (ITFS) .................................................. 74.937Application Processing—ITFS ............................ 74.911Application requirements of Part 73 applicable

to ITFS.74.910

Applications, Notification of filing (All Services) .. 74.12




536

47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)Pt. 74, Index

Assignment, Frequency—Experimental Broadcast Station ........... 74.103Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.402Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.502TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.602LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.702ITFS ...................................................... 74.902FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1202

Authorization of equipment—Aural Auxiliary ....................................... 74.550Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.451TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.655Lw Power Auxiliaries ............................ 74.851ITFS ...................................................... 74.952FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1250

Authorization, Temporary—Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.537Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.433

TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.633Low Power Auxiliaries .......................... 74.833

Authorized emission—Experimental Broadcast Station ........... 74.133Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.462Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.535TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.637LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.736ITFS ...................................................... 74.936FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1236

Authorized frequencies (remote broadcast pick-up).

74.402

Automatic relay stations (Remote pickup) .......... 74.436Avoidance of interference (TV Auxiliaries) ......... 74.604

BP=’02’≤Bandwidth and emissions authorized—

Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.462Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.535LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.736IFTS ...................................................... 74.936FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1236

Boosters, Signal UHF translator ......................... 74.733Broadcast regulations applicable to LPTV, TV

translators, and TV boosters.74.780

Broadcasting emergency information (All serv-ices).

74.21

C

Changes of Equipment—Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.151Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.452Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.551TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.651ITFS ...................................................... 74.951

Channel assignments (LPTV/TV Translator) ...... 74.702Channels, Sound (TV Auxiliaries) ....................... 74.603Charges, Program Service, (Experimental

Broadcast Stations).74.182

Classes of stations—Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.501TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.601

Construction permit, Statement of under-standing, (Experimental Broadcast Stations).

74.112

Copies of the rules—LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.769ITFS ...................................................... 74.969FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1269

Cross Reference (All Services) ........................... 74.5

D

Definitions—General ................................................. 74.2Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.401LPTV/TV translators ............................. 74.701Low Power Auxiliaries .......................... 74.801ITFS ...................................................... 74.901FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1201

Directional antenna required (Aural STL/Relays) 74.536

E

Emergency information Broadcasting (All Serv-ices).

74.21

Emission authorized—Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.133Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.462Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.535TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.637LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.736ITFS ...................................................... 74.936FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1236

Equipment and installation—FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1250

Equipment authorization—Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.550Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.451TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.655

Low Power Auxiliaries .......................... 74.851ITFS ...................................................... 74.952FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1250

Equipment Changes—Experimental Broadcast Station ........... 74.151Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.452Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.551TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.651LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.751Low Power Auxiliaries .......................... 74.852ITFS ...................................................... 74.951FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1251

Equipment, Notification of—Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.550TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.655

Equipment Performance—FM Tanslators/Boosters ........................ 74.1250

Equipment tests (All Services) ............................ 74.13Experimental Broadcast station .......................... 74.101Experimental Broadcast Station, Uses of ........... 74.102Extension of station licenses, Temporary (All

Services).74.16

F

Filing of applications, Notification of (All Serv-ices).

74.12

Frequencies, Authorized (Remote broadcastpickup).

74.402

Frequency assignment—Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.103Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.402Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.502TV Auxiliary ........................................... 74.602LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.702Low Power Auxiliaries .......................... 74.802ITFS ...................................................... 74.902FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1202

Frequency monitors and measurements—Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.162Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.465Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.562TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.662LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.762ITFS ...................................................... 74.962

FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1262Frequency tolerance—

Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.161Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.464Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.561TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.661LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.761ITFS ...................................................... 74.961FM Translator/Boosters ........................ 74.1261

I

Identification of station—Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.183Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.482Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.582




537

Federal Communications Commission Pt. 74, Index

TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.682LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.783Low Power Auxiliaries .......................... 74.882ITFS ...................................................... 74.982FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1283

Information on the Internet, FM translator andbooster stations.

74.1290

Inspection of station by FCC (All Services) ........ 74.3Interference—

LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.703ITFS ...................................................... 74.903FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1203

Interference avoidance (TV Auxiliaries) .............. 74.604Interference—safety of life and property (All

Services).74.23

ITFS—Application processing .......................... 74.911Application requirements from part 73 74.910

Interference ........................................... 74.903Petition to deny ..................................... 74.912Purpose and permissible service ......... 74.931Response station hubs ......................... 74.939Response stations (individually li-

censed).74.940

Response stations (ITFS; individuallylicensed).

74.949

Signal booster stations ......................... 74.985Transmission standards ........................ 74.938Wireless cable use ............................... 74.990

L

Land mobile station protection (from LPTV) ....... 74.709License period, Station (All Services) ................. 74.15Licenses, Posting of—

Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.165Remote pickup broadcast stations ....... 74.432Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.564TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.664LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.765Low power auxiliary stations ................ 74.832

ITFS ...................................................... 74.965FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1265Licenses, station, Temporary extension (All

Services).74.16

Licensing requirements—Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.131Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.432Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.532TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.632LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.732Low Power Auxiliaries .......................... 74.832ITFS ...................................................... 74.932FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1232

Lighting and Marking of antenna structures (AllServices).

74.30

Limitations on power—Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.132Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.461Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.534TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.636LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.735ITFS ...................................................... 74.935

FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1235LPTV, Broadcast rules applicable to .................. 74.780

M

Marking and lighting of antenna structures (AllServices).

74.30

Modification of transmission systems—LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.751ITFS ...................................................... 74.951FM Translators and Boosters ............... 74.1251

Modulation limits—TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.663ITFS ...................................................... 74.970

Modulation monitors and measurements (ITFS) 74.971Modulation requirements (Remote Pickup) ........ 74.463

Monitors and measurements, Frequency—Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.162Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.465Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.562TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.662LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.762ITFS ...................................................... 74.962FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1262

Multiple ownership—Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.134LPTV/TV Translator .............................. 74.732

N

Notification of filing of applications (All Services) 74.12

O

Operation, Remote control—Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.533

TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.634Operation, Short term (All Services) ................... 74.24Operation, Time of—

Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.163LPTV/TV Translator .............................. 74.763ITFS ...................................................... 74.963FM Translator/Boosters ........................ 74.1263

Operation, Unattended (and/or attended)—Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.533TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.635LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.734ITFS ...................................................... 74.934FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1234

Operator requirements, General (All Services) .. 74.18Orders, Additional (All Services) ......................... 73.28Ownership, Multiple—

Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.134LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.732

P

Permissible service—Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.531TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.631LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.731Low Power Auxiliaries .......................... 74.831ITFS ...................................................... 74.931FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1231

Petitions to deny: ITFS ....................................... 74.912Posting of licenses—

Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.165Remote pickup broadcast stations ....... 74.432Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.564TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.664LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.765Low power auxiliary stations ................ 74.832ITFS ...................................................... 74.965FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1265

Power limitations—Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.132Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.534TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.636LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.735ITFS ...................................................... 74.935FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1235

Program or service tests (All Services) .............. 74.14Program service, Charges (Experimental Broad-cast Stations).

74.182

Protection by LPTV—To broadcast stations ........................... 74.705To other LPTV and TV Translator sta-

tions.74.707

To Land Mobile stations ....................... 74.709Purpose of service—

LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.731ITFS ...................................................... 74.931FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1231

R

Rebroadcasts—




47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–09 Edition)Pt. 76

Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.184LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.784ITFS ...................................................... 74.984FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1284

Records, Station (Experimental Broadcast Sta-tions).

74.181

Regulations, Broadcast, applicable to LPTV andTV translators.

74.780

Relay stations, Automatic, (Remote Pickup) ...... 74.436Remote pickup broadcast frequencies ............... 74.402Remote control operation—

Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.533TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.634

Remote pickup stations, Rules special to ........... 74.431Renewal, Supplementary report (Experimental

Broadcast Stations).74.113

Response station hubs (ITFS) ............................ 74.939Response stations (ITFS; individually licensed) 74.940

Rules, Copies of—LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.769ITFS ...................................................... 74.969FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1269

Rules special to Remote Pickup stations ........... 74.431

S

Safety of life and property-interference jeopardy(All services).

74.23

Scope (of Subpart—General) ............................. 74.1Service or program tests (All Services) .............. 74.14Service, Permissible—

Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.531TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.631LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.731Low Power Auxiliaries .......................... 74.831ITFS ...................................................... 74.931FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1231

Service, Scope of (Low Power Auxiliaries) ......... 74.831Short term operation (All services) ..................... 74.24Signal boosters—

UHF translator (LPTV/TV Translators) 74.733

ITFS ...................................................... 74.985Sound channels (TV Auxiliaries) ......................... 74.603Statement of understanding (Construction per-

mit-Experimental Broadcast Stations).74.112

Station identification—Experimental Broadcast Stations ......... 74.183Remote Pickup ..................................... 74.482Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.582TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.682

Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.561

TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.661LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.761

ITFS ...................................................... 74.961

FM Translator/Boosters ........................ 74.1261

Translator signal boosters, UHF (LPTV/TVTranslators).

74.733

Translators, TV, Purpose of (LPTV/TV Trans-lators).

74.731

Transmission standards (ITFS) ........................... 74.938

Transmission system facilities (LPTV/TV Trans-lators).

74.750

Transmission systems, modification of—LPTV/TV Translator .............................. 74.751

ITFS ...................................................... 74.951

FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1251

Transmissions, Permissible (Low Power Auxil-

iaries).

74.831

Transmitter power (Remote Pickup) ................... 74.461

Transmitters and associated equipment (FMTranslators/Boosters).

74.1250

TV boosters, Broadcast rules applicable to(LPTV/TV Translators/TV Boosters.

74.780

TV Broadcast station protection (from LPTV/TVTranslators).

74.705

TV, Low Power and translators, protection to(LPTV/TV Translators).

74.707

TV translators, Broadcast rules applicable to(LPTV/TV Translators).

74.780

U

UHF translator signal boosters (LPTV/TV Trans-lators).

74.733

Unattended operation—

Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ......... 74.531

TV Auxiliaries ........................................ 74.635

LPTV/TV Translators ............................ 74.734ITFS ...................................................... 74.934

FM Translators/Boosters ...................... 74.1234

Use of common antenna structure (All services) 74.22

V [Reserved]

W

Wireless cable usage of ITFS ............................. 74.990X-Z [Reserved]

[50 FR 38535 Sept 23 1985 as amended at 51